lisp/ldefs-boot.el

   1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
   2 ;;
   3 ;;; Code:
   4
   5 \f
   6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
   7 ;;;;;;  5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
   8 ;;;;;;  "play/5x5.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
   9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
  10
  11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
  12 Play 5x5.
  13
  14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
  15 squares you must fill the grid.
  16
  17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
  18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
  19 Flip                        \\[5x5-flip-current]
  20 Move up                     \\[5x5-up]
  21 Move down                   \\[5x5-down]
  22 Move left                   \\[5x5-left]
  23 Move right                  \\[5x5-right]
  24 Start new game              \\[5x5-new-game]
  25 New game with random grid   \\[5x5-randomize]
  26 Random cracker              \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
  27 Mutate current cracker      \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
  28 Mutate best cracker         \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
  29 Mutate xor cracker          \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
  30 Solve with Calc             \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
  31 Rotate left Calc Solutions  \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
  32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
  33 Quit current game           \\[5x5-quit-game]
  34
  35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
  36
  37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
  38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
  39
  40 \(fn)" t nil)
  41
  42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
  43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
  44
  45 \(fn)" t nil)
  46
  47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
  48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
  49
  50 \(fn)" t nil)
  51
  52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
  53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
  54 Mutate the result.
  55
  56 \(fn)" t nil)
  57
  58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
  59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
  60
  61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
  62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
  63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far.  The function
  64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
  65
  66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
  67
  68 ;;;***
  69 \f
  70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
  71 ;;;;;;  (20576 42138 697312 0))
  72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
  73
  74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
  75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
  76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
  77 extensions.
  78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
  79 the file name.
  80
  81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
  82
  83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
  84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
  85
  86 \(fn)" t nil)
  87
  88 ;;;***
  89 \f
  90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
  91 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
  92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
  93
  94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
  95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
  96
  97 \(fn)" t nil)
  98
  99 ;;;***
 100 \f
 101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
 102 ;;;;;;  (20458 56750 651721 0))
 103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
 104
 105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
 106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
 107 Completion is available.
 108
 109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
 110
 111 ;;;***
 112 \f
 113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
 114 ;;;;;;  add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
 115 ;;;;;;  prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
 116 ;;;;;;  add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
 117 ;;;;;;  (20523 62082 997685 0))
 118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
 119
 120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
 121
 122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
 123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
 124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
 125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
 126
 127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
 128
 129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
 130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
 131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
 132
 133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
 134
 135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
 136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
 137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.  In addition to
 138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list.  All elements
 139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
 140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
 141
 142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
 143
 144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
 145 Prompt for a change log name.
 146
 147 \(fn)" nil nil)
 148
 149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
 150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
 151
 152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
 153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
 155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
 156
 157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
 158 simply find it in the current directory.  Otherwise, search in the current
 159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
 160
 161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
 162 current buffer to the complete file name.
 163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
 164
 165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
 166
 167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
 168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
 169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
 170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
 171
 172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
 173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 174
 175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
 176
 177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
 178 never append to an existing entry.  Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
 179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
 180
 181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
 182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
 183 after a comma on an existing line.
 184
 185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
 186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
 187 the same person.
 188
 189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
 190 permission notice.  The first blank line indicates the end of these
 191 notices.
 192
 193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
 194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
 195
 196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
 197
 198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
 199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
 200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
 201 the change log file in another window.
 202
 203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
 204
 205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
 206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
 207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
 208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
 209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
 210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
 211
 212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
 213
 214 \(fn)" t nil)
 215
 216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
 217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
 218
 219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
 220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
 221
 222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
 223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
 224
 225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
 226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
 227
 228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
 229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
 230
 231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
 232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
 233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='.  See variables
 234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
 235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
 236
 237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
 238
 239 \(fn)" nil nil)
 240
 241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
 242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
 243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
 244 the appropriate motion commands).  OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
 245 or a buffer.
 246
 247 Entries are inserted in chronological order.  Both the current and
 248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
 249
 250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
 251
 252 ;;;***
 253 \f
 254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
 255 ;;;;;;  ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
 256 ;;;;;;  "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20563 51044 242568 0))
 257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
 258
 259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
 260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
 261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
 262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
 263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
 264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
 265 old original, or keep it and raise an error.  The values `accept', `discard',
 266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done.  `warn' is just like `accept' but
 267 it additionally prints a warning message.  All other values will be
 268 interpreted as `error'.")
 269
 270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
 271
 272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
 273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
 274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
 275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
 276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
 277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function.  Every other value will
 278 be interpreted as `maybe'.  This variable will only be considered if the
 279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
 280
 281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
 282
 283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
 284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 285
 286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 287
 288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
 289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 290
 291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 292
 293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
 294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
 295
 296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
 297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
 298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
 299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
 300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
 301
 302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
 303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
 304 the new one.
 305
 306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
 307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
 308 goes.  POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
 309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
 310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
 311
 312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
 313 initialized.  Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
 314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
 315
 316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
 317
 318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
 319
 320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
 321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
 322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
 323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
 324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it.  If a previously
 325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
 326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
 327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled.  If it is negative
 328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
 329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
 330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
 331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
 332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'.  Activation of
 333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
 334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'.  The current advised
 335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
 336
 337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
 338
 339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
 340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
 341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
 342
 343   (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 344     [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 345     BODY...)
 346
 347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
 348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
 349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
 350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
 351     see also `ad-add-advice'.
 352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
 353     instead of the argument list of the original.  The first one found in
 354     before/around/after-advices will be used.
 355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
 356     All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
 357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
 358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
 359     function.  The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
 360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
 361
 362 Semantics of the various flags:
 363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
 364 any code that precedes it.  If any around-advice of a function is protected
 365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
 366
 367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
 368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
 369
 370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
 371 advised function should be compiled.
 372
 373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
 374 during activation until somebody enables it.
 375
 376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
 377 time.  This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
 378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate.  Only use
 379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
 380
 381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
 382 to this particular single advice.  No other advice information will be saved.
 383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
 384 the advised function.  `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'.  The
 385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
 386 during preloading.
 387
 388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
 389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 390           [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 391           BODY...)
 392
 393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
 394
 395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
 396
 397 ;;;***
 398 \f
 399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
 400 ;;;;;;  align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
 401 ;;;;;;  align) "align" "align.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
 402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
 403
 404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
 405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
 406 BEG and END mark the region.  If BEG and END are specifically set to
 407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
 408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
 409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
 410 rule's `separate' attribute).
 411
 412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
 413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
 414 `separate' attribute set.
 415
 416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
 417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
 418 `align-exclude-rules-list'.  See `align-rules-list' for more details
 419 on the format of these lists.
 420
 421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 422
 423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
 424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
 425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region.  This function will prompt
 426 for the REGEXP to align with.  If no prefix arg was specified, you
 427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
 428 whitespace is replaced.  If a prefix arg was specified, the full
 429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
 430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
 431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
 432 the line.  See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
 433 options.
 434
 435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
 436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
 437
 438     Fred (123) 456-7890
 439     Alice (123) 456-7890
 440     Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
 441     Joe (123) 456-7890
 442
 443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
 444 using a REGEXP like \"(\".  All you would have to do is to mark the
 445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
 446
 447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
 448
 449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
 450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
 451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
 452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
 453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
 454 align that section.
 455
 456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 457
 458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
 459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
 460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
 461 so saves you from having to specify the region.  If RULES or
 462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
 463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
 464 been used to align that section.
 465
 466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 467
 468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
 469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
 470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  TITLE identifies the rule
 471 that should be highlighted.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
 472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
 473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
 474 to be colored.
 475
 476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 477
 478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
 479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
 480
 481 \(fn)" t nil)
 482
 483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
 484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
 485
 486 \(fn)" t nil)
 487
 488 ;;;***
 489 \f
 490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
 491 ;;;;;;  allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
 492 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
 493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
 494
 495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
 496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
 497
 498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
 499
 500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
 501
 502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
 503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
 504
 505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
 506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
 507
 508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
 509 `allout-auto-activation'.
 510
 511 \(fn)" nil nil)
 512
 513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
 514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
 515
 516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
 517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
 518 file variable `allout-layout'.
 519
 520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
 521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
 522 specified layout is applied.
 523
 524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
 525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
 526
 527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
 528 Auto-layout is not.
 529
 530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
 531
 532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
 533
 534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 535
 536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
 537
 538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 539
 540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 541
 542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 543
 544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 545
 546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 547
 548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
 549
 550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 551
 552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 553
 554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 555
 556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 557
 558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
 559
 560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
 561
 562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 563
 564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 565
 566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
 567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
 568
 569 \(fn)" nil t)
 570
 571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
 572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
 573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
 574 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 576
 577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
 578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
 579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation.  It enables
 580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
 581 exposure.  It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
 582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages.  (For example,
 583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
 584 outline.)
 585
 586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
 587
 588  - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
 589    repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
 590  - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
 591  - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
 592  - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
 593  - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
 594  - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
 595  - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
 596
 597 and many other features.
 598
 599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
 600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology.  See also the
 601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
 602 features.  Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
 603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
 604
 605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
 606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'.  We recommend customizing
 607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
 608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
 609 bindings you have on \\C-c.  In any case, outline structure
 610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
 611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
 612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
 613 un-control-shifted command letters.  This is described further in
 614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
 615
 616         Exposure Control:
 617         ----------------
 618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree]   `allout-hide-current-subtree'
 619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
 620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
 621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
 622 \\[allout-show-all]   `allout-show-all'
 623
 624         Navigation:
 625         ----------
 626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
 627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
 628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
 629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
 630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
 631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
 632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
 633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line]  `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
 634      if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
 635      and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
 636
 637
 638         Topic Header Production:
 639         -----------------------
 640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
 641 \\[allout-open-subtopic]   `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
 642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
 643
 644         Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
 645         ---------------------------------
 646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in'   Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
 647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
 648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
 649             current topic
 650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic'   Reconcile bullets of topic and
 651             its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
 652             are alternated according to nesting depth.
 653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings'  Number bullets of topic and siblings --
 654            the offspring are not affected.
 655            With repeat count, revoke numbering.
 656
 657         Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
 658         ----------------------------------
 659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic'   Kill current topic, including offspring.
 660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
 661 \\[allout-kill-line]     `allout-kill-line'    Kill line, attending to outline structure.
 662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill]     `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
 663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank'        Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
 664                              depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
 665                              heading (ie, prefix sans text).
 666 \\[allout-yank-pop]     `allout-yank-pop'       Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
 667
 668         Topic-oriented Encryption:
 669         -------------------------
 670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
 671           Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
 672
 673         Misc commands:
 674         -------------
 675 M-x outlineify-sticky       Activate outline mode for current buffer,
 676                             and establish a default file-var setting
 677                             for `allout-layout'.
 678 \\[allout-mark-topic]       `allout-mark-topic'
 679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
 680                             Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
 681                             buffer with name derived from derived from that
 682                             of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
 683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
 684                             Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
 685                             prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
 686                             format.
 687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
 688                             Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
 689                             auto-activation.
 690
 691                   Topic Encryption
 692
 693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
 694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
 695 pending encryption on save.
 696
 697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
 698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
 699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
 700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
 701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
 702
 703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
 704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
 705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out.  That
 706 can take several minutes.  (Decryption of other entries is not
 707 affected.)  Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
 708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
 709 signal.
 710
 711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
 712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
 713 for details.
 714
 715                  HOT-SPOT Operation
 716
 717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
 718 navigation and exposure control.
 719
 720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
 721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
 722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars.  For example, \"f\"
 723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
 724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
 725
 726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
 727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
 728 single keystroke.  Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
 729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
 730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
 731
 732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
 733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot.  If you
 734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
 735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
 736 immediately, to the hot-spot.  Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
 737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
 738 at the beginning of the current entry.
 739
 740                              Extending Allout
 741
 742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
 743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
 744 without changes to the allout core.  Here are key ones:
 745
 746 `allout-mode-hook'
 747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
 748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
 749 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
 750 `allout-structure-added-functions'
 751 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
 752 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
 753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
 754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
 755
 756                             Terminology
 757
 758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
 759
 760 ITEM:   A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
 761 TOPIC:  An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
 762         and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
 763 CURRENT ITEM:
 764         The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
 765 DEPTH:  The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
 766         The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX.  The DEPTH is also
 767         called the:
 768 LEVEL:  The same as DEPTH.
 769
 770 ANCESTORS:
 771         Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
 772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR.  It has a DEPTH one less than that
 773         of the ITEM.
 774 OFFSPRING:
 775         The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
 776 SUBTOPIC:
 777         An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
 778 CHILD:
 779         An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
 780 SIBLINGS:
 781         TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
 782
 783 Topic text constituents:
 784
 785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
 786         text.
 787 ENTRY:  The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
 788         the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
 789 BODY:   Same as ENTRY.
 790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
 791         ENTRY text.  Allout recognizes the outline structure according
 792         to the strict PREFIX format.  It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
 793         PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET.  The BULLET might be followed by a
 794         number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
 795         siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
 796         space.  After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
 797         the PREFIX.
 798
 799         The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
 800         of the ITEM.
 801 PREFIX-LEAD:
 802         The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
 803         It can be customized by changing the setting of
 804         `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
 805
 806         When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
 807         programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
 808         program code without interfering with processing of the text
 809         (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code.  This
 810         setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
 811         programming-mode buffers.  See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
 812         docstring for more detail.
 813 PREFIX-PADDING:
 814         Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
 815         bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
 816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
 817         the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
 818         `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'.  When creating a TOPIC,
 819         plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
 820         TOPIC.  Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
 821         provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
 822         TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC.  The
 823         significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
 824         convention.  See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
 825         more details.
 826 EXPOSURE:
 827         The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
 828         of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
 829 CONCEALED:
 830         TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited.  Concealed
 831         text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
 832
 833         CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
 834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
 835 OPEN:   A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
 836
 837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 838
 839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
 840
 841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
 842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
 843
 844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
 845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
 846
 847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 848
 849 ;;;***
 850 \f
 851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
 852 ;;;;;;  allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
 853 ;;;;;;  (20545 57511 257469 0))
 854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
 855
 856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
 857
 858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
 859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
 860
 861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
 862
 863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
 864
 865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
 866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
 867
 868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
 869 visiting an outline.
 870
 871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
 872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
 873
 874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
 875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
 876 you want allout widgets operation.
 877
 878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
 879
 880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
 881
 882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 883
 884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
 885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
 886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
 887 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 889
 890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
 891 graphical decoration of outline structure.  It is meant to
 892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
 893
 894 The graphics include:
 895
 896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
 897
 898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
 899   has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
 900
 901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
 902   for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
 903
 904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
 905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
 906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
 907
 908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 909
 910 ;;;***
 911 \f
 912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
 913 ;;;;;;  "net/ange-ftp.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
 914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
 915
 916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
 917
 918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
 919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
 920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
 921 for speed.  Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
 922 may not know they exist.  You can use this command to reread a specific
 923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
 924
 925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
 926
 927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
 928
 929
 930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
 931
 932 ;;;***
 933 \f
 934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
 935 ;;;;;;  "animate" "play/animate.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
 936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
 937
 938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
 939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
 940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
 941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
 942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
 943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
 944 in the current window.
 945
 946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
 947
 948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
 949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
 950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
 951  When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
 952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
 953 buffer if one does not exist.
 954
 955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
 956
 957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
 958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
 959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
 960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
 961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
 962
 963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
 964
 965 ;;;***
 966 \f
 967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
 968 ;;;;;;  "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
 969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
 970
 971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
 972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
 973
 974 \(fn)" t nil)
 975
 976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
 977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
 978
 979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
 980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
 981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
 982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
 983
 984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
 985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
 986
 987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
 988
 989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
 990
 991 ;;;***
 992 \f
 993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
 994 ;;;;;;  "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20566 63671 243798
 995 ;;;;;;  0))
 996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
 997
 998 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
 999 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1000 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1001 the rules are directory inserted at point.  Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1002 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1003 \\[yank].
1004
1005 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1006 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1007 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1008 the rules.
1009
1010 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1011 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1012 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added.  The
1013 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1014
1015 \(fn)" t nil)
1016
1017 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1018 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1019
1020 \(fn)" t nil)
1021
1022 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1023 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1024 Used in `antlr-mode'.  Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1025
1026 \(fn)" nil nil)
1027
1028 ;;;***
1029 \f
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1031 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033
1034 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1035 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1036 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1037 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1038 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1039 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040
1041 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1042
1043 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1044 Toggle checking of appointments.
1045 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1046 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047
1048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1049
1050 ;;;***
1051 \f
1052 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1053 ;;;;;;  apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1054 ;;;;;;  apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20523 62082
1055 ;;;;;;  997685 0))
1056 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1057
1058 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1059 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1060 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1061 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1062
1063 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1064 kind of objects to search.
1065
1066 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1067
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1074
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 normal variables.
1077
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1079
1080 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1081
1082 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1083 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1084 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1085 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1086 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1087 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1088
1089 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1090 noninteractive functions.
1091
1092 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1093 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1094
1095 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1096 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1097
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1099
1100 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1101 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1102
1103 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1104
1105 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1106 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1107 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1108 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1109
1110 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1111 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1112 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1113 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1114
1115 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1117
1118 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1119
1120 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1123 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1124 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1125 thus be found in `load-history'.  If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1126 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1127
1128 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1129
1130 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1131 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1132 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1133 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1134 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1135 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1136
1137 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1138 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1139 names and values of properties.
1140
1141 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1142
1143 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1144
1145 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1146 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1147 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1148 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1149 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1150 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1151
1152 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1153 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file.  With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1154 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1155 documentation strings.
1156
1157 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1158
1159 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1160
1161 ;;;***
1162 \f
1163 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20585
1164 ;;;;;;  28088 480237 0))
1165 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1166
1167 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1168 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1169 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1170 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1171 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1172 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1173
1174 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1175 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1176 archive.
1177
1178 \\{archive-mode-map}
1179
1180 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1181
1182 ;;;***
1183 \f
1184 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20355 10021 546955
1185 ;;;;;;  0))
1186 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1187
1188 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1189 Major mode for editing arrays.
1190
1191   Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays.  An array is
1192 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings.  The strings are
1193 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1194
1195   The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1196
1197   TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1198 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1199 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1200
1201   Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1202 several variables.  Others will be calculated based on the values you
1203 supply.  These variables are all local to the buffer.  Other buffer
1204 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1205 The variables are:
1206
1207 Variables you assign:
1208      array-max-row:          The number of rows in the array.
1209      array-max-column:       The number of columns in the array.
1210      array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1211      array-field-width:      The width of each field, in characters.
1212      array-rows-numbered:    A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1213                        row numbers in the buffer.
1214
1215 Variables which are calculated:
1216      array-line-length:      The number of characters in a buffer line.
1217      array-lines-per-row:    The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1218
1219   The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1220 take a numeric prefix argument):
1221
1222     *   \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column]        Move forward one column.
1223     *   \\[array-backward-column]         Move backward one column.
1224     *   \\[array-next-row]        Move down one row.
1225     *   \\[array-previous-row]    Move up one row.
1226
1227     *   \\[array-copy-forward]    Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1228     *   \\[array-copy-backward]   Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1229     *   \\[array-copy-down]       Copy the current field into the row below.
1230     *   \\[array-copy-up]         Copy the current field into the row above.
1231
1232     *   \\[array-copy-column-forward]   Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1233     *   \\[array-copy-column-backward]   Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1234     *   \\[array-copy-row-down]   Copy the current row into the row below.
1235     *   \\[array-copy-row-up]   Copy the current row into the row above.
1236
1237         \\[array-fill-rectangle]   Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1238                   between that of point and mark.
1239
1240         \\[array-what-position]   Display the current array row and column.
1241         \\[array-goto-cell]       Go to a particular array cell.
1242
1243         \\[array-make-template]   Make a template for a new array.
1244         \\[array-reconfigure-rows]        Reconfigure the array.
1245         \\[array-expand-rows]   Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1246                   newlines inside rows)
1247
1248         \\[array-display-local-variables]   Display the current values of local variables.
1249
1250 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1251
1252 \(fn)" t nil)
1253
1254 ;;;***
1255 \f
1256 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20513
1257 ;;;;;;  18948 537867 0))
1258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1259
1260 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1261 Toggle Artist mode.
1262 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1263 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1264 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1265
1266 How to quit Artist mode
1267
1268  Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1269
1270
1271 How to submit a bug report
1272
1273  Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1274
1275
1276 Drawing with the mouse:
1277
1278  mouse-2
1279  shift mouse-2  Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1280                 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1281                 below).
1282
1283  mouse-1
1284  shift mouse-1  Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1285                 or pastes:
1286
1287                 Operation       Not shifted               Shifted
1288                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289                 Pen             fill-char at point        line from last point
1290                                                           to new point
1291                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292                 Line            Line in any direction     Straight line
1293                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294                 Rectangle       Rectangle                 Square
1295                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296                 Poly-line       Poly-line in any dir      Straight poly-lines
1297                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298                 Ellipses        Ellipses                  Circles
1299                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300                 Text            Text (see thru)           Text (overwrite)
1301                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302                 Spray-can       Spray-can                 Set size for spray
1303                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304                 Erase           Erase character           Erase rectangle
1305                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306                 Vaporize        Erase single line         Erase connected
1307                                                           lines
1308                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309                 Cut             Cut rectangle             Cut square
1310                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311                 Copy            Copy rectangle            Copy square
1312                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313                 Paste           Paste                     Paste
1314                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315                 Flood-fill      Flood-fill                Flood-fill
1316                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1317
1318                 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1319                   or diagonally.
1320
1321                 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down.  When you
1322                   release the button, the point is set.  If you want a segment
1323                   to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1324                   mouse-1 button.  Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1325                   poly-lines.
1326
1327                 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1328                   will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1329                   overwrite means the opposite.
1330
1331                 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1332                   _endpoints_ are connected.  See also the variable
1333                   `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1334
1335                 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1336
1337                 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1338                   See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1339
1340                 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1341                   In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1342                   are currently drawing something.
1343
1344                 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1345                   some time to fill.
1346
1347
1348  mouse-3        Erases character under pointer
1349  shift mouse-3  Erases rectangle
1350
1351
1352 Settings
1353
1354  Set fill       Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1355
1356  Set line       Sets the character used when drawing lines
1357
1358  Erase char     Sets the character used when erasing
1359
1360  Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1361
1362  Trimming       Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1363                 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1364
1365  Borders        Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1366
1367
1368 Drawing with keys
1369
1370  \\[artist-key-set-point]               Does one of the following:
1371                 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1372                 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1373                 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1374                 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1375                 When pasting: Pastes
1376
1377  \\[artist-select-operation]    Selects what to draw
1378
1379  Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1380
1381  \\[artist-select-fill-char]    Sets the character to use when filling
1382  \\[artist-select-line-char]    Sets the character to use when drawing
1383  \\[artist-select-erase-char]   Sets the character to use when erasing
1384  \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding]       Toggles rubber-banding
1385  \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings]    Toggles trimming of line-endings
1386  \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes]    Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1387
1388
1389 Arrows
1390
1391  \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow]          Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1392                 of the line/poly-line
1393
1394  \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow]         Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1395                 of the line/poly-line
1396
1397
1398 Selecting operation
1399
1400  There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1401
1402  \\[artist-select-op-line]      Selects drawing lines
1403  \\[artist-select-op-straight-line]     Selects drawing straight lines
1404  \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1405  \\[artist-select-op-square]    Selects drawing squares
1406  \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1407  \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line]        Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1408  \\[artist-select-op-ellipse]   Selects drawing ellipses
1409  \\[artist-select-op-circle]    Selects drawing circles
1410  \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru]     Selects rendering text (see thru)
1411  \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite]    Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1412  \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1413  \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size]    Set size for the spray-can
1414  \\[artist-select-op-erase-char]        Selects erasing characters
1415  \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle]   Selects erasing rectangles
1416  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line]     Selects vaporizing single lines
1417  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines]    Selects vaporizing connected lines
1418  \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle]     Selects cutting rectangles
1419  \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle]    Selects copying rectangles
1420  \\[artist-select-op-paste]     Selects pasting
1421  \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill]        Selects flood-filling
1422
1423
1424 Variables
1425
1426  This is a brief overview of the different variables.  For more info,
1427  see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1428
1429  artist-rubber-banding          Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1430  artist-first-char              What to set at first/second point...
1431  artist-second-char             ...when not rubber-banding
1432  artist-interface-with-rect     If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1433  artist-arrows                  The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1434  artist-aspect-ratio            Character height-to-width for squares
1435  artist-trim-line-endings       Trimming of line endings
1436  artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1437  artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally   Update display while filling
1438  artist-pointer-shape           Pointer shape to use while drawing
1439  artist-ellipse-left-char       Character to use for narrow ellipses
1440  artist-ellipse-right-char      Character to use for narrow ellipses
1441  artist-borderless-shapes       If shapes should have borders
1442  artist-picture-compatibility   Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1443  artist-vaporize-fuzziness      Tolerance when recognizing lines
1444  artist-spray-interval          Seconds between repeated sprayings
1445  artist-spray-radius            Size of the spray-area
1446  artist-spray-chars             The spray-``color''
1447  artist-spray-new-chars         Initial spray-``color''
1448
1449 Hooks
1450
1451  Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1452
1453
1454 Keymap summary
1455
1456 \\{artist-mode-map}
1457
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1459
1460 ;;;***
1461 \f
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20355
1463 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1465
1466 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1467 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1468 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1469
1470 \\[asm-colon]   outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[tab-to-tab-stop]     tab to next tab stop.
1472 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1473 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1474
1475 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1476 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1477
1478 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1479 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1480
1481 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1482
1483 Special commands:
1484 \\{asm-mode-map}
1485
1486 \(fn)" t nil)
1487
1488 ;;;***
1489 \f
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1491 ;;;;;;  (20544 36659 880486 0))
1492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1493
1494 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1495 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1496 expiring.  Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1497 let-binding.")
1498
1499 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1500
1501 ;;;***
1502 \f
1503 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1504 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
1505 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1506
1507 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1508 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1509 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1510
1511 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1512
1513 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1514 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1516 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1518
1519 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1520 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1521 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1522 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1523 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1524 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1525 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1526 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1527
1528 For example:
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1530 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1531 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1532 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1533 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1534
1535 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1536
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1538
1539 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1541 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1544 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1545
1546 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1547
1548 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1549 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1551 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553
1554 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1555 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1556 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1557
1558 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1559
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1561
1562 ;;;***
1563 \f
1564 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1565 ;;;;;;  (20513 18948 537867 0))
1566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1567
1568 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1569 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1570
1571 \(fn)" t nil)
1572
1573 ;;;***
1574 \f
1575 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1576 ;;;;;;  "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1578
1579 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1580 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1581 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1582
1583 \(fn)" t nil)
1584
1585 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1586 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1587 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1588 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1589
1590 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1591
1592 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1593 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1594 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1597 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1598
1599 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1600
1601 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1602 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1604 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1606
1607 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1608 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1609
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611
1612 ;;;***
1613 \f
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1615 ;;;;;;  update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1616 ;;;;;;  (20518 12580 46478 0))
1617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1618
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1620
1621 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1622
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1626
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file.  Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE.  If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1632
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1634
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1636
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory.  In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1642
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1645
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value.  When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.  If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1652
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1654
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 should be non-nil).
1660
1661 \(fn)" nil nil)
1662
1663 ;;;***
1664 \f
1665 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1666 ;;;;;;  auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1667 ;;;;;;  "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1669
1670 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1671 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1672 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1673 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1674 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1675
1676 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1677 buffer.  When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1678 disk changes.
1679
1680 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1681 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1682 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1683
1684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685
1686 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1688
1689 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1690   (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1691
1692 \(fn)" nil nil)
1693
1694 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1695 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1697 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1698 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1699
1700 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1701 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'.  This
1702 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1703 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1704 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1705
1706 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1707 you please.  But make sure the background process has stopped
1708 writing before you save the file!
1709
1710 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1711
1712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1713
1714 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1715 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1716
1717 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1718   (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1719
1720 \(fn)" nil nil)
1721
1722 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1723 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1724 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1728
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1730
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1736
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk.  Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1740
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable.  It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1746
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1750
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1752
1753 ;;;***
1754 \f
1755 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1756 ;;;;;;  "avoid.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
1757 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1758
1759 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1760 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1761 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1763 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1764
1765 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1766
1767 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1768 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1769 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1770 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1771
1772 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1773 modes.  Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1774 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1775
1776 Effects of the different modes:
1777  * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1778  * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1779      and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1780  * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1781      a random distance & direction.
1782  * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1783  * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1784  * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1785
1786 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1787
1788 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1789 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1790 definition of \"random distance\".)
1791
1792 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1793
1794 ;;;***
1795 \f
1796 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1797 ;;;;;;  (20476 31768 298871 0))
1798 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1799  (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1800
1801 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1802 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1803 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1804 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1805
1806 \(fn)" t nil)
1807
1808 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1809 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1810 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1813 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1814
1815 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1816
1817 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1818 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1820 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1821 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1822
1823 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1824 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1825 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1826 seconds.
1827
1828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1829
1830 ;;;***
1831 \f
1832 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1833 ;;;;;;  "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20557 48712 315579
1834 ;;;;;;  0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1836
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop.  Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1845
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1847
1848 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1849
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result.  The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1855
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1857
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1859
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1865
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1867
1868 ;;;***
1869 \f
1870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1871 ;;;;;;  "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1873
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1880 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1881 already set.  If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1882 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1883 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1884
1885 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1886
1887 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1888 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1889
1890 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1891
1892 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1893 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1894 to field.  After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1895 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1896
1897 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1898 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil.  However, then BibTeX mode
1899 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1900 entries.  This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1901 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1902
1903 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1904 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1905
1906
1907 Special information:
1908
1909 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1910
1911 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1912 by BibTeX.  The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1913 start with the string ALT.  The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1914 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1915 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1916 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1917 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1918 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1919 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1920 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1921 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1922
1923 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1924 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1925 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1926 of `bibtex-entry-format'.  Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1927 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1928 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1929 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1930 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1931
1932 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1933
1934 ----------------------------------------------------------
1935 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1936 if that value is non-nil.
1937
1938 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1939
1940 \(fn)" t nil)
1941
1942 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1943 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1944 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1945 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'.  Otherwise the search
1946 is limited to the current buffer.  Optional arg START is buffer position
1947 where the search starts.  If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1948 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1949 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1950 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1951 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1952 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1953 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1954
1955 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1956
1957 ;;;***
1958 \f
1959 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1960 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
1961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1962
1963 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1964 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1965
1966 \(fn)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1971 ;;;;;;  binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1972 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1974
1975 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1976 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1977
1978 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1979 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1980 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1981
1982 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1983
1984 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1985 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1986
1987 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1988
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1991
1992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1993
1994 ;;;***
1995 \f
1996 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20551
1997 ;;;;;;  9899 283417 0))
1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1999
2000 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2001 Play blackbox.
2002 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2003
2004 What is blackbox?
2005
2006 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2007 Blackbox).  Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2008 balls (usually 4) within this box.  By shooting rays into the box and
2009 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2010 the hidden balls.  The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2011 your score.
2012
2013 Overview of play:
2014
2015 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox].  An optional prefix argument
2016 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2017 four.
2018
2019 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2020 movement keys.
2021
2022 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2023 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2024
2025 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2026 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2027
2028 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2029 press \\[bb-done].  You will be informed whether you are correct or
2030 not, and be given your score.  Your score is the number of letters and
2031 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2032 placed ball.  If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2033 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2034
2035 Details:
2036
2037 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2038
2039         Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2040                 where you sent it in.  On the playfield, detours are
2041                 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2042                 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2043
2044         Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2045                 it was sent in.  On the playfield, reflections are
2046                 denoted by the letter `R'.
2047
2048         Hit:    the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed.  It does
2049                 not emerge from the box.  On the playfield, hits are
2050                 denoted by the letter `H'.
2051
2052 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2053 example.
2054
2055 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees.  Rays can
2056 be deflected multiple times.  In the diagrams below, the dashes
2057 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2058 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2059 described under \"Detour\" above.  Note that the entrance and exit
2060 points are always interchangeable.  `*' denotes the path taken by the
2061 ray.
2062
2063 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2064 degree deflection it causes.
2065
2066     1
2067   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2068   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2069 1 * * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - O - - - - O -
2070   - - O - - - - -         - - O - - - - -         - - * * * * - -
2071   - - - - - - - -         - - - * * * * * 2     3 * * * - - * - -
2072   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - O - * - -
2073   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * * - -
2074   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * - O -
2075                                 2                         3
2076
2077 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2078 it was sent in.  This can happen in several ways:
2079
2080
2081   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2082   - - - - O - - -         - - O - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2083 R * * * * - - - -         - - - * - - - -          O - - - - - - -
2084   - - - - O - - -         - - - * - - - -        R - - - - - - - -
2085   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2086   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2087   - - - - - - - -       R * * * * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2088   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2089
2090 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2091 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2092 its point of origin.  The second example is similar.  The third
2093 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2094 ray never gets a chance to get into the box.  Alternatively, the ray
2095 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2096 emerging from the box.
2097
2098 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2099
2100   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2101   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - O - - -
2102   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -        H * * * * - - - -
2103   - - - - - - - -       H * * * * O - - -          - - - * - - - -
2104   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - O - - - -
2105 H * * * O - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2106   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2107   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2108
2109 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2110 a reflection.
2111
2112 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2113
2114 ;;;***
2115 \f
2116 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2117 ;;;;;;  bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2118 ;;;;;;  bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2119 ;;;;;;  bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2120 ;;;;;;  "bookmark.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
2121 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2122  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2123  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2124  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2125
2126 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2127 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2128 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2129 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2130 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'.  All interactive bookmark
2131 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2132  (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2133
2134 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2135 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2136 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2137
2138 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2139 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2140 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist.  The most recently set bookmark
2141 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2142 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2143 recent one.
2144
2145 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2146 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark.  Successive C-w's
2147 yank successive words.
2148
2149 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2150 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2151 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2152 large document.  If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2153 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2154
2155 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2156 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2157 the list of bookmarks.)
2158
2159 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2160
2161 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2162 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2163 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2164 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2165 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2166 this.
2167
2168 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2169 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2170 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2171 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2172
2173 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string).  It can also be a
2174 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2175
2176 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2177 bookmark.  It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'.  A typical value for
2178 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2179
2180 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2181
2182 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2183 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window.  See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2184
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2188 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2189
2190 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2191 the one it used to point at.  Useful when a file has been renamed
2192 after a bookmark was set in it.
2193
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2195
2196 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2197 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2198
2199 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2200 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2201
2202 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2203
2204 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2205
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2207 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2208 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2209 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2210
2211 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2212 as an argument.  If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2213 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2214
2215 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2216 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2217 name.
2218
2219 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2220
2221 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2222 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2223 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2224
2225 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2226 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2227 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2228 this.
2229
2230 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2231
2232 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2233 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2234
2235 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name.  If
2236 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2237 not be deleted.  Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2238 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2239 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2240 probably because we were called from there.
2241
2242 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2243
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2245 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2246 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2247
2248 \(fn)" t nil)
2249
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2251 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2252 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2253 `bookmark-default-file'.  With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2254 \(second argument).
2255
2256 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2257 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2258 pass no arguments.  Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2259 instead.  If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2260 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2261
2262 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2263 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load].  That function will prompt you
2264 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2265 `bookmark-default-file'.
2266
2267 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2268
2269 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2270 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2271 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks.  If
2272 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2273 destroyed.  Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2274 while loading.
2275
2276 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2277 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list.  Generally, you should only load
2278 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2279 place.  Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2280 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2281 explicitly.
2282
2283 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2284 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2285 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2286 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2287
2288 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2289
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2291 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2292 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2293 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2294 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2295
2296 \(fn)" t nil)
2297
2298 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2299
2300 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2301
2302 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2303 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2304
2305 \(fn)" t nil)
2306
2307 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2308
2309 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2310
2311 ;;;***
2312 \f
2313 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2314 ;;;;;;  browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2315 ;;;;;;  browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2316 ;;;;;;  browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2317 ;;;;;;  browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2318 ;;;;;;  browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2319 ;;;;;;  browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2320 ;;;;;;  browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2321 ;;;;;;  "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION).  In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL.  The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'.  The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively.  Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'.  Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.  Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.  Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'.  Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed.  Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'.  Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2386
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one.  A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored.  Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter.  Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well.  Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511
2512 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later.  You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window.  A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'.  Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address.  Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2596
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'.  A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point.  A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'.  This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2625
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2637 ;;;;;;  "bs" "bs.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
2638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2639
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list.  Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2672
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20566 63671
2678 ;;;;;;  243798 0))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color.  Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2689
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2700 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20532 45476 981297 0))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2721 ;;;;;;  batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2722 ;;;;;;  compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2723 ;;;;;;  byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2724 ;;;;;;  "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2729
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2731
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2738
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing.  Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2747
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2749
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2753
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2760
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file.  However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files.  A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it.  A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2766 before scanning it.
2767
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2770
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2773
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2780
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2787
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2793
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2795
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call.  The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2802
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2805 cons, etc.).
2806
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2810
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2817
2818 \(fn)" nil nil)
2819
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2827 already up-to-date.
2828
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2830
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2835
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2839
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2841
2842 ;;;***
2843 \f
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20355
2845 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2847
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2849
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2851
2852 ;;;***
2853 \f
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20461 32935
2855 ;;;;;;  300400 0))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2857
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2859
2860 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2861
2862 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2867 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2869
2870 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2871 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2872 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2873 from the cursor position.
2874
2875 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2876
2877 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2878
2879 ;;;***
2880 \f
2881 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2882 ;;;;;;  calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2883 ;;;;;;  full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20572
2884 ;;;;;;  16038 402143 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2886  (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2887
2888 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator.  See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2890
2891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2894 The Emacs Calculator.  Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2895
2896 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2899 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2900
2901 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2902
2903 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2905
2906 \(fn)" t nil)
2907
2908 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2909 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2910 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2911 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2912
2913 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 This is most useful in the X window system.
2918 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2919 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2920
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2924 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2925 See calc-keypad for details.
2926
2927 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2930 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2931
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2935 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2936
2937 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2938
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2940 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2941
2942 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2945 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2946 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2947
2948 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2949
2950 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2951 Define Calc function.
2952
2953 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2954 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2955 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2956
2957 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2958 actual Lisp function name.
2959
2960 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2961
2962 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2963
2964 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2965
2966 ;;;***
2967 \f
2968 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20355
2969 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
2970 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2971
2972 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2973
2974
2975 \(fn N)" t nil)
2976
2977 ;;;***
2978 \f
2979 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20476
2980 ;;;;;;  31768 298871 0))
2981 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2982
2983 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2984 Run the Emacs calculator.
2985 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2986
2987 \(fn)" t nil)
2988
2989 ;;;***
2990 \f
2991 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20577
2992 ;;;;;;  33959 40183 0))
2993 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2994
2995 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2996 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2997 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2998 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months.  The
2999 cursor is put on today's date.  If optional prefix argument ARG
3000 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3001
3002 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3003 into view.  Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3004 can be scrolled forward or backward.  The cursor can be moved
3005 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3006 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3007 cause movement in the opposite direction.  For convenience, the
3008 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes.  Use
3009 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3010 window.
3011
3012 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3013 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3014
3015 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3016 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3017 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies).  This variable can be
3018 overridden by `calendar-setup'.  As well as being displayed,
3019 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3020 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3021
3022 Runs the following hooks:
3023
3024 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3025 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3026    generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3027 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3028
3029 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3030
3031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3032
3033 ;;;***
3034 \f
3035 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3036 ;;;;;;  "gnus/canlock.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3038
3039 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3040 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3041
3042 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3043
3044 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3045 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3046 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed.  Signal an error if
3047 it fails.
3048
3049 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3050
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3054 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3056
3057 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3058 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3059 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3060 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
3061 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3062
3063 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When
3064 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3065 letter in a symbol.  This is in addition to all the normal
3066 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables.  There is no
3067 restriction to ASCII.
3068
3069 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3070
3071   capitalizedWorDD
3072   ^          ^  ^^
3073
3074 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3075 marking commands such as \\[forward-word].  This mode does not affect word
3076 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3077
3078 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3079 where underscores aren't trendy enough.  Capitalization rules are
3080 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3081 such a style.  It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3082 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3083 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'.  It's unlikely to cause
3084 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3085
3086 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3087 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3088
3089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3090
3091 ;;;***
3092 \f
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20355
3094 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3096 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3097
3098 ;;;***
3099 \f
3100 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3101 ;;;;;;  (20557 48712 315579 0))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3103
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3105 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3106
3107 \(fn)" nil nil)
3108
3109 ;;;***
3110 \f
3111 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3112 ;;;;;;  c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3113 ;;;;;;  c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20355 10021
3114 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3116
3117 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3118 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3119
3120 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3121 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3122
3123 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3125
3126 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3127
3128 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3129 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3130 made from scratch.
3131
3132 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3133
3134 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3135 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3136
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3140
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3142
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3145
3146 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3147
3148 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3149 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3150 made from scratch.
3151
3152 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3153
3154 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3155 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3156
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3160
3161 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3162
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3165
3166 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3167
3168 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3169 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3170 made from scratch.
3171
3172 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3173
3174 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3175 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3176
3177 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3178 variables are guessed:
3179
3180 * `c-basic-offset', and
3181 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3182   `c-offsets-alist'.
3183
3184 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3185 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3186
3187 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3188 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3189
3190 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3191 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3192 guess is made from scratch.
3193
3194 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3195 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3196
3197 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3198
3199 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3200 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3201 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3202 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3203
3204 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3205 `c-add-style'.  Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3206 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3207
3208 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3209
3210 ;;;***
3211 \f
3212 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3213 ;;;;;;  c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3214 ;;;;;;  (20416 44451 205563 0))
3215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3216
3217 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3218 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3219 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3220 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done.  Otherwise
3221 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3222 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3223 control).  See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3224
3225 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3226
3227 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3228 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3229  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3230  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3231  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3232  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3233  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3234  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3235  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3236  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3237
3238 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3239 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3240 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3241 c-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3242 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3243 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3244
3245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3246
3247 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3248 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3249
3250 Key bindings:
3251 \\{c-mode-map}
3252
3253 \(fn)" t nil)
3254
3255 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3256 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3257
3258 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3261 c++-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3265
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3267
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3270
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{c++-mode-map}
3273
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275
3276 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3277 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3278  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3279
3280 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3283 objc-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 message.
3287
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3292
3293 Key bindings:
3294 \\{objc-mode-map}
3295
3296 \(fn)" t nil)
3297
3298 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3299 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3300  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3301
3302 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing Java code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3305 java-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3306 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3308 message.
3309
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3311
3312 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3313 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3314
3315 Key bindings:
3316 \\{java-mode-map}
3317
3318 \(fn)" t nil)
3319
3320 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3321 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3322  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3323
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3330 message.
3331
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3333
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3336
3337 Key bindings:
3338 \\{idl-mode-map}
3339
3340 \(fn)" t nil)
3341
3342 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3343 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3344  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3345  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3346
3347 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3348 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3349 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3350 pike-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3351 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3352 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3353 message.
3354
3355 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3356
3357 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3358 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3359
3360 Key bindings:
3361 \\{pike-mode-map}
3362
3363 \(fn)" t nil)
3364  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3365  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3366  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3367  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3368  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3369  (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3370
3371 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3372 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3373 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3374 awk-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3375 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3376 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3377
3378 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3379
3380 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3381 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3382
3383 Key bindings:
3384 \\{awk-mode-map}
3385
3386 \(fn)" t nil)
3387
3388 ;;;***
3389 \f
3390 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3391 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
3392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3393
3394 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3395 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3396 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3397 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3398
3399 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3400
3401 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3402 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'.  Other variables
3403 might get set too.
3404
3405 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3406 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3407 `set-from-style') will not be changed.  This avoids overriding global settings
3408 done in your init file.  It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3409 in this way.
3410
3411 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3412 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden.  CC Mode
3413 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3414 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3415 a null operation.
3416
3417 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3418
3419 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3420 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3421 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update.  DESCRIPTION
3422 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3423
3424   ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3425
3426 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3427 VARIABLE and VALUE.  This function also sets the current style to
3428 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3429
3430 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3431
3432 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3433 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3434 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3435 offset for that syntactic element.  The optional argument is not used
3436 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3437
3438 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3439
3440 ;;;***
3441 \f
3442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20355 10021
3443 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3445 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3446 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3447 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3448
3449 ;;;***
3450 \f
3451 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3452 ;;;;;;  declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3453 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
3454 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3455
3456 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3457 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3458
3459 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3460
3461 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3462 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3463
3464 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3465
3466 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3467 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3468
3469 This macro exists for backward compatibility.  In the old version of
3470 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3471 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance.  But,
3472 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3473 execution.
3474
3475 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3476
3477 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3478
3479 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3480 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3481
3482 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3483         (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3484          CCL_MAIN_CODE
3485          [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3486
3487 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3488 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3489 text.  It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3490 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3491 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3492 `write' commands.
3493
3494 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes.  CCL_MAIN_CODE
3495 executed at first.  If there's no more input data when `read' command
3496 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed.  If
3497 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3498
3499 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation.  The lines
3500 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3501 semantics.
3502
3503 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3504
3505 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3506
3507 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3508
3509 STATEMENT :=
3510         SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3511         | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3512
3513 SET :=  (REG = EXPRESSION)
3514         | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3515         ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3516         | integer
3517
3518 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3519
3520 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  If the result is nonzero, execute
3521 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0.  Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3522 IF :=   (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3523
3524 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  Provided that the result is N, execute
3525 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3526 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3527
3528 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3529 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3530
3531 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3532 BREAK := (break)
3533
3534 REPEAT :=
3535         ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3536         (repeat)
3537         ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3538         ;;           (repeat))
3539         | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3540         ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3541         ;;           (read REG)
3542         ;;           (repeat))
3543         | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3544         ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3545         ;;           (read REG)
3546         ;;           (repeat))
3547         | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3548
3549 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3550         ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3551         (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3552         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553         ;;           (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3554         | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3555         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556         ;;           (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3557         | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3558         ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3559         ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3560         ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3561         ;; character.  If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3562         ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3563         ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3564         | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3565
3566 WRITE :=
3567         ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer.  If REG_N is
3568         ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3569         ;; representation.
3570         (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3571         ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3572         ;;           (write r7))
3573         | (write EXPRESSION)
3574         ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer.  If it
3575         ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3576         ;; representation.
3577         | (write integer)
3578         ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3579         ;; buffer.
3580         | (write string)
3581         ;; Same as: (write string)
3582         | string
3583         ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3584         ;; ARRAY to the output buffer.  If it is a multibyte
3585         ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3586         ;; representation.
3587         | (write REG ARRAY)
3588         ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3589         ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1.  If the
3590         ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3591         ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3592         ;; is the second code point of the character.
3593         | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3594
3595 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3596 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3597
3598 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3599 END := (end)
3600
3601 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value.  As r7 is also
3602 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3603 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3604
3605 ARG := REG | integer
3606
3607 OPERATOR :=
3608         ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3609         + | - | * | / | %
3610
3611         ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3612         | & | `|' | ^
3613
3614         ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3615         | << | >>
3616
3617         ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3618         ;;      (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3619         | <8
3620
3621         ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3622         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3623         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3624         | >8
3625
3626         ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3627         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3628         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3629         | //
3630
3631         ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3632         | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3633
3634         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3635         ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3636         ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3637         ;;      ((REG = CODE0)
3638         ;;       (r7 = CODE1))
3639         ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3640         ;; second code point of CHAR.
3641         | de-sjis
3642
3643         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3644         ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3645         ;; Shift-JIS code,
3646         ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3647         ;;      ((REG = HIGH)
3648         ;;       (r7 = LOW))
3649         ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3650         ;; byte of SJIS.
3651         | en-sjis
3652
3653 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3654         ;; Same meaning as C code
3655         += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3656
3657         ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3658         ;;      ((REG <<= 8)
3659         ;;       (REG |= ARG))
3660         | <8=
3661
3662         ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3663         ;;      ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3664         ;;       (REG >>= 8))
3665
3666         ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3667         ;;      ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3668         ;;       (REG /= ARG))
3669         | //=
3670
3671 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3672
3673
3674 TRANSLATE :=
3675         (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3676         | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3677         ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3678 LOOKUP :=
3679         (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3680         | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3681         ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3682 MAP :=
3683      (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3684      | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3685      | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3686 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3687 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3688 MAP-ID := integer
3689
3690 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3691
3692 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3693
3694 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3695 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3696 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3697 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3698 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3699 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3700
3701 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3702
3703 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3704 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3705 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3706
3707 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3708
3709 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3710
3711 ;;;***
3712 \f
3713 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3714 ;;;;;;  (20453 5437 764254 0))
3715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3716
3717 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3718 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3719 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3720 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3721
3722 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3723
3724 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3725
3726 ;;;***
3727 \f
3728 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3729 ;;;;;;  "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3731
3732 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3733 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3734 There are no special keybindings by default.
3735
3736 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3737 to the action header.
3738
3739 \(fn)" t nil)
3740
3741 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3742 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3743 There are no special keybindings by default.
3744
3745 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3746 to the action header.
3747
3748 \(fn)" t nil)
3749
3750 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3751 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3752 on the buffer contents
3753
3754 \(fn)" nil nil)
3755
3756 ;;;***
3757 \f
3758 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3759 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20378 29222 722320 0))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3761
3762 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3763 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3764 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3765
3766 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3767
3768 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3769 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3770 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3771
3772 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3773
3774 ;;;***
3775 \f
3776 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3777 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3778 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3779 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3780 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3781 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3782 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3783 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3784 ;;;;;;  "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20388 65061 302484 0))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3786 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3789 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3790 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3791
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3793
3794
3795 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3796
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3799 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3800 the users will view as each check is completed.
3801
3802 \(fn)" t nil)
3803
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3805 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3806 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3807 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3808 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3809 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3810 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3811 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3812
3813 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3814
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3816 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3817 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3818 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3819 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3820 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3821 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3822 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3823
3824 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3825
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3828 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3829 doesn't work is just not useful.  Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3830 spacing are all verified.
3831
3832 \(fn)" t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3835 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3836 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3837 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3838 otherwise stop after the first error.
3839
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3843 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3844 Only documentation strings are checked.
3845 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3847 a separate buffer.
3848
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3850
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3854 save warnings in a separate buffer.  Second optional argument START-POINT
3855 is the starting location.  If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3856
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3858
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3863 if there is one.
3864
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3866
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3868 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3869 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3870 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3871 if there is one.
3872 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3873
3874 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3878 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3879
3880 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3881
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3884 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3885 documentation is checked.  If there is a documentation error, then the display
3886 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3891 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3892 Call `error' if the doc string has problems.  If NO-ERROR is
3893 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3894 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3895 space at the end of each line.
3896
3897 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3903
3904 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3910
3911 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3917
3918 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3919
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3924
3925 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3931
3932 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3933
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3938
3939 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3945
3946 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3947
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3952
3953 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3959
3960 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3961
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3963 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3965 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
3966 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3967
3968 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3969 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3970 checking of documentation strings.
3971
3972 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3973
3974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3975
3976 ;;;***
3977 \f
3978 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3979 ;;;;;;  encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3980 ;;;;;;  "language/china-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3982
3983 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3984 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3985 Return the length of resulting text.
3986
3987 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3988
3989 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3990 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3991
3992 \(fn)" t nil)
3993
3994 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3995 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3996 Return the length of resulting text.
3997
3998 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3999
4000 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4001 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4002
4003 \(fn)" t nil)
4004
4005 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4006
4007
4008 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4009
4010 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4011
4012
4013 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4014
4015 ;;;***
4016 \f
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4018 ;;;;;;  "chistory" "chistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4020
4021 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4022 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4023 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4024 a form for evaluation.  If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4025 command history is offered.  The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4026 editing and the result is evaluated.
4027
4028 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4029
4030 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4031 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4032 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4033 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4034 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4035
4036 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4037
4038 \(fn)" t nil)
4039
4040 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4041 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4042 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4043 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4044 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4045
4046 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4047 and digits provide prefix arguments.  Tab does not indent.
4048 \\{command-history-map}
4049
4050 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4051 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4052
4053 \(fn)" t nil)
4054
4055 ;;;***
4056 \f
4057 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4058 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
4059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4060
4061 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4062 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4063 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4064 `lisp-indent-function'.  INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4065 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4066 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position.  Browse the
4067 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4068 of this function.
4069
4070 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4071 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4072 this function should indent it.  Possible values for this
4073 property are:
4074
4075 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4076   i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4077
4078 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call.  The function should
4079   take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4080   PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4081   list-structure with respect to the containing lists.  For example, in
4082   ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1).  In other words,
4083   to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4084   the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4085   STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4086   `common-lisp-indent-function'.  SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4087   the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4088   NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4089   originally in.  This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4090
4091 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4092   function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4093   This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4094
4095 * a list.  The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4096   function argument.  If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4097   the last list element applies to all remaining arguments.  The accepted
4098   list elements are:
4099
4100   * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4101
4102   * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4103
4104   * &lambda.  Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4105
4106   * &rest.  When used, this must be the penultimate element.  The
4107     element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4108
4109   * &body.  This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4110     all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4111
4112   * &whole.  This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4113     function symbol.  This indentation is applied to the
4114     associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4115     arguments.  For example, an integer P means indent this
4116     argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4117     value specified by their associated list element.
4118
4119   * a symbol.  A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4120
4121   * a list, with elements as described above.  This applies when the
4122     associated function argument is itself a list.  Each element of the list
4123     specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4124
4125 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4126 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4127   * indent the first argument by 4.
4128   * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4129     of them.  The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4130     have an offset of 2+1=3.
4131
4132 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4133
4134 ;;;***
4135 \f
4136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20582 12953
4137 ;;;;;;  724727 481000))
4138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4139
4140 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4141
4142 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4143 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4144 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4145 stream, and the print level (currently ignored).  If it is able to
4146 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4147 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4148
4149 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4150 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4151
4152 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4153
4154 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4155
4156 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4157
4158 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4159
4160 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4161
4162 ;;;***
4163 \f
4164 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4165 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4167
4168 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4169 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4170 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4171 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4172
4173 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4174 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4175 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4176 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4177
4178 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4179 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4180
4181 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4182
4183 ;;;***
4184 \f
4185 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20355
4186 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
4187 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4188
4189 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4190 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4191 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4192 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4193 of `scheme-program-name').
4194 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4195 it is given as initial input.
4196 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4197 discards input when it starts up.
4198 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4199 is run).
4200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4201
4202 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4203
4204 ;;;***
4205 \f
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20522 9637
4207 ;;;;;;  465791 0))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4209
4210 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4211 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4212 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4213 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4214
4215 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4216 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4217
4218 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4219 displayed.  If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4220 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4221
4222 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4223
4224 ;;;***
4225 \f
4226 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4227 ;;;;;;  comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4228 ;;;;;;  comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4229 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4231
4232 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4233 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4234 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4235 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4236 inserted.  Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4237 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4238 functions have already modified the buffer.
4239
4240 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4241
4242 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4243 either globally or locally.")
4244
4245 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4246 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4247 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4248 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4249
4250 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4251 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4252   `start-file-process'
4253 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4254   connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4255 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4256
4257 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4258 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4259
4260 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4261
4262 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4263
4264 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4265
4266 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4267 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4268 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4269 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4270 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4271 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'.  If there is already
4272 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.  Optional third arg
4273 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4274 process as its initial input.
4275
4276 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4277
4278 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4279
4280 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4281
4282 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4283 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4284 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4285 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4286 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4287 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4288
4289 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4290
4291 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4292 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4293 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4294 directory tracking functions.")
4295
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4298 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4299
4300 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4301
4302 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4303
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4306 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4307
4308 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4309
4310 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4311
4312 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4313 Send COMMAND to current process.
4314 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4315 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4316
4317 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4318
4319 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4320 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4321 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4322 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4323
4324 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4325
4326 ;;;***
4327 \f
4328 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4329 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
4330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4331
4332 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4333 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4334 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4335 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4336
4337 This command pushes the mark in each window
4338 at the prior location of point in that window.
4339 If both windows display the same buffer,
4340 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4341 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4342
4343 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4344 `compare-ignore-whitespace'.  If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4345 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.  If
4346 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4347 don't ignore changes in whitespace.  The variable
4348 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4349 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4350 ignored.
4351
4352 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4353 this command work in interlaced mode:
4354 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4355 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4356 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4357
4358 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4359
4360 ;;;***
4361 \f
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4363 ;;;;;;  compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4364 ;;;;;;  compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4365 ;;;;;;  compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4366 ;;;;;;  compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20576
4367 ;;;;;;  42138 697312 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4369
4370 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4371 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4372
4373 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4376 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4377 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4378 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4379 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4380   (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4381     (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4382
4383 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4384
4385 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4386 Number of lines in a compilation window.  If nil, use Emacs default.")
4387
4388 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4389
4390 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4391 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4392 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4393 started.  It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4394 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4395
4396 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4397 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4398 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4399 compilation buffer.  It should return a string.
4400 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4401
4402 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4403 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4404 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4405 describing how the process finished.")
4406
4407 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4408 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4409 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4410 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4411 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4412
4413 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4414 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4415 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4416
4417 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4418
4419 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4420 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4421 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4422 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4423
4424 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4425
4426 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4427 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4428
4429 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4430 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4431
4432     (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4433        (lambda ()
4434          (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4435                      (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4436            (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4437                 (concat \"make -k \"
4438                         (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4439
4440 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4441 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4442
4443 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4444 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4445 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4446 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4447
4448 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4449
4450 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4451 Compile the program including the current buffer.  Default: run `make'.
4452 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4453 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4454
4455 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4456 and move to the source code that caused it.
4457
4458 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4459 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4460
4461 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4462 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.  With prefix arg, always prompts.
4463 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4464 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4465
4466 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4467 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4468 \\[rename-buffer].  Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4469 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4470
4471 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4472 kills its subprocesses.
4473
4474 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4475 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4476 to a function that generates a unique name.
4477
4478 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4479
4480 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4481 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4482 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4483 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4484
4485 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer.  Mode
4486 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4487
4488 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4489 to determine the buffer name.  Otherwise, the default is to
4490 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4491 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4492
4493 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4494 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4495 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4496
4497 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4498
4499 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4500
4501 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4502 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4503 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4504 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4505 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4506
4507 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4508
4509 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4510
4511 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4512
4513 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4514
4515 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4518 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
4519 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4520
4521 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4522 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4523 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4524 See `compilation-mode'.
4525
4526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4527
4528 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4529 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4531 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
4532 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4533
4534 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4535 commands of Compilation major mode are available.  See
4536 `compilation-mode'.
4537
4538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4539
4540 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4541 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4542 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4543
4544 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4545
4546 ;;;***
4547 \f
4548 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4549 ;;;;;;  (20495 51111 757560 0))
4550 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4551
4552 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4553 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4554 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4557 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4558
4559 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4560
4561 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4562 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4564 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4566
4567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4568
4569 ;;;***
4570 \f
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4572 ;;;;;;  conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4573 ;;;;;;  conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4574 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4576
4577 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4578 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4579 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4580 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments.  Yet
4581 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4582 files.  See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4583 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4584
4585 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4586 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'.  If strings
4587 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4588
4589 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4590 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further).  These
4591 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4592
4593 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4594 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4595 quite right.  Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4596 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4597
4598 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4599 command, it will parse the buffer.  It will generally well
4600 identify the first four cases listed below.  If the buffer
4601 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4602 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4603 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4604 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4605
4606 \\{conf-mode-map}
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `#'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4614
4615 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4616
4617 \[Desktop Entry]
4618          Encoding=UTF-8
4619          Name=The GIMP
4620          Name[ca]=El GIMP
4621          Name[cs]=GIMP
4622
4623 \(fn)" t nil)
4624
4625 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4626 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4627 Comments start with `;'.
4628 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4629
4630 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4631
4632 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4633 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4634 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4635
4636 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4637 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4638
4639 \(fn)" t nil)
4640
4641 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4642 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4643 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4644 between `/*' and `*/'.
4645 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4646
4647 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4648 // another kind of comment
4649 /* yet another */
4650
4651 name:value
4652 name=value
4653 name value
4654 x.1 =
4655 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4656 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4657
4658 \(fn)" t nil)
4659
4660 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4662 \"Assignments\" are with ` '.  Keywords before the parameters are
4663 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4664 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4665 `conf-space-keywords'.
4666 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4667 in an interactive fashion instead.
4668
4669 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4670
4671 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4672
4673 image/jpeg                      jpeg jpg jpe
4674 image/png                       png
4675 image/tiff                      tiff tif
4676
4677 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4678 class desktop
4679 # Standard multimedia devices
4680 add /dev/audio          desktop
4681 add /dev/mixer          desktop
4682
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4684
4685 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4686 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4687 See `conf-space-mode'.
4688
4689 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4690
4691 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4692 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4693 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4694 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4695
4696 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4697
4698 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam>           : \"\\241\"     exclamdown
4699 <Multi_key> <c> <slash>                 : \"\\242\"     cent
4700
4701 \(fn)" t nil)
4702
4703 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4704 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4705 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4706 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4707
4708 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4709
4710 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4711 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4712
4713 \(fn)" t nil)
4714
4715 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4716 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4717 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4718 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4719
4720 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4721
4722 *background:                    gray99
4723 *foreground:                    black
4724
4725 \(fn)" t nil)
4726
4727 ;;;***
4728 \f
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4730 ;;;;;;  "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4732
4733 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4734 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4735 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4736 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4737
4738 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739
4740 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4741 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4742 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4743 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4744
4745 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4746
4747 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4748 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4749 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after.  Caches the result; second
4750 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4751
4752 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4753
4754 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4755 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4756
4757 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4758
4759 ;;;***
4760 \f
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4762 ;;;;;;  copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20518
4763 ;;;;;;  12580 46478 0))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4765 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4766 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4767 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4768
4769 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4770 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4771 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4772 the current year after them.  If necessary, and
4773 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4774 following the copyright are updated as well.
4775 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4776 interactively.
4777
4778 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4779
4780 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4781 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4782 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4783 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4784 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4785
4786 \(fn)" t nil)
4787
4788 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4789 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4790
4791 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4792
4793 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4794 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4795 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4796
4797 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4798
4799 ;;;***
4800 \f
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4802 ;;;;;;  "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20512 60198 306109
4803 ;;;;;;  0))
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4805 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4806 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4807 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4808 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4809 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4810 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4811 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4812
4813 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4814 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4815 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4816 Tab indents for Perl code.
4817 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4818 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4819
4820 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4821 sometimes <>.  When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4822 well, with optional special formatting done on {}.  (Disabled by
4823 default.)  You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4824 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion.  The processing of < is special,
4825 since most the time you mean \"less\".  CPerl mode tries to guess
4826 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4827 appropriate.  You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4828 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4829 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4830 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4831 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4832
4833 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4834
4835    if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4836    for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4837
4838 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4839
4840 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4841 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4842 she is most likely to want to be.  eg. when the user types a space
4843 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4844 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses.  The user can then
4845 type some boolean expression within the parens.  Having done that,
4846 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4847 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4848 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4849
4850 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4851
4852             bite if angry;
4853
4854 it will not do any expansion.  See also help on variable
4855 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'.  (Note that one can switch the
4856 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4857 to nil.)
4858
4859 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4860 return.  It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4861 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4862
4863             foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4864
4865 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4866 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4867 appropriately indented blank line.  If you need a usual
4868 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4869 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4870
4871 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4872
4873             if (A) { B }
4874
4875 into
4876
4877             B if A;
4878
4879 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4880
4881 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4882 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4883 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4884 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4885 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4886 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4887 control structures in CPerl.  `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4888 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable.  You can enable all these
4889 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4890 `cperl-hairy' to t.  In this case you can switch separate options off
4891 by setting them to `null'.  Note that one may undo the extra
4892 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4893 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4894
4895 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4896 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4897 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4898 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4899 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4900 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4901
4902 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4903 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4904 man via menu.
4905
4906 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4907 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'.  Default with
4908 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4909 secs idle time .  It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4910 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp].  Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4911
4912 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4913 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4914 span the needed amount of lines.
4915
4916 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4917 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4918 here-docs sections.  With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4919 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4920
4921 Variables controlling indentation style:
4922  `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4923     Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4924     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4925  `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4926     Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4927  `cperl-auto-newline'
4928     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4929     and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code.  The following
4930     \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4931     Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4932     `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4933  `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4934     Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4935     Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4936  `cperl-indent-level'
4937     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4938     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4939     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4940  `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4941     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4942     then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4943  `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4944     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4945     This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4946  `cperl-brace-offset'
4947     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4948  `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4949     An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4950     this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4951  `cperl-label-offset'
4952     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4953  `cperl-min-label-indent'
4954     Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4955
4956 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4957   `cperl-indent-level'                5   4       2   4
4958   `cperl-brace-offset'                0   0       0   0
4959   `cperl-continued-brace-offset'     -5  -4       0   0
4960   `cperl-label-offset'               -5  -4      -2  -4
4961   `cperl-continued-statement-offset'  5   4       2   4
4962
4963 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4964 corresponding variables.  Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this.  Use
4965 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4966 \(both available from menu).  See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4967
4968 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4969 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4970 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4971 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4972 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4973 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4974 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4975
4976 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4977 column 0 is indented on
4978 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4979
4980 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4981 with no args.
4982
4983 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4984 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4985 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4986
4987 \(fn)" t nil)
4988
4989 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4990 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4991
4992 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4993
4994 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4995 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4996
4997 \(fn)" t nil)
4998
4999 ;;;***
5000 \f
5001 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5002 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5004
5005 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5006 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5007 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5008 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5009 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5010
5011 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5012
5013 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5014 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5015
5016 \(fn)" t nil)
5017
5018 ;;;***
5019 \f
5020 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5021 ;;;;;;  (20523 62082 997685 0))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5023
5024 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5025 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5026 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled.  A value of t
5027 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5028
5029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5030 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5031
5032 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5033
5034 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5035 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5036 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5037 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5038 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5039
5040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5041
5042 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5043
5044 ;;;***
5045 \f
5046 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5047 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5049
5050 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5051 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5052 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5053 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5054
5055 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5056 a prespecified separator character.  For example, if the separator
5057 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5058 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5059
5060 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5061 `crm-default-separator' (comma).  The separator character may be
5062 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5063
5064 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5065 'elements'.  In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5066 'bob', and 'eve'.
5067
5068 Completion is available on a per-element basis.  For example, if the
5069 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5070 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5071
5072 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5073
5074 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5075 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5076 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5077
5078 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5079
5080 ;;;***
5081 \f
5082 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20478
5083 ;;;;;;  3673 653810 0))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5085
5086 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5087 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5088
5089 \(fn)" t nil)
5090
5091 ;;;***
5092 \f
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5094 ;;;;;;  (20434 17809 692608 0))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5096
5097 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5098 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5099 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5102 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5103
5104 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5105
5106 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5107 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5109 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5110 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5111
5112 CUA mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typed text
5113 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5114 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5115 bindings.  The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5116 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5117 normal function of these prefix keys.
5118
5119 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5120 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5121 options:
5122 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5123 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5124 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5125
5126 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5127 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5128 the prefix fallback behavior.
5129
5130 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally.  Trying to disable
5131 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5132 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5133 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5134
5135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5136
5137 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5138 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5139
5140 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5141
5142 ;;;***
5143 \f
5144 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5145 ;;;;;;  custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5146 ;;;;;;  custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5147 ;;;;;;  customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5148 ;;;;;;  customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5149 ;;;;;;  customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5150 ;;;;;;  customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5151 ;;;;;;  customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5152 ;;;;;;  customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5153 ;;;;;;  custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5154 ;;;;;;  "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5156
5157 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5158 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5159
5160 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5161
5162 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5163 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5164
5165 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5166
5167 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5168 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5169
5170 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5171
5172 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5173 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.  VALUE is a Lisp object.
5174
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5177
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5180
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5182
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5186 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5187 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5188
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5190 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5191
5192 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5193 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5194
5195 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5196 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5197
5198 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5199
5200 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5201
5202 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5203 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5204 Return VALUE.
5205
5206 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5207 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5208
5209 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5210 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5211
5212 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5213 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5214
5215 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5216
5217 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5218
5219 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5220 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5221 ELTS should be a list.  This function adds each entry to the
5222 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5223
5224 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5225 the resulting list value now.  Otherwise, add an entry to
5226 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5227
5228 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5231 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5232 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5233 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5234 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5235
5236 \(fn)" t nil)
5237
5238 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5239 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5240 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5241 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5242
5243 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5247 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5248
5249 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5250
5251 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5252 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5253
5254 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5255
5256 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5257
5258 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5260
5261 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5262
5263 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5264
5265 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5267 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5268
5269 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5270
5271 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5272 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5273 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5274 as part of Emacs itself.
5275
5276 Each elements looks like this:
5277
5278      (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5279
5280 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol.  After
5281 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5282 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5283 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5284 was first released.  Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5285 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5286 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5287 and `defface'.
5288
5289 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5290
5291      (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5292                   '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5293                          (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5294                          (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5295                          (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5296
5297 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5298 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword.  Since
5299 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5300 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5301
5302 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5303
5304 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5306 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5307 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5308 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5309 release.
5310
5311 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5312 that were added or redefined since that version.
5313
5314 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5318 If FACE is nil, customize all faces.  If FACE is actually a
5319 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5320
5321 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5322
5323 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5324 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5325
5326 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5327
5328 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5329 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5330 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5331
5332 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5333 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5334
5335 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5336
5337 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5339
5340 \(fn)" t nil)
5341
5342 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5343 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5344
5345 \(fn)" t nil)
5346
5347 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all saved options and faces.
5349
5350 \(fn)" t nil)
5351
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5354 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5355 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
5356 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
5357 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5358
5359 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5360 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5361 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5362
5363 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5364
5365 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5366 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5367
5368 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5369
5370 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5371 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5372
5373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5374
5375 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5376 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5377
5378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5379
5380 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5381 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5382 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5383 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5384 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5385 that option.
5386
5387 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5388
5389 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5390 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5391 The result includes selecting that window.
5392 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5393 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5394 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5395 that option.
5396
5397 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5398
5399 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5400 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5401
5402 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5403
5404 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5405 File used for storing customization information.
5406 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5407 as specified by `user-init-file'.  If the value is not nil,
5408 it should be an absolute file name.
5409
5410 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5411 last paragraph below.  However, usually it is simpler to write
5412 something like the following in your init file:
5413
5414 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5415 \(load custom-file)
5416
5417 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5418 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5419
5420 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5421 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5422 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'  and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5423 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5424 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5425
5426 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5427 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5428 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5429 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5430 present in that file.  It will not delete any customizations from
5431 the old custom file.  You should do that manually if that is what you
5432 want.  You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5433 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5434 file.  Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5435 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5436
5437 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5438
5439 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5440 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5441
5442 \(fn)" nil nil)
5443
5444 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5445 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5446
5447 \(fn)" t nil)
5448
5449 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5450 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5451 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5452
5453 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5454
5455 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5456 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5457 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5458 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5459 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5460
5461 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5462
5463 ;;;***
5464 \f
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5466 ;;;;;;  customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20355
5467 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5469
5470 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5471 Create or edit a custom theme.
5472 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit.  If THEME
5473 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5474 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5475 from the Custom save file.
5476 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5477 named *Custom Theme*.
5478
5479 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5482 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5483
5484 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5485
5486 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5487 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5488
5489 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5490
5491 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5492 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5493 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5494 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5495
5496 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5497
5498 ;;;***
5499 \f
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5501 ;;;;;;  (20476 31768 298871 0))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5503
5504 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5505 Mode used for cvs status output.
5506
5507 \(fn)" t nil)
5508
5509 ;;;***
5510 \f
5511 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5512 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
5513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5514
5515 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5516 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5517
5518 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5519
5520 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5521 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'.  By default C and
5522 C++ modes are included.
5523
5524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5525 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5526 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5527
5528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5529
5530 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5531
5532 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5533 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5534 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5537 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5538
5539 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5540
5541 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5542 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5543 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5544 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5545 ARG is omitted or nil.
5546
5547 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5548 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5549 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5550
5551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5552
5553 ;;;***
5554 \f
5555 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5556 ;;;;;;  cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5557 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5559
5560 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5561 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5562
5563 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5564
5565 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5566 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5567
5568 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5569
5570 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5571 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5572 For readability, the table is slightly
5573 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5574
5575 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5576 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5577 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5578 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5579 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5580
5581 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5582
5583 ;;;***
5584 \f
5585 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5586 ;;;;;;  (20397 45851 446679 0))
5587 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5588 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5589 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5590  (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5591  (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5592
5593 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5594 Completion on current word.
5595 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5596 and presents suggestions for completion.
5597
5598 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5599 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5600 completions.
5601
5602 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5603 then it searches *all* buffers.
5604
5605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5606
5607 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5608 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5609
5610 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5611 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5612 considered.  If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5613 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5614 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5615
5616 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5617 possibility.  A negative argument says search forward.
5618
5619 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5620 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5621 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5622
5623 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5624 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5625
5626 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5627
5628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5629
5630 ;;;***
5631 \f
5632 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5633 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
5634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5635
5636 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5637 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5638
5639 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5640
5641 ;;;***
5642 \f
5643 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20523
5644 ;;;;;;  62082 997685 0))
5645 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5646
5647 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5648 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5649 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'.  HANDLER, being
5650 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5651 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5652
5653 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5654
5655 ;;;***
5656 \f
5657 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20355
5658 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5660
5661 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5662 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5663
5664 This mode indents command lines in blocks.  (A block is commands between
5665 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5666 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5667
5668 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5669 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5670 Data lines are not indented.
5671
5672 Key bindings:
5673
5674 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5675 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5676
5677 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options]         Save changed options
5678 \\[dcl-save-all-options]                Save all options
5679 \\[dcl-save-option]                     Save any option
5680 \\[dcl-save-mode]                       Save buffer mode
5681
5682 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5683
5684  dcl-basic-offset
5685     Extra indentation within blocks.
5686
5687  dcl-continuation-offset
5688     Extra indentation for continued lines.
5689
5690  dcl-margin-offset
5691     Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5692
5693  dcl-margin-label-offset
5694     Indentation for a label.
5695
5696  dcl-comment-line-regexp
5697     Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5698
5699  dcl-block-begin-regexp
5700  dcl-block-end-regexp
5701     Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5702     a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5703     Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5704     make it possible to define other places to indent.
5705     Set to nil to disable this feature.
5706
5707  dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5708     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5709     Two such functions are included in the package:
5710         dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5711         dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5712
5713  dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5714     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5715     One such function is included in the package:
5716         dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative    (set by default)
5717
5718  dcl-tab-always-indent
5719     If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5720     If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5721     margin.
5722
5723  dcl-electric-characters
5724     Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5725     typed.
5726
5727  dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5728     Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5729     which words trigger electric indentation.
5730
5731  dcl-tempo-comma
5732  dcl-tempo-left-paren
5733  dcl-tempo-right-paren
5734     These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5735
5736  dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5737     Default value for imenu-generic-expression.  The default includes
5738     SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5739     other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5740
5741  dcl-imenu-label-labels
5742  dcl-imenu-label-goto
5743  dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5744  dcl-imenu-label-call
5745     Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5746
5747 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5748 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5749 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5750 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5751
5752
5753 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5754
5755 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5756 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5757 $! Next follows the first command line.  It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5758 $       i = 1
5759 $       ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5760 $       ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5761 $ label:
5762 $       if i.eq.1
5763 $       then
5764 $           ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5765 $           ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5766 $           loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5767 $               ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5768 $               text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5769                        \"lined up with the command line\"
5770 $               type sys$input
5771 Data lines are not indented at all.
5772 $           endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5773 $       endif
5774 $
5775
5776
5777 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5778 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5779
5780 \(fn)" t nil)
5781
5782 ;;;***
5783 \f
5784 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5785 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20572 16038 402143 0))
5786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5787
5788 (setq debugger 'debug)
5789
5790 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5791 Enter debugger.  \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5792 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5793 of the evaluator.
5794
5795 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5796 any other args you like.  In that case, the list of args after the
5797 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5798
5799 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5800
5801 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5802 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5803
5804 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5805
5806 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION.  If you tell the
5807 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.  If FUNCTION is a
5808 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5809 its execution.  FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5810 form, in which case stepping is not possible.  Break-on-entry for
5811 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5812
5813 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5814 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5815
5816 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5817
5818 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5819 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5820 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5821 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5822 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5823
5824 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5825
5826 ;;;***
5827 \f
5828 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5829 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
5830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5831
5832 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5833 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5834
5835 \(fn)" t nil)
5836
5837 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5838 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5839 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5840 Upper-case letters are commands.
5841
5842 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5843 modify it.
5844
5845 The most useful commands are:
5846 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5847 \\[decipher-digram-list]  Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5848 \\[decipher-frequency-count]  Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5849 \\[decipher-adjacency-list]  Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5850 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint]  Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5851 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint]  Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5852
5853 \(fn)" t nil)
5854
5855 ;;;***
5856 \f
5857 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5858 ;;;;;;  delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20355
5859 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5861
5862 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5863 Customization of `columns' group.
5864
5865 \(fn)" t nil)
5866
5867 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5868 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5869
5870 START and END delimits the text region.
5871
5872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5873
5874 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5875 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5876
5877 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5878
5879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5880
5881 ;;;***
5882 \f
5883 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20355
5884 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5886
5887 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5888 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5889 \\[delphi-tab]  - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5890           is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5891 \\[delphi-find-unit]    - Search for a Delphi source file.
5892 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5893 \\[delphi-new-comment-line]     - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5894
5895 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5896
5897 Customization:
5898
5899  `delphi-indent-level'                (default 3)
5900     Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5901  `delphi-compound-block-indent'       (default 0)
5902     Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5903  `delphi-case-label-indent'           (default 0)
5904     Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5905  `delphi-tab-always-indents'          (default t)
5906     Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5907     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5908  `delphi-newline-always-indents'      (default t)
5909     Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5910     line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5911     blank line.
5912  `delphi-search-path'                 (default .)
5913     Directories to search when finding external units.
5914  `delphi-verbose'                     (default nil)
5915     If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5916
5917 Coloring:
5918
5919  `delphi-comment-face'                (default font-lock-comment-face)
5920     Face used to color Delphi comments.
5921  `delphi-string-face'                 (default font-lock-string-face)
5922     Face used to color Delphi strings.
5923  `delphi-keyword-face'                (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5924     Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5925  `delphi-other-face'                  (default nil)
5926     Face used to color everything else.
5927
5928 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5929 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5930
5931 \(fn)" t nil)
5932
5933 ;;;***
5934 \f
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20515
5936 ;;;;;;  36389 544939 0))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5938
5939 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5940
5941 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5942 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5943 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5945 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5946 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5947
5948 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5949
5950 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5951 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5953 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
5954 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5955
5956 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5957 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5958 active.  Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5959 any selection.
5960
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5962
5963 ;;;***
5964 \f
5965 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5966 ;;;;;;  "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5968
5969 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5970 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5971
5972 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5973
5974 CHILD:     the name of the command for the derived mode.
5975 PARENT:    the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5976            or nil if there is no parent.
5977 NAME:      a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5978 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5979            the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5980 BODY:      forms to execute just before running the
5981            hooks for the new mode.  Do not use `interactive' here.
5982
5983 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments.  The following keyword
5984   arguments are currently understood:
5985 :group GROUP
5986         Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5987         The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5988 :syntax-table TABLE
5989         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5990         A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5991 :abbrev-table TABLE
5992         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5993         A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5994
5995 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5996
5997   (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5998
5999 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6000 without changing regular LaTeX mode.  In this example, BODY is empty,
6001 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6002
6003 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6004 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6005
6006   (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6007     \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6008     (setq case-fold-search nil))
6009
6010 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6011 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6012
6013 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6014 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6015
6016 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6017
6018 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6019
6020 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6021
6022 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6023 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6024 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6025 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6026 the first time the mode is used.
6027
6028 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6029
6030 ;;;***
6031 \f
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6033 ;;;;;;  "descr-text.el" (20530 32114 546307 0))
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6035
6036 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6037 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6038 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6039 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6040 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6041 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6042 otherwise.
6043
6044 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6045
6046 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6047 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6048 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6049 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6050
6051 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6052 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6053 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6054
6055 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6056 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6057 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6058 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6059 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6060 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6061 relevant to POS.
6062
6063 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6064
6065 ;;;***
6066 \f
6067 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6068 ;;;;;;  desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6069 ;;;;;;  desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6070 ;;;;;;  "desktop.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
6071 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6072
6073 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6074 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6075 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6076
6077 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6078
6079 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6080 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6082 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6083 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6084
6085 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6086 one session to another.  See variable `desktop-save' and function
6087 `desktop-read' for details.
6088
6089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6090
6091 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6092 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6093 The variables are saved only when they really are local.  Conventional minor
6094 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6095
6096 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6097
6098 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6099 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6100 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6101
6102 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6103 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6104 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6105
6106 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6107 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6108
6109 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6110 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6111 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6112
6113 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6114 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6115 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6116 evaluates the desktop file.  List elements must have the form
6117
6118    (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6119
6120 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6121 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6122
6123 Handlers are called with argument list
6124
6125    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6126
6127 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6128
6129    desktop-file-version
6130    desktop-buffer-major-mode
6131    desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6132    desktop-buffer-point
6133    desktop-buffer-mark
6134    desktop-buffer-read-only
6135    desktop-buffer-locals
6136
6137 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6138 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6139
6140 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6141 code like
6142
6143    (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6144    ...
6145    (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6146                 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6147
6148 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6149
6150 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6151
6152 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6153 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6154 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6155 List elements must have the form
6156
6157    (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6158
6159 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6160 function.
6161
6162 Handlers are called with argument list
6163
6164    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6165
6166 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6167
6168    desktop-file-version
6169    desktop-buffer-file-name
6170    desktop-buffer-name
6171    desktop-buffer-major-mode
6172    desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6173    desktop-buffer-point
6174    desktop-buffer-mark
6175    desktop-buffer-read-only
6176    desktop-buffer-misc
6177
6178 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6179 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6180 created and set.
6181
6182 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6183 code like
6184
6185    (defun foo-desktop-restore
6186    ...
6187    (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6188                 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6189
6190 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6191
6192 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6193
6194 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6195
6196 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6197 Empty the Desktop.
6198 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6199 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6200 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6201
6202 \(fn)" t nil)
6203
6204 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6205 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6206 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6207 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6208 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6209
6210 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6211
6212 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6213 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6214 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6215
6216 \(fn)" t nil)
6217
6218 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6219 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6220 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6221 directories listed in `desktop-path'.  If a desktop file is found, it
6222 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run.  If no desktop file
6223 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6224 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6225 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6226
6227 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6228
6229 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6230 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6231 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6232
6233 \(fn)" nil nil)
6234
6235 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6236
6237 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6238 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6239 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6240 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6241 directory DIRNAME.
6242
6243 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6246 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6247
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6251 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6252
6253 \(fn)" t nil)
6254
6255 ;;;***
6256 \f
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6258 ;;;;;;  gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6259 ;;;;;;  "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6261
6262 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6263 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6264 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6265 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6266 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line.  If
6267 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6268
6269 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6272 Repair a broken attribution line.
6273 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6274
6275 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6276
6277 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6278 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6279 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation.  If
6280 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6281
6282 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6285 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6286
6287 \(fn)" t nil)
6288
6289 ;;;***
6290 \f
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6292 ;;;;;;  "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6294
6295 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6296 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6297 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6298 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'.  A value of ARG less than 1
6299 does nothing.  This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6300
6301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6302
6303 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6304 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6305 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6306 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6307
6308 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6309 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at).  Note that
6310 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6311 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6312
6313 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6314 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6315
6316 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6317       diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6318       calendar-date-style 'european
6319       diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6320
6321 \(diary-mail-entries)
6322
6323 # diary-rem.el ends here
6324
6325 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6326
6327 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6328 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6329
6330 \(fn)" t nil)
6331
6332 ;;;***
6333 \f
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6335 ;;;;;;  diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6336 ;;;;;;  (20570 60708 993668 0))
6337 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6338
6339 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6340 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6341
6342 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6343
6344 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6345 The command to use to run diff.")
6346
6347 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6348
6349 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6350 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6351 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6352 minibuffer.  The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6353 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6354 exists.  If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6355
6356 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6357 interactively for diff switches.  Otherwise, the switches
6358 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6359
6360 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6361
6362 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6363 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6364 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6365 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6366 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6367 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6368
6369 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6370
6371 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6372 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6373
6374 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6375
6376 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6377 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6378 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6379
6380 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6381
6382 ;;;***
6383 \f
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6385 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6387
6388 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6389 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6390 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6391 normal diffs.
6392
6393 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6394 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6395 headers for you on-the-fly.
6396
6397 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6398 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6399 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6400
6401    \\{diff-mode-map}
6402
6403 \(fn)" t nil)
6404
6405 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6406 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6408 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6409 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6410
6411 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6412
6413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6414
6415 ;;;***
6416 \f
6417 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6419
6420 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6421 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6422 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6423
6424 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6425
6426 ;;;***
6427 \f
6428 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6429 ;;;;;;  dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20584 7212
6430 ;;;;;;  455152 0))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6432
6433 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6434 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired.  MUST contain the `l' option.
6435 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6436 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.  See also the variable
6437 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6438 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6439 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6440 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6441
6442 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6443
6444 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6445 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6446 Local to each dired buffer.  May be a list, in which case the car is the
6447 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6448 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6449  (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6450
6451 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6452 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6453 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6454 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6455 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6456 shell wildcards appended to select certain files).  If DIRNAME is a cons,
6457 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6458 list of files to make directory entries for.
6459 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6460 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6461 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6462
6463 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6464
6465 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6466  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6467
6468 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6470
6471 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6472  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6473
6474 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6475 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6476
6477 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6478
6479 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6480 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6481
6482 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6483
6484 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6485 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6486 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6487   (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6488   Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6489 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6490   compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6491   and insert subdirectories into the same buffer.  You can \"mark\"
6492   files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6493   by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6494 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6495 The buffer is read-only.  Digits are prefix arguments.
6496 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6497 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6498   Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6499   if no files are marked.  Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6500   the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6501   to operate on the current file only.  Prefix arguments override marks.
6502   Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards.  Type \\[dired-summary]
6503   to see why something went wrong.
6504 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6505 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6506 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6507 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6508   (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6509 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6510 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6511 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6512 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6513 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6514 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6515   This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6516 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6517
6518 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6519 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6520 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6521 again for the directory tree.
6522
6523 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6524 for more info):
6525
6526   `dired-listing-switches'
6527   `dired-trivial-filenames'
6528   `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6529   `dired-marker-char'
6530   `dired-del-marker'
6531   `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6532   `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6533   `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6534   `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6535
6536 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6537
6538   `dired-before-readin-hook'
6539   `dired-after-readin-hook'
6540   `dired-mode-hook'
6541   `dired-load-hook'
6542
6543 Keybindings:
6544 \\{dired-mode-map}
6545
6546 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6547  (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6548
6549 ;;;***
6550 \f
6551 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6552 ;;;;;;  (20399 35365 4050 0))
6553 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6554
6555 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6556 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6558 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6560
6561 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6562 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6563 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6564
6565 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6566 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6567 directory.
6568
6569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6570
6571 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6572 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6573 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'.  It looks for
6574 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6575 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6576 from `default-directory'.
6577
6578 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6579
6580 ;;;***
6581 \f
6582 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20497
6583 ;;;;;;  6436 957082 0))
6584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6585
6586 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6587 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6588 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6589 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6590 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6591 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6592
6593 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6594
6595 ;;;***
6596 \f
6597 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6598 ;;;;;;  make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6599 ;;;;;;  standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6600 ;;;;;;  standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6601 ;;;;;;  set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6602 ;;;;;;  "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6603 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6604
6605 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6606 Return a new, empty display table.
6607
6608 \(fn)" nil nil)
6609
6610 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6611 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6612 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6613 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6614 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6615
6616 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6617
6618 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6619 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6620 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6621 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6622 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6623
6624 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6625
6626 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6627 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6628
6629 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6630
6631 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6632 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6633
6634 \(fn)" t nil)
6635
6636 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6637 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6638
6639 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6640 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6641
6642 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6643 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6644 byte.
6645
6646 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6647 in the default way after this call.
6648
6649 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6650
6651 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6652 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6653
6654 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6655
6656 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6657 Display character C using printable string S.
6658
6659 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6660
6661 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6662 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6663 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6664 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6665
6666 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6667
6668 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6669 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6670 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6671 X frame.
6672
6673 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6674
6675 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6676 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6677
6678 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6679
6680 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6681 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6682
6683 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6684
6685 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6686 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6687
6688 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6689
6690 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6691 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6692
6693 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6694
6695 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6696 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6697
6698 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6699
6700 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6701 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6702
6703 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6704 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6705
6706 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6707 disables it if negative.  Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6708
6709 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6710 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters.  Codes 146
6711 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6712 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6713
6714 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6715 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6716 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6717 in `.emacs'.
6718
6719 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6720
6721 ;;;***
6722 \f
6723 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6724 ;;;;;;  (20545 57511 257469 0))
6725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6726
6727 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6728 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6729 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6730 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6731 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6732 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6733 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6734 Default is 2.
6735
6736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6737
6738 ;;;***
6739 \f
6740 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20355 10021
6741 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
6742 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6743
6744 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6745 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6746 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6747 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6748 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6749 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6750 private or ask).
6751 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6752 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6753 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6754 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6755 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6756
6757 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6758
6759 ;;;***
6760 \f
6761 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6762 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6763 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6764
6765 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6766 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6767 This mode is inherited from text mode.  It add syntax
6768 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6769 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6770 variables for customizing indentation.  It has its own abbrev
6771 table and its own syntax table.
6772
6773 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6774
6775 \(fn)" t nil)
6776  (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6777
6778 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6779 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6780
6781 \(fn)" t nil)
6782
6783 ;;;***
6784 \f
6785 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6786 ;;;;;;  doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20581
6787 ;;;;;;  31014 234484 0))
6788 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6789
6790 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6791 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6792 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6793 OpenDocument format).
6794
6795 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6796
6797 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6798 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6799
6800 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer.  It displays PDF, PS
6801 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6802
6803 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6804 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6805 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6806
6807 \(fn)" t nil)
6808
6809 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6810 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6811 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6812 to the next best mode.
6813
6814 \(fn)" nil nil)
6815
6816 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6817 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6818 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6819 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6820 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6821
6822 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6823
6824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6825
6826 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6827
6828
6829 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6830
6831 ;;;***
6832 \f
6833 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20545 57511
6834 ;;;;;;  257469 0))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6836
6837 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6838 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6839
6840 \(fn)" t nil)
6841
6842 ;;;***
6843 \f
6844 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20355 10021
6845 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
6846 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6847
6848 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6849 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6851 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6852 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6853
6854 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6855 strings when pressed twice.  See `double-map' for details.
6856
6857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6858
6859 ;;;***
6860 \f
6861 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20545 57511
6862 ;;;;;;  257469 0))
6863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6864
6865 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6866 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6867
6868 \(fn)" t nil)
6869
6870 ;;;***
6871 \f
6872 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6873 ;;;;;;  define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6874 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20574 57775 217760 0))
6875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6876
6877 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6878
6879 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6880 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6881 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6882 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6883 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6884
6885 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6886 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6887 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6888 and disables it otherwise.
6889
6890 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6891 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6892 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6893 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6894
6895 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6896 documenting what its argument does.
6897
6898 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6899 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6900 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6901   If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6902   or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6903   arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.  If you supply a KEYMAP
6904   argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6905   MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6906
6907 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6908   It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6909   Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6910   alternating keywords and values.  These following special keywords
6911   are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6912   mode is global):
6913
6914 :group GROUP    Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6915                 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6916                 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6917                 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6918 :global GLOBAL  If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6919                 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6920                 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6921 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6922                 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6923 :lighter SPEC   Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6924 :keymap MAP     Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6925 :require SYM    Same as in `defcustom'.
6926 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6927                 the state of the mode.  This can be simply a different
6928                 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6929                 with the CL macro `setf'.  PLACE can also be of the form
6930                 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6931                 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6932                 the new state, and sets it.  If you specify a :variable,
6933                 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6934                 the terms used in :variable).
6935 :after-hook     A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6936                 have been run.  It should not be quoted.
6937
6938 For example, you could write
6939   (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6940     :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6941     ...BODY CODE...)
6942
6943 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6944
6945 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6946
6947 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6948
6949 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6950
6951 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6952 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6953 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6954   and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6955 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments.  As the minor mode
6956   defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6957   ignored.  Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6958   which see.  In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6959   The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6960   `defcustom'.  It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6961   or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6962   are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6963
6964 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6965 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6966 correctly with the current major mode.  This is important to
6967 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6968 call another major mode in their body.
6969
6970 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6971
6972 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6973
6974 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6975 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6976 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6977 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6978 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6979 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6980 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6981
6982 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6983
6984   :name      Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6985   :dense     Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6986   :inherit   Parent keymap.
6987   :group     Ignored.
6988   :suppress  Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6989              'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6990
6991 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6992
6993 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6994 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6995 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function.  DOC is
6996 the constant's documentation.
6997
6998 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6999
7000 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7001 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7002 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7003
7004 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7005
7006 ;;;***
7007 \f
7008 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7009 ;;;;;;  easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20563
7010 ;;;;;;  1062 543283 0))
7011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7012
7013 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7014 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7015
7016 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7017 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7018 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7019
7020 The first element of MENU must be a string.  It is the menu bar item name.
7021 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7022
7023    :filter FUNCTION
7024
7025 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7026 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7027
7028    :visible INCLUDE
7029
7030 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7031 expression has a non-nil value.  `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7032
7033    :active ENABLE
7034
7035 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
7036 this expression's value is non-nil.  `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7037
7038 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7039
7040 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements:  [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7041
7042 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7043
7044 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7045 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7046
7047 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7048 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7049
7050 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7051
7052    [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7053
7054 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7055
7056    :keys KEYS
7057
7058 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7059 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7060 computed automatically.
7061 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7062
7063    :key-sequence KEYS
7064
7065 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7066 menu item.
7067 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs's first display of
7068 a menu.  Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7069 keyboard equivalent.
7070
7071    :active ENABLE
7072
7073 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7074 this expression's value is non-nil.  `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7075
7076    :visible INCLUDE
7077
7078 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7079 expression has a non-nil value.  `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7080
7081    :label FORM
7082
7083 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7084 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7085
7086    :suffix FORM
7087
7088 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7089 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7090
7091    :style STYLE
7092
7093 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item.  The following are
7094 defined:
7095
7096 toggle: A checkbox.
7097         Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7098 radio: A radio button.
7099        Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7100 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'.  Use this for an item in the
7101         menu bar itself.
7102 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7103
7104    :selected SELECTED
7105
7106 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7107 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7108
7109    :help HELP
7110
7111 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7112
7113 A menu item can be a string.  Then that string appears in the menu as
7114 unselectable text.  A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7115 as a solid horizontal line.
7116
7117 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU.  This is a submenu.
7118
7119 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7120
7121 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7122
7123 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7124
7125
7126 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7127
7128 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7129 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7130 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu.  MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7131 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7132
7133 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7134
7135 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7136 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7137 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7138 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7139 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7140 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7141
7142 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7143 menu-bar keymap.  It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7144 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7145
7146 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7147 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7148 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7149
7150 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7151 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7152
7153 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7154
7155 ;;;***
7156 \f
7157 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7158 ;;;;;;  ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7159 ;;;;;;  ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7160 ;;;;;;  ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7161 ;;;;;;  ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7162 ;;;;;;  ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7163 ;;;;;;  ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7164 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
7165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7166
7167 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7168 Customization for ebnf group.
7169
7170 \(fn)" t nil)
7171
7172 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7173 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7174
7175 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7176
7177 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7178 processed.
7179
7180 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7181
7182 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7183
7184 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7185 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7186
7187 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7188 killed after process termination.
7189
7190 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7191
7192 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7193
7194 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7195 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7196
7197 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7198 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7199 it to the printer.
7200
7201 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7202 is nil, send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save
7203 the PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is a
7204 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7205
7206 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7207
7208 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7209 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7210 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7211
7212 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7213
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7216
7217 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7218
7219 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7220 processed.
7221
7222 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7223
7224 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7228
7229 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7230 killed after process termination.
7231
7232 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7233
7234 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7238 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7239 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7240
7241 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7242
7243 \(fn)" t nil)
7244
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7247 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7248
7249 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7250
7251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7255
7256 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7257
7258 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7259 processed.
7260
7261 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7262
7263 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7264
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7267
7268 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7269 killed after EPS generation.
7270
7271 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7272
7273 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7274
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7277
7278 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7279 The EPS file name has the following form:
7280
7281    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7282
7283 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7284              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7285
7286 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7287              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7288              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7289              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7290              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7291
7292 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7293          files.
7294
7295 \(fn)" t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7298 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7299
7300 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7301 The EPS file name has the following form:
7302
7303    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7304
7305 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7306              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7307
7308 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7309              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7310              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7311              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7312              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7313
7314 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7315          files.
7316
7317 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7318
7319 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7320
7321 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7322 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7323
7324 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7325
7326 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7327 are processed.
7328
7329 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7330
7331 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7335
7336 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7337 killed after syntax checking.
7338
7339 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7340
7341 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7344 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7345
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7350
7351 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7354 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7355
7356 \(fn)" nil nil)
7357
7358 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7359 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7360
7361 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7362
7363 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7366 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7367
7368 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7369
7370 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7373 Delete style NAME.
7374
7375 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7376
7377 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7381
7382 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7383
7384 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7385
7386 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7387 Set STYLE as the current style.
7388
7389 Returns the old style symbol.
7390
7391 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7392
7393 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7396 Reset current style.
7397
7398 Returns the old style symbol.
7399
7400 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7401
7402 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7405 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7406
7407 Returns the old style symbol.
7408
7409 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7410
7411 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7412
7413 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7414
7415 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7416 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7417
7418 Returns the old style symbol.
7419
7420 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7421
7422 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7423
7424 \(fn)" t nil)
7425
7426 ;;;***
7427 \f
7428 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7429 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7430 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7431 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7432 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7433 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7434 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7435 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7436 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7437 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7438 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20561
7439 ;;;;;;  18280 338092 0))
7440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7441
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7443 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7444 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7445 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7446 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7447 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7448
7449 Tree mode key bindings:
7450 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7451
7452 \(fn)" t nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7455 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7456
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7460 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7461
7462 \(fn)" t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7465 View declaration of member at point.
7466
7467 \(fn)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7470 Find declaration of member at point.
7471
7472 \(fn)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7475 View definition of member at point.
7476
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7480 Find definition of member at point.
7481
7482 \(fn)" t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7485 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7486
7487 \(fn)" t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7490 View definition of member at point in other window.
7491
7492 \(fn)" t nil)
7493
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7495 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7496
7497 \(fn)" t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7500 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7501
7502 \(fn)" t nil)
7503
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7505 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7506
7507 \(fn)" t nil)
7508
7509 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7510 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7511
7512 \(fn)" t nil)
7513
7514 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7515 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7516 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7517 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7518 completion.
7519
7520 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7521
7522 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7523 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7524 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7525 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7526
7527 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7528
7529 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7530 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7531 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7532 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7533
7534 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7535
7536 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7537 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7538 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7539
7540 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7543 Search for call sites of a member.
7544 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7545 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7546 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7547 looks like a function call to the member.
7548
7549 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7550
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7552 Move backward in the position stack.
7553 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7554
7555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7556
7557 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7558 Move forward in the position stack.
7559 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7560
7561 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7562
7563 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7564 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7565
7566 \(fn)" t nil)
7567
7568 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7569 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7570
7571 \(fn)" t nil)
7572
7573 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7574 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7575 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7576 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7577
7578 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7579
7580 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7581 Display statistics for a class tree.
7582
7583 \(fn)" t nil)
7584
7585 ;;;***
7586 \f
7587 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7588 ;;;;;;  (20523 62082 997685 0))
7589 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7590
7591 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7592 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7593 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7594 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7595 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7596 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7597 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7598
7599 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7600
7601 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7602 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7603   configuration.  If the very first character typed is a space, it
7604   also has this effect.
7605 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7606   Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7607   deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7608 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7609 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7610 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7611 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7612 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7613 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7614 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7615
7616 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7617
7618 ;;;***
7619 \f
7620 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7621 ;;;;;;  "echistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
7622 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7623
7624 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7625 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7626 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7627
7628 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7629
7630 ;;;***
7631 \f
7632 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7633 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7635
7636 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7637
7638
7639 \(fn)" nil nil)
7640
7641 ;;;***
7642 \f
7643 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20355 10021
7644 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
7645 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7646
7647 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7648 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7649 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7650 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7651 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7652 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7653
7654 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7655
7656 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7657 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7658 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7659 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
7660 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7661
7662 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7663 an EDE controlled project.
7664
7665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7666
7667 ;;;***
7668 \f
7669 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7670 ;;;;;;  edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7671 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20563 1062 543283 0))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7673
7674 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7675 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7676 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7677 `eval-current-buffer'.  `eval-region' is also called by
7678 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7679
7680 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7681 variable.  You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7682 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7683 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7684
7685 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7686
7687 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7688 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7689 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7690 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7691
7692 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7693
7694 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7695 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7696 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7697 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7698
7699 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7700
7701 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7702
7703 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7704 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7705 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7706 before evaluating it.  It displays the value in the echo area
7707 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7708
7709 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7710 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7711 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later.  It displays
7712 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7713 instrumented for Edebug.
7714
7715 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7716 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7717 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7718 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7719 already is one.)
7720
7721 \(fn)" t nil)
7722
7723 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7724 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7725
7726 \(fn)" t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7729 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7730
7731 \(fn)" t nil)
7732
7733 ;;;***
7734 \f
7735 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7736 ;;;;;;  ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7737 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7738 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7739 ;;;;;;  ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7740 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7741 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7742 ;;;;;;  ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7743 ;;;;;;  ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7744 ;;;;;;  ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20495 51111
7745 ;;;;;;  757560 0))
7746 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7747
7748 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7749 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7750
7751 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7752
7753 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7754 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7755
7756 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7757
7758 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7759
7760 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7761
7762 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7763 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7764 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'.  If there is
7765 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7766
7767 \(fn)" t nil)
7768
7769 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7770 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7771 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7772 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7773
7774 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7775
7776 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7777 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7778
7779 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7780
7781 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7782
7783 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7784 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7785
7786 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7787
7788 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7789
7790 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7791 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7792 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7793 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7794
7795 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7796
7797 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7798
7799 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7801 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7802 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7803
7804 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7805
7806 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7807
7808 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7809 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7810 have the same name in all three.  The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7811 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7812
7813 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7814
7815 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7816
7817 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7818 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7819 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7820 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7821
7822 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7823
7824 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7825
7826 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7827 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7828 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2.  If a pair of files
7829 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7830 without ancestor.  The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7831 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7832
7833 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7834
7835 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7836 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7837 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7838 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7839
7840 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7841
7842 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7843
7844 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7845 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7846 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7847 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7848
7849 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7850
7851 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7852
7853 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7854
7855 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7856 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7857 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7858 follows:
7859 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7860 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7861
7862 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7863
7864 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7865 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7866 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7867 follows:
7868 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7869 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7870
7871 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7872
7873 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7874 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7875 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7876 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7877 lines.  For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7878
7879 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7880
7881 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7882 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7883 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7884 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7885 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7886 lines.  For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7887
7888 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7889
7890 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7891
7892 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7893 Merge two files without ancestor.
7894
7895 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7896
7897 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7898 Merge two files with ancestor.
7899
7900 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7901
7902 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7903
7904 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7905 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7906
7907 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7908
7909 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7910 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7911
7912 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7913
7914 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7915 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7916 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7917 buffer.
7918
7919 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7920
7921 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7922 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7923 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7924 buffer.
7925
7926 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7929 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7930 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7931 and don't ask the user.
7932 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7933 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7934
7935 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7936
7937 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7938 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7939 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7940 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7941 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7942 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7943 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7944 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7945
7946 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7947
7948 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7949
7950 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7951
7952 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7953 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7954 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7955 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7956 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7957
7958 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7959
7960 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7961
7962 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7963 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7964 When called interactively, displays the version.
7965
7966 \(fn)" t nil)
7967
7968 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7969 Display Ediff's manual.
7970 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7971
7972 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7973
7974 ;;;***
7975 \f
7976 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7977 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
7978 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7979
7980 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7981
7982
7983 \(fn)" t nil)
7984
7985 ;;;***
7986 \f
7987 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7988 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
7989 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7990
7991 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7992 Display Ediff's registry.
7993
7994 \(fn)" t nil)
7995
7996 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7997
7998 ;;;***
7999 \f
8000 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8001 ;;;;;;  "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
8002 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8003
8004 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8005 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8006 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8007 which see.
8008
8009 \(fn)" t nil)
8010
8011 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8012 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8013 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8014 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8015
8016 \(fn)" t nil)
8017
8018 ;;;***
8019 \f
8020 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8021 ;;;;;;  edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8022 ;;;;;;  (20476 31768 298871 0))
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8024
8025 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8026 Edit a keyboard macro.
8027 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8028 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8029 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8030 its command name.
8031 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8032
8033 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8034
8035 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8036 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8037
8038 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8039
8040 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8041 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8042
8043 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8044
8045 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8046 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8047 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8048 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8049 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8050 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8051
8052 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8053 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8054 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8055 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8056
8057 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8058
8059 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8060 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8061 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8062 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8063 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line.  If VERBOSE is omitted
8064 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8065
8066 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8067
8068 ;;;***
8069 \f
8070 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8071 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
8072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8073
8074 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8075 Set scroll margins.
8076 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8077 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8078
8079 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8080
8081 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8082 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8083
8084 \(fn)" t nil)
8085
8086 ;;;***
8087 \f
8088 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8089 ;;;;;;  (20561 18280 338092 0))
8090 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8091
8092 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8093 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8094 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8095 contents of BUFFER.  BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'.  BUFFER will be
8096 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil.  THUNK will
8097 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8098 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8099
8100 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8101 the window to fit.  If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8102
8103 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8104 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8105 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'.  The window's height will
8106 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8107
8108 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8109 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8110 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8111
8112 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8113 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8114 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8115
8116 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8117
8118 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8119
8120
8121 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8122
8123 ;;;***
8124 \f
8125 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8126 ;;;;;;  "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8128
8129 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8130 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8131
8132 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8133
8134 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8135 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8136 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8137 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8138 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8139
8140 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the echo
8141 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8142 text where point is.  If point is on a documented variable, it
8143 displays the first line of that variable's doc string.  Otherwise
8144 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8145 expression point is on.
8146
8147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8148
8149 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8150 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8151
8152 \(fn)" t nil)
8153
8154 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8155 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8156 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8157 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8158 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8159 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8160 arg list.
8161
8162 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8163 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8164 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8165 effect.
8166
8167 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8168 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8169
8170 ;;;***
8171 \f
8172 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8173 ;;;;;;  "electric" "electric.el" (20481 18215 64245 0))
8174 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8175
8176 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8177 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8178
8179 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8180 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8181 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8182 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8183 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8184 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8185
8186 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8187
8188 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8189 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8190 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8191 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8192 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8193
8194 This is a global minor mode.  When enabled, it reindents whenever
8195 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8196 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8197
8198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8199
8200 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8201 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8202 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8205 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8206
8207 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8208
8209 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8210 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8212 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8213 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8214
8215 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typing
8216 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8217 closing parenthesis.  (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8218
8219 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8220
8221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8222
8223 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8224 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8225 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8227 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8228 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8229
8230 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8231
8232 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8233 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8234 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8235 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8236 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8237 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8238
8239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8240
8241 ;;;***
8242 \f
8243 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20355
8244 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
8245 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8246
8247 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8248 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8249
8250 The header is made invisible with an overlay.  With a prefix arg, show
8251 an elided material again.
8252
8253 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8254
8255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8256
8257 ;;;***
8258 \f
8259 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8260 ;;;;;;  elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8261 ;;;;;;  (20486 36135 22104 0))
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8263
8264 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8265 Lint the file FILE.
8266
8267 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8268
8269 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8270 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8271 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8272
8273 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8274
8275 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8276 Lint the current buffer.
8277 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8278
8279 \(fn)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8282 Lint the function at point.
8283 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8284
8285 \(fn)" t nil)
8286
8287 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8288 Initialize elint.
8289 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8290 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8291
8292 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8293
8294 ;;;***
8295 \f
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8297 ;;;;;;  elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20497
8298 ;;;;;;  6436 957082 0))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8300
8301 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8302 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8303 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8304
8305 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8306
8307 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8308 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8309 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8310 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8311
8312 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8313
8314 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8315 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8316 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8317
8318     \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8319
8320 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8323 Display current profiling results.
8324 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8325 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8326 displayed.
8327
8328 \(fn)" t nil)
8329
8330 ;;;***
8331 \f
8332 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8333 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8335
8336 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8337 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8338 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8339 to be used.  With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8340 positive, off otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8341 ARG is omitted or nil.
8342
8343 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8344 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8345 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8346 used instead.
8347
8348 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8349
8350  exit   -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8351  kill   -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8352  all    -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8353
8354 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8355
8356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8357
8358 ;;;***
8359 \f
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8361 ;;;;;;  "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8363
8364 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8365 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8366 Prompts for bug subject.  Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8367
8368 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8369
8370 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8371 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8372 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8373
8374 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8375
8376 ;;;***
8377 \f
8378 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8379 ;;;;;;  emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8380 ;;;;;;  emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8381 ;;;;;;  emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8382 ;;;;;;  "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
8383 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8384
8385 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8386 Run Emerge on two files.
8387
8388 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8389
8390 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8391 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8392
8393 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8394
8395 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8396 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8397
8398 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8399
8400 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8401 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8402
8403 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8404
8405 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8406
8407
8408 \(fn)" nil nil)
8409
8410 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8411
8412
8413 \(fn)" nil nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8416
8417
8418 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8419
8420 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8421
8422
8423 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8424
8425 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8426 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8427
8428 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8429
8430 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8431 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8432
8433 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8434
8435 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8436
8437
8438 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8439
8440 ;;;***
8441 \f
8442 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8443 ;;;;;;  "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20461 32935 300400 0))
8444 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8445
8446 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8447 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8448 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8449 text/enriched format.
8450
8451 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8452 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8453 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8454
8455 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8456
8457 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8458 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8459
8460 Commands:
8461
8462 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8463
8464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8467
8468
8469 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8470
8471 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8472
8473
8474 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8475
8476 ;;;***
8477 \f
8478 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8479 ;;;;;;  epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8480 ;;;;;;  epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8481 ;;;;;;  epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8482 ;;;;;;  epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8483 ;;;;;;  epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20577
8484 ;;;;;;  33959 40183 0))
8485 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8486
8487 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8488 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8489
8490 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8491
8492 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8493 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8494
8495 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8496
8497 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8498 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8499 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8500 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8501 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys.  If it is nil, all
8502 the keys are listed.
8503 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8504
8505 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8506
8507 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8508 Decrypt FILE.
8509
8510 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8511
8512 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8513 Verify FILE.
8514
8515 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8516
8517 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8518 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8519
8520 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8521
8522 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8523 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8524
8525 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8526
8527 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8528 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8529
8530 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8531 It should return that buffer.  If it copies the input, it should
8532 delete the text now being decrypted.  It should leave point at the
8533 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8534
8535 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8536 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8537 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8538 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8539 should consider using the string based counterpart
8540 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8541 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8542
8543 For example:
8544
8545 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8546   (decode-coding-string
8547     (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8548     'utf-8))
8549
8550 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8551
8552 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8553 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8554
8555 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8556 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8557
8558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8559
8560 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8561 Verify the current region between START and END.
8562
8563 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8564 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8565 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8566 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8567 should consider using the string based counterpart
8568 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8569 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8570
8571 For example:
8572
8573 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8574   (decode-coding-string
8575     (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8576     'utf-8))
8577
8578 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8579
8580 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8581 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8582 between START and END.
8583
8584 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8585 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8586
8587 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8590 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8591
8592 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8593 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8594 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8595 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8596 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8597 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8598
8599 For example:
8600
8601 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8602   (epg-sign-string
8603     context
8604     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8605
8606 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8607
8608 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8609 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8610
8611 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8612 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8613 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8614 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8615 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8616 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8617
8618 For example:
8619
8620 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8621   (epg-encrypt-string
8622     context
8623     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8624     nil))
8625
8626 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8629 Delete selected KEYS.
8630
8631 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8632
8633 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8634 Import keys from FILE.
8635
8636 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8637
8638 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8639 Import keys from the region.
8640
8641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8642
8643 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8644 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8645 between START and END.
8646
8647 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8648
8649 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8650 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8651
8652 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8653
8654 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8655 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8656
8657 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8658
8659 ;;;***
8660 \f
8661 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8662 ;;;;;;  epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20355 10021
8663 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
8664 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8665
8666 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8667 Decrypt marked files.
8668
8669 \(fn)" t nil)
8670
8671 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8672 Verify marked files.
8673
8674 \(fn)" t nil)
8675
8676 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8677 Sign marked files.
8678
8679 \(fn)" t nil)
8680
8681 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8682 Encrypt marked files.
8683
8684 \(fn)" t nil)
8685
8686 ;;;***
8687 \f
8688 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8689 ;;;;;;  "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8691
8692 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8693
8694
8695 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8696
8697 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8698
8699
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8701
8702 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8703
8704
8705 \(fn)" t nil)
8706
8707 ;;;***
8708 \f
8709 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8710 ;;;;;;  epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8711 ;;;;;;  "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8713
8714 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8715 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8717 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8718 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8719
8720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8721
8722 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8723 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8724 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8725
8726 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8727
8728 \(fn)" t nil)
8729
8730 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8731 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8732 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8733
8734 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8735
8736 \(fn)" t nil)
8737
8738 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8739 Sign the current buffer.
8740 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8741
8742 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8743
8744 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8745
8746 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8747 Encrypt the current buffer.
8748 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8749
8750 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8751
8752 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8753
8754 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8755 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8756 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8757
8758 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8759
8760 \(fn)" t nil)
8761
8762 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8763 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8764 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8766 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8767 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8768
8769 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8770
8771 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8772 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8773 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8774 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8775 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8776
8777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8778
8779 ;;;***
8780 \f
8781 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20577 33959
8782 ;;;;;;  40183 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8784
8785 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8786 Return a context object.
8787
8788 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8789
8790 ;;;***
8791 \f
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8793 ;;;;;;  "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20373 11301 906925 0))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8795
8796 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8797 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8798
8799 \(fn)" nil nil)
8800
8801 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8802 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8803
8804 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8805
8806 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8807 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8808
8809 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8810
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8814 ;;;;;;  "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8816
8817 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8818 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8819
8820 \(fn)" nil nil)
8821
8822 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8823 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8824 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8825
8826 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8827
8828 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8829    (server (erc-compute-server))
8830    (port   (erc-compute-port))
8831    (nick   (erc-compute-nick))
8832    password
8833    (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8834
8835 That is, if called with
8836
8837    (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8838
8839 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8840 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8841 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8842
8843 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8844
8845 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8846
8847 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8848 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8849 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8850
8851 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8852
8853 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8854 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8855 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8856 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8857
8858 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8859
8860 ;;;***
8861 \f
8862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20355
8863 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8865  (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8866
8867 ;;;***
8868 \f
8869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20566 63671
8870 ;;;;;;  243798 0))
8871 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8872  (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8873
8874 ;;;***
8875 \f
8876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20566 63671
8877 ;;;;;;  243798 0))
8878 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8879  (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8880
8881 ;;;***
8882 \f
8883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20355 10021
8884 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8886  (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8887
8888 ;;;***
8889 \f
8890 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8891 ;;;;;;  "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8893  (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8894
8895 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8896 Parser for /dcc command.
8897 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8898 handle it.  The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8899 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8900
8901 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8902
8903 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8904 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8905
8906 \(fn)" nil nil)
8907
8908 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8909 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8910
8911 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8912 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8913 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8914 that subcommand.
8915
8916 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8917
8918 ;;;***
8919 \f
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8921 ;;;;;;  erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8922 ;;;;;;  erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8923 ;;;;;;  erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8924 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
8925 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8926
8927 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8928 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8929
8930 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8931
8932 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8933 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8934 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8935 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8936
8937 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8938
8939 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8940
8941
8942 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8943
8944 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8945 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8946
8947 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8948
8949 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8950 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8951
8952 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8953
8954 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8955 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8956
8957 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8958
8959 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8960 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8961
8962 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8963
8964 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8965 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8966
8967 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8968
8969 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8970 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8971
8972 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8973
8974 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8975 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8976
8977 \(fn)" nil nil)
8978
8979 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8980 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8981
8982 \(fn)" nil nil)
8983
8984 ;;;***
8985 \f
8986 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20355
8987 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8989  (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8990
8991 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8992 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8993 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8994
8995 \(fn)" nil nil)
8996
8997 ;;;***
8998 \f
8999 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9000 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-identd.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9002  (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9003
9004 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9005 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9006 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9007 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9008 run from inetd.  The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9009 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9010 system.
9011
9012 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9013
9014 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9015
9016
9017 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9018
9019 ;;;***
9020 \f
9021 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9022 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
9023 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9024
9025 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9026
9027
9028 \(fn)" nil nil)
9029
9030 ;;;***
9031 \f
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20532 45476 981297
9033 ;;;;;;  0))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9035  (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9036
9037 ;;;***
9038 \f
9039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20355 10021 546955
9040 ;;;;;;  0))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9042  (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9043
9044 ;;;***
9045 \f
9046 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9047 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-log.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9049  (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9050
9051 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9052 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9053 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9054 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9055 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9056 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9057
9058 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9059
9060 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9061 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9062 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9063 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9064
9065 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9066 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9067 automatically.
9068
9069 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9070 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9071
9072 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9073
9074 ;;;***
9075 \f
9076 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9077 ;;;;;;  erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9078 ;;;;;;  erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9079 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
9080 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9081  (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9082
9083 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9084 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9085
9086 \(fn)" t nil)
9087
9088 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9089 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9090
9091 \(fn)" t nil)
9092
9093 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9094 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9095
9096 \(fn)" t nil)
9097
9098 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9099 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9100
9101 \(fn)" t nil)
9102
9103 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9104 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9105
9106 \(fn)" t nil)
9107
9108 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9109 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9110
9111 \(fn)" t nil)
9112
9113 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9114 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9115
9116 \(fn)" t nil)
9117
9118 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9119 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9120
9121 \(fn)" t nil)
9122
9123 ;;;***
9124 \f
9125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20355 10021 546955
9126 ;;;;;;  0))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9128  (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9129
9130 ;;;***
9131 \f
9132 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9133 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
9134 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9135  (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9136
9137 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9138 Show who's gone.
9139
9140 \(fn)" nil nil)
9141
9142 ;;;***
9143 \f
9144 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9145 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-networks.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9147
9148 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9149 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol.  Use the
9150 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9151 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9152
9153 \(fn)" nil nil)
9154
9155 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9156 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9157
9158 \(fn)" t nil)
9159
9160 ;;;***
9161 \f
9162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notifications" "erc/erc-notifications.el"
9163 ;;;;;;  (20491 54052 900109 0))
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notifications.el
9165 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-notifications" "" t)
9166
9167 ;;;***
9168 \f
9169 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9170 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-notify.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
9171 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9172  (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9173
9174 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9175 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9176 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9177 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9178
9179 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9180
9181 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9182
9183
9184 \(fn)" nil nil)
9185
9186 ;;;***
9187 \f
9188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20566 63671 243798
9189 ;;;;;;  0))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9191  (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9192
9193 ;;;***
9194 \f
9195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20355
9196 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9198  (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9199
9200 ;;;***
9201 \f
9202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20566 63671
9203 ;;;;;;  243798 0))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9205  (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9206
9207 ;;;***
9208 \f
9209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20355 10021 546955
9210 ;;;;;;  0))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9212  (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9213
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9217 ;;;;;;  "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20357 58785 834364
9218 ;;;;;;  0))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9220  (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9221
9222 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9223 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9224
9225 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9226
9227 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9228 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9229 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9230
9231 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9232
9233 ;;;***
9234 \f
9235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20355 10021
9236 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
9237 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9238  (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9239
9240 ;;;***
9241 \f
9242 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9243 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9245
9246 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9247 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9248 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9249
9250 \(fn)" t nil)
9251
9252 ;;;***
9253 \f
9254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20355
9255 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
9256 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9257  (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9258
9259 ;;;***
9260 \f
9261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20566 63671
9262 ;;;;;;  243798 0))
9263 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9264  (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9265
9266 ;;;***
9267 \f
9268 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9269 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
9270 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9271
9272 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9273 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9274 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9275
9276 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9277
9278 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9279 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9280 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9281 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
9282 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9283
9284 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode.  It exists for the
9285 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9286 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9287 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9288
9289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9290  (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9291
9292 ;;;***
9293 \f
9294 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9295 ;;;;;;  "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20355 10021 546955
9296 ;;;;;;  0))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9298  (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9299
9300 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9301 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9302 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed.  The deleted
9303 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9304
9305 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9306
9307 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9308 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9309 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9310
9311 \(fn)" t nil)
9312
9313 ;;;***
9314 \f
9315 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9316 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
9317 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9318  (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9319
9320 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9321 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9322
9323 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9324
9325 ;;;***
9326 \f
9327 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9328 ;;;;;;  ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9329 ;;;;;;  "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
9330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9331
9332 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9333 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9334
9335 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run.  It should
9336 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9337
9338 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9339 assertions in BODY.
9340
9341 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9342
9343 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9344 using :expected-result.  See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9345 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9346
9347 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9348
9349 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9350
9351 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9352
9353 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9354 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9355
9356 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9357 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9358 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9359 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9360
9361 Returns the stats object.
9362
9363 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9364
9365 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9366 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9367
9368 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9369 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9370 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9371 the tests).
9372
9373 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9374
9375 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9376 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9377
9378 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9379 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9380 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9381 and how to display message.
9382
9383 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9384
9385 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9386
9387 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9388 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9389
9390 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9391
9392 ;;;***
9393 \f
9394 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9395 ;;;;;;  (20576 42138 697312 0))
9396 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9397
9398 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9399
9400 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9401 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9402
9403 \(fn)" t nil)
9404
9405 ;;;***
9406 \f
9407 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20523
9408 ;;;;;;  62082 997685 0))
9409 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9410
9411 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9412 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9413
9414 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9415
9416 \(fn)" nil nil)
9417
9418 ;;;***
9419 \f
9420 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9421 ;;;;;;  "eshell/eshell.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9423
9424 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9425 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9426 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9427 `eshell-buffer-name'.  If there is already an Eshell session active in
9428 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it.  Otherwise, a new session
9429 will begin.  A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9430 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary.  A
9431 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session.  Returns the
9432 buffer selected (or created).
9433
9434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9435
9436 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9437 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9438 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9439
9440 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9441
9442 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9443 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9444 The result might be any Lisp object.
9445 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9446 command.  This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9447 corresponding to a successful execution.
9448
9449 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9450
9451 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9452
9453 ;;;***
9454 \f
9455 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9456 ;;;;;;  tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9457 ;;;;;;  pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9458 ;;;;;;  find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9459 ;;;;;;  visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9460 ;;;;;;  find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9461 ;;;;;;  tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9462 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
9463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9464
9465 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9466 File name of tags table.
9467 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9468 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9469 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9470  (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9471  (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9472
9473 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9474 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9475 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9476 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9477
9478 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9479
9480 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9481 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9482 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9483 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9484 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9485 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9486
9487 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9488
9489 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9490 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9491 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9492 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9493 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9494 `auto-compression-mode').")
9495
9496 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9497
9498 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9499 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9500 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9501 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9502 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9503
9504 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9505
9506 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9507 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag.  See `run-hooks'.
9508 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9509 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9510
9511 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9512
9513 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9514 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9515 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9516 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9517 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9518
9519 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9520
9521 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9522 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9523
9524 \(fn)" t nil)
9525
9526 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9527 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9528 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9529 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9530
9531 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9532 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9533 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9534 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9535 file the tag was in.
9536
9537 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9538
9539 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9540 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9541 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9542 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9543 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9544  just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9545 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9546  `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9547 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9548
9549 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9550
9551 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9552 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9553 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer.  The file names are returned
9554 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9555 without directory names.
9556
9557 \(fn)" nil nil)
9558  (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9559   (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9560       (progn
9561         (load "etags")
9562         (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9563
9564 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9565 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9566 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9567 but does not select the buffer.
9568 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9569
9570 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9571 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9572 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9573 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9574 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9575
9576 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9577
9578 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9579 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9580 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9581
9582 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9583
9584 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9585
9586 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9587 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9588 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9589 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9590
9591 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9592 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9593 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9594 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9595 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9596
9597 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9598
9599 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9600 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9601 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9602
9603 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9604
9605 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9606  (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9607
9608 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9609 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9610 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9611 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9612 around or before point.
9613
9614 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9615 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9616 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9617 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9618 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9619
9620 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9621
9622 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9623 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9624 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9625
9626 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9627
9628 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9629  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9630
9631 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9632 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9633 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9634 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9635 around or before point.
9636
9637 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9638 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9639 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9640 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9641 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9642
9643 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9644
9645 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9646 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9647 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9648
9649 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9650
9651 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9652  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9653
9654 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9655 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9656 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9657
9658 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9659 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9660 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9661 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9662 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9663
9664 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9665
9666 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9667 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9668 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9669
9670 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9671
9672 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9673  (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9674  (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9675
9676 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9677 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9678
9679 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9680 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9681 where they were found.
9682
9683 \(fn)" t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9686 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9687
9688 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9689 beginning of the list of files in the tags table.  If the argument is
9690 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9691
9692 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9693  to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9694
9695 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9696 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9697
9698 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9699
9700 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9701 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9702 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9703 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9704
9705 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9706 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9707 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9708 evaluate to operate on an interesting file.  If the latter evaluates to
9709 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9710
9711 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9712  (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9713
9714 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9715 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9716 Stops when a match is found.
9717 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9718
9719 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9720 evaluated, will return a list of file names.  The search will be
9721 restricted to these files.
9722
9723 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9724
9725 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9726
9727 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9728 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9729 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9730 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9731 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9732 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9733 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9734 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9735
9736 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9737 produce the list of files to search.
9738
9739 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9740
9741 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9744 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9745 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9746 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9747 directory specification.
9748
9749 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9750
9751 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9752 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9753
9754 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9755
9756 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9757 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9758 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9759 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9760
9761 \(fn)" t nil)
9762
9763 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9764 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9765 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9766 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9767 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9768
9769 \(fn)" t nil)
9770
9771 ;;;***
9772 \f
9773 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9774 ;;;;;;  ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9775 ;;;;;;  ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9776 ;;;;;;  ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9777 ;;;;;;  ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9778 ;;;;;;  ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9779 ;;;;;;  setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9780 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
9781 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9782
9783 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9784
9785
9786 \(fn)" nil nil)
9787
9788 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9789 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9790
9791 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9792 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9793
9794 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9795 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9796 primary language.
9797
9798 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9799 even if the buffer is read-only.
9800
9801 See also the descriptions of the variables
9802 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9803
9804 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9805
9806 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9807 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9808
9809 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9810 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9811
9812 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9813 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9814 primary language.
9815
9816 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9817 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9818
9819 See also the descriptions of the variables
9820 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9821
9822 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9823
9824 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9825 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9826 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9827 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9828
9829 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9830
9831 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9832 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9833 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9834 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9835
9836 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9837 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9838 primary language.
9839
9840 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9841 buffer is read-only.
9842
9843 See also the descriptions of the variables
9844 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9845 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9846
9847 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9848
9849 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9850 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9851
9852 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9853 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9854
9855 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9856 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9857 the primary language.
9858
9859 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9860 buffer is read-only.
9861
9862 See also the descriptions of the variables
9863 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9864 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9865
9866 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9867
9868 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9869 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9870 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9871
9872 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9873
9874 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9875 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9876
9877 \(fn)" t nil)
9878
9879 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9880 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9881
9882 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9883 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9884 be 1, 2, or 3.
9885
9886 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9887 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9888 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9889
9890 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9891
9892 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9895 This function is deprecated.
9896
9897 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9900 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9901
9902 \(fn)" t nil)
9903
9904 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9905 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9906
9907 \(fn)" t nil)
9908
9909 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9910 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9911
9912 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9913 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9914
9915 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9916 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9917
9918 \(fn)" nil nil)
9919
9920 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9921 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9922
9923 \(fn)" nil nil)
9924
9925 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9926 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9927
9928 \(fn)" nil nil)
9929
9930 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9931 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9932
9933 \(fn)" nil nil)
9934
9935 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9936 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9937 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9938
9939 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9940
9941 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9942
9943
9944 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9945
9946 ;;;***
9947 \f
9948 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9949 ;;;;;;  eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9950 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
9951 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9952
9953 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9954 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9955 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9956 server for future sessions.
9957
9958 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9959
9960 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9961 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9962 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9963
9964 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9965
9966 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9967 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9968 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9969
9970 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9971
9972 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9973 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9974 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9975 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9976 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9977 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9978 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9979 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9980 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9981 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9982 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9983 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9984
9985 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9988 Display a form to query the directory server.
9989 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9990 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9991
9992 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9993
9994 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9995 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9996 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9997
9998 \(fn)" t nil)
9999
10000 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10001
10002 ;;;***
10003 \f
10004 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10005 ;;;;;;  eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10006 ;;;;;;  "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10008
10009 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10010 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10011
10012 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10013
10014 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10015 Display URL and make it clickable.
10016
10017 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10018
10019 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10020 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10021
10022 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10023
10024 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10025 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10026
10027 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10028
10029 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10030 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10031
10032 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10033
10034 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10035 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10036
10037 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10038
10039 ;;;***
10040 \f
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10042 ;;;;;;  "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10044
10045 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10046 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10047 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10048
10049 \(fn)" t nil)
10050
10051 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10052 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10053
10054 \(fn)" t nil)
10055
10056 ;;;***
10057 \f
10058 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10059 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
10060 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10061
10062 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10063 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10064
10065 \(fn)" t nil)
10066
10067 ;;;***
10068 \f
10069 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20453
10070 ;;;;;;  5437 764254 0))
10071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10072
10073 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10074 Create an empty ewoc.
10075
10076 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10077
10078 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10079 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10080 point).  The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10081 several lines.  The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10082 `insert-before-markers'.
10083
10084 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10085 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10086 respectively, of the ewoc.
10087
10088 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10089 the footer and every node's printed representation.  Optional
10090 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10091
10092 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10093
10094 ;;;***
10095 \f
10096 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10097 ;;;;;;  executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10098 ;;;;;;  executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10099 ;;;;;;  (20533 6181 437016 717000))
10100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10101
10102 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10103 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10104 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10105
10106 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10107
10108 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10109 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10110 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10111 command to find the next error.  The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10112 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10113
10114 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10115
10116 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10117 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10118 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10119 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10120 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10121 executable.
10122
10123 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10124
10125 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10126 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10127 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10128
10129 \(fn)" t nil)
10130
10131 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10132 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10133 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10134 file modes.
10135
10136 \(fn)" nil nil)
10137
10138 ;;;***
10139 \f
10140 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10141 ;;;;;;  expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10142 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
10143 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10144
10145 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10146 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10147 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10148 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10149
10150 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10151
10152 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10153 expansion.  For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10154 to generate such functions.
10155
10156 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10157 numbers.  If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10158 beginning of the expanded text.
10159
10160 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10161 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10162 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10163 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10164
10165 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10166
10167 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10168
10169 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10170 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10171 See `expand-add-abbrevs'.  Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10172
10173 \(fn)" nil nil)
10174
10175 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10176 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10177 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10178
10179 \(fn)" t nil)
10180
10181 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10182 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10183 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10184
10185 \(fn)" t nil)
10186  (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10187  (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10188
10189 ;;;***
10190 \f
10191 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20566 63671
10192 ;;;;;;  243798 0))
10193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10194
10195 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10196 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10197 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10198
10199 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10200 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10201 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10202
10203 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10204
10205 Key definitions:
10206 \\{f90-mode-map}
10207
10208 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10209
10210 `f90-do-indent'
10211   Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10212 `f90-if-indent'
10213   Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10214 `f90-type-indent'
10215   Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10216 `f90-program-indent'
10217   Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10218   (default 2).
10219 `f90-associate-indent'
10220   Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10221 `f90-critical-indent'
10222   Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10223 `f90-continuation-indent'
10224   Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10225 `f90-comment-region'
10226   String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10227   line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10228 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10229   Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10230   (default \"!\").
10231 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10232   Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10233   (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10234 `f90-break-delimiters'
10235   Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10236   (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10237 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10238   Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10239   (default t).
10240 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10241   Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10242 `f90-smart-end'
10243   From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10244   Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10245   whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10246 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10247   Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10248   The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10249 `f90-leave-line-no'
10250   Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10251
10252 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10253 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10254
10255 \(fn)" t nil)
10256
10257 ;;;***
10258 \f
10259 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10260 ;;;;;;  buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10261 ;;;;;;  text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10262 ;;;;;;  face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20476
10263 ;;;;;;  31768 298871 0))
10264 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10265
10266 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10267 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10268 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10269 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10270
10271 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10272 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10273 of face attribute/value pairs.  If more than one face is listed,
10274 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10275 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10276
10277 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10278 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10279 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10280 priority).  This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10281 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10282 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10283 attributes.
10284
10285 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10286 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10287
10288 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10289
10290 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10291 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10292 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10293 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10294
10295 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10296
10297 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10298 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10299 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10300 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10301
10302 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10303 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10304 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10305
10306 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10307 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10308 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10309 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10310
10311 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10312
10313 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10314 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10315 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10316
10317 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10318 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10319 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10320 the same amount).
10321
10322 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10323
10324 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10325 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10326 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10327
10328 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10329 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10330 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10331 will remove any scaling currently active.
10332
10333 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10334
10335 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10336 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10337 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10338
10339 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10340  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10341  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10342  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10343  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10344
10345 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10346 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10347
10348 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10349 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10350
10351    +, =   Increase the default face height by one step
10352    -      Decrease the default face height by one step
10353    0      Reset the default face height to the global default
10354
10355 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10356 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10357 is one of the above.
10358
10359 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10360 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10361 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10362 will remove any scaling currently active.
10363
10364 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10365 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10366 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap.  For binding in
10367 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10368 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10369
10370 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10371
10372 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10373 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10375 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10376 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, the face specified by the
10377 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10378
10379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10380
10381 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10382 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10383 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10384 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10385 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10386 `face' text property.  If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10387 `buffer-face-mode'.
10388
10389 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10390 local, and sets it to FACE.
10391
10392 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10393
10394 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10395 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10396 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10397 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10398 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10399 `face' text property.
10400
10401 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10402 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10403 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10404 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10405
10406 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10407 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10408
10409 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10410
10411 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10412 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10413 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10414 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10415
10416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10417
10418 ;;;***
10419 \f
10420 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10421 ;;;;;;  feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10422 ;;;;;;  feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20566 63671
10423 ;;;;;;  243798 0))
10424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10425
10426 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10427 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10428 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'.  It can be used
10429 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10430
10431 \(fn)" nil nil)
10432
10433 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10434 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10435
10436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10437
10438 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10439 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10440 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10441 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10442
10443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10444
10445 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10446 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10447 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10448 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10449 backup file names and the like).
10450
10451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10452
10453 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10454 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10455 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10456 is triggering the reminder activity.  The default is 'on-demand, which
10457 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10458 or mail hook code.  Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10459 internally by feedmail):
10460
10461    after-immediate      (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10462    after-queue          (a message has just been queued)
10463    after-draft          (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10464    after-run            (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10465
10466 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If
10467 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10468 to perform the reminder activity.  You can supply your own reminder functions
10469 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If you don't want any reminders,
10470 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10471
10472 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10473
10474 ;;;***
10475 \f
10476 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10477 ;;;;;;  ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10478 ;;;;;;  "ffap.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10480
10481 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10482 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10483 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10484 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10485 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10486 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10487 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10488
10489 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10490
10491 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10492 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10493 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10494 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10495 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10496 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10497 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10498
10499 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10500
10501 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10502
10503 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10504 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10505 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it.  The menu is
10506 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10507 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10508 a rebuild.  Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10509
10510 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10511
10512 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10513 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10514 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10515 Return value:
10516   * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10517   * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10518   * otherwise, nil
10519
10520 \(fn E)" t nil)
10521
10522 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10523 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point.  See `ffap'.
10524 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10525
10526 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10527
10528 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10529 Try to get a file name at point.
10530 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10531
10532 \(fn)" nil nil)
10533
10534 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10535 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10536
10537 \(fn)" t nil)
10538
10539 ;;;***
10540 \f
10541 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10542 ;;;;;;  file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10543 ;;;;;;  file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10544 ;;;;;;  "filecache" "filecache.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10545 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10546
10547 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10548 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10549 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10550 be added to the cache.
10551
10552 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10553
10554 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10555 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10556 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10557 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10558 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10559
10560 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10561
10562 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10563 Add FILE to the file cache.
10564
10565 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10566
10567 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10568 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10569 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10570
10571 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10572
10573 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10574 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10575 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10576
10577 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10578
10579 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10580 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10581 This function does not use any external programs.
10582 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10583 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10584 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10585
10586 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10589 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10590 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10591 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10592 the directories that the name is available in.  With a prefix argument,
10593 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10594 \(directories) is done.
10595
10596 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10597
10598 ;;;***
10599 \f
10600 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10601 ;;;;;;  copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10602 ;;;;;;  add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10603 ;;;;;;  add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10604 ;;;;;;  add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20355 10021
10605 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
10606 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10607
10608 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10609 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10610
10611 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10612 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10613 Local Variables list.
10614
10615 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10616 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10617 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10618
10619 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10620
10621 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10622 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10623
10624 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10625
10626 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10627 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10628
10629 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10630 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10631 the -*- line.
10632
10633 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10634 then this function adds it.
10635
10636 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10637
10638 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10639 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10640
10641 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10642
10643 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10644 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10645
10646 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10647
10648 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10649 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10650
10651 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10652
10653 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10654 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10655
10656 \(fn)" t nil)
10657
10658 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10659 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10660
10661 \(fn)" t nil)
10662
10663 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10664 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10665
10666 \(fn)" t nil)
10667
10668 ;;;***
10669 \f
10670 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20566
10671 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
10672 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10673
10674 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10675 Filesets initialization.
10676 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10677
10678 \(fn)" nil nil)
10679
10680 ;;;***
10681 \f
10682 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20355 10021
10683 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
10684 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10685
10686 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10687 Initiate the building of a find command.
10688 For example:
10689
10690 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10691           '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10692                     (mtime \"+1\"))
10693                 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10694
10695 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path.  The
10696 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10697
10698 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10699
10700 ;;;***
10701 \f
10702 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10703 ;;;;;;  "find-dired.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10704 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10705
10706 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10707 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10708 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10709
10710     find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10711
10712 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10713 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10714
10715 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10716
10717 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10718 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10719 and run dired on those files.
10720 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10721 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10722
10723     find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10724
10725 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10726
10727 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10728 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10729 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10730
10731   find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10732     -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10733
10734 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10735 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10736
10737 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10738
10739 ;;;***
10740 \f
10741 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10742 ;;;;;;  ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10743 ;;;;;;  "find-file" "find-file.el" (20387 44199 24128 0))
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10745
10746 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10747 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10748 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10749 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10750 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10751 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying.  Otherwise, return the
10752 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10753
10754 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10755
10756 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10757 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10758 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10759
10760 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10761
10762 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10763
10764 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10765
10766 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10767 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10768 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10769
10770 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10771 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10772
10773 Variables of interest include:
10774
10775  - `ff-case-fold-search'
10776    Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10777    If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10778
10779  - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10780    If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10781    argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10782
10783  - `ff-ignore-include'
10784    If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10785
10786  - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10787    If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10788
10789  - `ff-quiet-mode'
10790    If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10791
10792  - `ff-special-constructs'
10793    A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10794    constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10795    extracting the filename from that construct.
10796
10797  - `ff-other-file-alist'
10798    Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10799
10800  - `ff-search-directories'
10801    List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10802    `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10803
10804  - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10805    List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10806
10807  - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10808    List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10809
10810  - `ff-post-load-hook'
10811    List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10812
10813  - `ff-not-found-hook'
10814    List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10815
10816  - `ff-file-created-hook'
10817    List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10818
10819 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10820
10821 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10822 Visit the file you click on.
10823
10824 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10825
10826 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10827 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10828
10829 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10830
10831 ;;;***
10832 \f
10833 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10834 ;;;;;;  find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10835 ;;;;;;  find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10836 ;;;;;;  find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10837 ;;;;;;  find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10838 ;;;;;;  find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10839 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20497 6436 957082 0))
10840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10841
10842 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10843 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10844 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10845
10846 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10847
10848 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10849 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10850 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10851 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10852
10853 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10854 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10855 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10856 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10857
10858 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10859
10860 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10861 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10862
10863 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10864 in a buffer and the point of the definition.  The buffer is
10865 not selected.  If the function definition can't be found in
10866 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10867
10868 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10869 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10870 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10871
10872 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10873 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10874 in `load-path'.
10875
10876 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10877
10878 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10879 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10880
10881 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10882 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10883 places point before the definition.
10884 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10885
10886 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10887 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10888 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10889
10890 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10891
10892 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10893 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10894
10895 See `find-function' for more details.
10896
10897 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10898
10899 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10900 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10901
10902 See `find-function' for more details.
10903
10904 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10905
10906 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10907 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10908
10909 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10910 the point of the definition.  The buffer is not selected.
10911 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10912
10913 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10914 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10915
10916 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10917
10918 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10919 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10920
10921 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10922 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10923 places point before the definition.
10924
10925 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10926
10927 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10928 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10929 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10930
10931 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10932
10933 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10934 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10935
10936 See `find-variable' for more details.
10937
10938 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10939
10940 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10941 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10942
10943 See `find-variable' for more details.
10944
10945 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10946
10947 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10948 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10949 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10950 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10951 variable, `defface' for a face.  This function does not switch to the
10952 buffer nor display it.
10953
10954 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10955 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10956
10957 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10958
10959 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10960 Find the definition of FACE.  FACE defaults to the name near point.
10961
10962 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10963 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10964 places point before the definition.
10965
10966 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10967
10968 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10969 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10970 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10971
10972 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10973
10974 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10975 Find the function that KEY invokes.  KEY is a string.
10976 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10977
10978 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10981 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10982
10983 \(fn)" t nil)
10984
10985 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10986 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10987
10988 \(fn)" t nil)
10989
10990 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10991 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10992
10993 \(fn)" nil nil)
10994
10995 ;;;***
10996 \f
10997 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10998 ;;;;;;  find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20355 10021
10999 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
11000 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11001
11002 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11003 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11004
11005 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11006
11007 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11008 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11009
11010 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11011
11012 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11013 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11014
11015 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11016
11017 ;;;***
11018 \f
11019 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11020 ;;;;;;  "finder" "finder.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11021 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11022
11023 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11024 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11025
11026 \(fn)" t nil)
11027
11028 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11029 Display FILE's commentary section.
11030 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11031
11032 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11033
11034 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11035 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11036
11037 \(fn)" t nil)
11038
11039 ;;;***
11040 \f
11041 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11042 ;;;;;;  "flow-ctrl.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
11043 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11044
11045 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11046 Toggle flow control handling.
11047 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11048 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11049
11050 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11051
11052 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11053 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11054 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11055 on VT-100 and H19 terminals.  When flow control is enabled,
11056 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11057 to get the effect of a C-q.
11058
11059 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11060
11061 ;;;***
11062 \f
11063 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11064 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
11065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11066
11067 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11068
11069
11070 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11071
11072 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11073
11074
11075 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11076
11077 ;;;***
11078 \f
11079 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11080 ;;;;;;  flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20551 9899
11081 ;;;;;;  283417 0))
11082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11083
11084 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11085 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11087 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11088 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11089
11090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11091
11092 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11093 Turn flymake mode on.
11094
11095 \(fn)" nil nil)
11096
11097 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11098 Turn flymake mode off.
11099
11100 \(fn)" nil nil)
11101
11102 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11103
11104
11105 \(fn)" nil nil)
11106
11107 ;;;***
11108 \f
11109 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11110 ;;;;;;  turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11111 ;;;;;;  "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
11112 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11113
11114 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11115 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11116
11117 \(fn)" t nil)
11118 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11119
11120 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11121 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11122 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11123 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11124 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11125
11126 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
11127 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.  The default
11128 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11129
11130 Bindings:
11131 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11132 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11133 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11134 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11135
11136 Hooks:
11137 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11138
11139 Remark:
11140 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'.  Thus all Ispell options are
11141 valid.  For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11142 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11143
11144 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text.  For instance
11145 consider adding:
11146 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11147 in your init file.
11148
11149 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11150 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11151
11152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11153
11154 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11155 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11156
11157 \(fn)" nil nil)
11158
11159 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11160 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11161
11162 \(fn)" nil nil)
11163
11164 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11165 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11166
11167 \(fn)" nil nil)
11168
11169 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11170 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11171
11172 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11173
11174 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11175 Flyspell whole buffer.
11176
11177 \(fn)" t nil)
11178
11179 ;;;***
11180 \f
11181 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11182 ;;;;;;  turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11183 ;;;;;;  (20501 3499 284800 0))
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11185
11186 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11187 Turn on Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11188
11189 \(fn)" nil nil)
11190
11191 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11192 Turn off Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11193
11194 \(fn)" nil nil)
11195
11196 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11197 Toggle Follow mode.
11198 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11199 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11200 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11201
11202 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11203 virtual window.  This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11204
11205 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11206   This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11207   others will follow.  (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11208
11209 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11210   window displaying that point is selected, if possible.  This
11211   makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11212   movement commands.
11213
11214 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11215 side-by-side windows are used.  The user can, with the help of Follow
11216 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11217 one.  Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11218 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11219 mileage may vary).
11220
11221 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11222 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11223
11224 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11225
11226 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11227
11228 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11229 \\{follow-mode-map}
11230
11231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11232
11233 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11234 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11235
11236 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11237 in the selected window.  All other windows, in the current
11238 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11239 side-by-side windows.  Follow mode is activated, hence the
11240 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11241 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11242
11243 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected.  If negative,
11244 the rightmost is selected.  If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11245 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11246
11247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11248
11249 ;;;***
11250 \f
11251 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20478
11252 ;;;;;;  3673 653810 0))
11253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11254
11255 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11256 Toggle Footnote mode.
11257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11258 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11259 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11260
11261 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If enabled, it
11262 provides footnote support for `message-mode'.  To get started,
11263 play around with the following keys:
11264 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11265
11266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11267
11268 ;;;***
11269 \f
11270 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11271 ;;;;;;  "forms" "forms.el" (20427 14766 970343 0))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11273
11274 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11275 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11276
11277 Commands:                        Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11278  TAB            forms-next-field          TAB
11279  C-c TAB        forms-next-field
11280  C-c <          forms-first-record         <
11281  C-c >          forms-last-record          >
11282  C-c ?          describe-mode              ?
11283  C-c C-k        forms-delete-record
11284  C-c C-q        forms-toggle-read-only     q
11285  C-c C-o        forms-insert-record
11286  C-c C-l        forms-jump-record          l
11287  C-c C-n        forms-next-record          n
11288  C-c C-p        forms-prev-record          p
11289  C-c C-r        forms-search-reverse       r
11290  C-c C-s        forms-search-forward       s
11291  C-c C-x        forms-exit                 x
11292
11293 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11294
11295 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11296 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11297
11298 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11299
11300 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11301 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11302
11303 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11304
11305 ;;;***
11306 \f
11307 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11308 ;;;;;;  (20438 24024 724594 589000))
11309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11310
11311 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11312 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11313 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11314
11315 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11316 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11317
11318 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11319
11320 Key definitions:
11321 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11322
11323 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11324
11325 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11326   To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11327 `fortran-do-indent'
11328   Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11329 `fortran-if-indent'
11330   Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11331 `fortran-structure-indent'
11332   Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11333   (default 3)
11334 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11335   Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11336 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11337   Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11338 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11339   How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11340   nil       don't change the indentation
11341   fixed     indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11342               value of either
11343                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11344                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11345               depending on the continuation format in use.
11346   relative  indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11347               indentation for a line of code.
11348   (default 'fixed)
11349 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11350   Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11351   full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11352 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11353   Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11354 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11355   Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11356 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11357   Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1).  A line number will
11358   get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11359   column 5.
11360 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11361   Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11362   statements (default nil).
11363 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11364   Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11365   to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]).  (default nil)
11366 `fortran-continuation-string'
11367   Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11368   line (default \"$\").
11369 `fortran-comment-region'
11370   String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11371   the region (default \"c$$$\").
11372 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11373   Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11374   as typed (default t).
11375 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11376   Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11377
11378 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11379 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11380
11381 \(fn)" t nil)
11382
11383 ;;;***
11384 \f
11385 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11386 ;;;;;;  fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20355 10021
11387 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
11388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11389
11390 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11391 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11392
11393 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11394 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11395
11396 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11397
11398 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11399 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11400
11401 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11402 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11403
11404 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11405
11406 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11407 Compile fortune file.
11408
11409 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11410 the value of `fortune-file'.  This currently cannot handle directories.
11411
11412 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11413
11414 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11415 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11416
11417 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11418 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11419 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11420 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11421
11422 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11423
11424 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11425 Display a fortune cookie.
11426 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11427 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11428 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11429 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11430
11431 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11432
11433 ;;;***
11434 \f
11435 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11436 ;;;;;;  (20537 63402 936234 0))
11437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11438
11439 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11440 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11441 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11442
11443 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11444
11445 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11446 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11447 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11448 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11449 being transferred.  This list may grow up to a size of
11450 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11451 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11452
11453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11454
11455 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11456 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11457 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11458 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11459
11460 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11461 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11462 executable followed by command-line options.  The command-line
11463 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11464 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11465
11466 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11467 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t.  In this case
11468 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11469 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11470
11471 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11472 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear.  Keybindings are
11473 shown in some of the buffers.
11474
11475 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11476
11477 The following commands help control operation :
11478
11479 `gdb-many-windows'    - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11480 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11481
11482 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11483 detailed description of this mode.
11484
11485
11486 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11487 |                               GDB Toolbar                            |
11488 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11489 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer                    |
11490 |                                   |                                  |
11491 |                                   |                                  |
11492 |                                   |                                  |
11493 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11494 | Source buffer                     | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11495 |                                   | (comint-mode)                    |
11496 |                                   |                                  |
11497 |                                   |                                  |
11498 |                                   |                                  |
11499 |                                   |                                  |
11500 |                                   |                                  |
11501 |                                   |                                  |
11502 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11503 | Stack buffer                      | Breakpoints buffer               |
11504 | RET      gdb-select-frame         | SPC    gdb-toggle-breakpoint     |
11505 |                                   | RET    gdb-goto-breakpoint       |
11506 |                                   | D      gdb-delete-breakpoint     |
11507 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11508
11509 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11510
11511 ;;;***
11512 \f
11513 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11514 ;;;;;;  define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20406
11515 ;;;;;;  8611 875037 0))
11516 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11517
11518 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11519 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11520 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11521 instead (which see).")
11522
11523 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11524 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11525
11526 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11527 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command.  If
11528 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11529 documentation string instead.
11530
11531 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11532 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell.  A character or a
11533 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11534 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11535 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\".  (Use nil for the
11536 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.)  Note that
11537 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11538 enders are actually possible.
11539
11540 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11541 `font-lock-keyword-face'.  Each keyword should be a string.
11542
11543 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight.  Each
11544 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11545 `font-lock-keywords'.
11546
11547 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11548 `auto-mode-alist'.  These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11549 runs the macro expansion.
11550
11551 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11552 setup.  The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11553 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11554
11555 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11556
11557 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11558
11559 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11560
11561 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11562
11563 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11564 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11565
11566 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11567
11568 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11569 Enter generic mode MODE.
11570
11571 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11572 for \"generic\" files.  (Files which are too small to warrant their
11573 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11574
11575 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11576 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11577
11578 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11579
11580 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11581 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11582 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11583 highlighted with face FACE.  This function calculates a regular
11584 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11585 PREFIX and SUFFIX.  Then it returns a construct based on this
11586 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11587 `font-lock-keywords'.
11588
11589 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11590
11591 ;;;***
11592 \f
11593 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11594 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
11595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11596
11597 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11598 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11600 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11601 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When this mode is active, it tries to
11602 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11603
11604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11605
11606 ;;;***
11607 \f
11608 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11609 ;;;;;;  gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11610 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
11611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11612
11613 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11614 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11615 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11616
11617 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11618
11619 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11620 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11621
11622 Guideline for numbers:
11623 1 - error messages
11624 3 - non-serious error messages
11625 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11626 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11627 9 - messages inside loops.
11628
11629 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11630
11631 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11632 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11633 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11634
11635 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11636
11637 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11638 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11639
11640 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11641
11642 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11643 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11644
11645 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11646 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11647 element is a test function.  You can use \\[describe-key]
11648 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command.  The fourth
11649 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11650 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11651
11652 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11653 `tool-bar-map'.  If it is t, start with a new sparse map.  You
11654 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11655 item.  When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11656 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11657
11658 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11659
11660 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11661
11662 ;;;***
11663 \f
11664 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11665 ;;;;;;  gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20552 30761
11666 ;;;;;;  207103 0))
11667 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11668 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11669  (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11670
11671 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11672 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11673
11674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11675
11676 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11677 Read network news.
11678 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11679 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.  If ARG is
11680 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11681 name of an NNTP server to use.
11682 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11683 server.
11684
11685 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11686
11687 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11688 Read news as a slave.
11689
11690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11691
11692 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11693 Pop up a frame to read news.
11694 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11695 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11696 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame.  The
11697 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11698 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame.  If DISPLAY is
11699 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11700 current display is used.
11701
11702 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11703
11704 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11705 Read network news.
11706 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11707 startup level.  If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11708 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11709
11710 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11711
11712 ;;;***
11713 \f
11714 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11715 ;;;;;;  gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11716 ;;;;;;  gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11717 ;;;;;;  gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11718 ;;;;;;  gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11719 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20518 12580 46478 0))
11720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11721
11722 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11723 Start Gnus unplugged.
11724
11725 \(fn)" t nil)
11726
11727 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11728 Start Gnus plugged.
11729
11730 \(fn)" t nil)
11731
11732 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11733 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11734
11735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11736
11737 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11738 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11739
11740 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11741 gnus-agent is set.  If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11742 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11743
11744 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11745 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11746 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11747
11748 \(fn)" t nil)
11749
11750 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11751 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11752
11753 \(fn)" nil nil)
11754
11755 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11756 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11757 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11758 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11759 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11760 supported.
11761
11762 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11763
11764 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11765 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11766 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11767 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11768 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11769 supported.
11770
11771 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11772
11773 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11775
11776 \(fn)" nil nil)
11777
11778 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11779 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11780 downloaded into the agent.
11781
11782 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11783
11784 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11785 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11786 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11787 variables.  Returns the first non-nil value found.
11788
11789 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11790
11791 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11792 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11793
11794 \(fn)" t nil)
11795
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11798
11799 \(fn)" t nil)
11800
11801 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11803 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11804
11805 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11806
11807 ;;;***
11808 \f
11809 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11810 ;;;;;;  (20578 54821 719276 0))
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11814 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11815
11816 \(fn)" nil nil)
11817
11818 ;;;***
11819 \f
11820 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11821 ;;;;;;  "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20355 10021 546955
11822 ;;;;;;  0))
11823 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11824
11825 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11826 Set a bookmark for this article.
11827
11828 \(fn)" t nil)
11829
11830 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11831 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11832
11833 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11834
11835 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11836 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11837 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11838 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11839 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11840
11841 \(fn)" t nil)
11842
11843 ;;;***
11844 \f
11845 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11846 ;;;;;;  gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11847 ;;;;;;  gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20355
11848 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
11849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11850
11851 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11852 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11853
11854 Usage:
11855 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11856
11857 \(fn)" t nil)
11858
11859 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11860 Generate the cache active file.
11861
11862 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11863
11864 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11865 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11866
11867 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11868
11869 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11870 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11871 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11872 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled.  It
11873 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11874 supported.
11875
11876 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11879 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11880 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11881 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11882 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11883 supported.
11884
11885 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11886
11887 ;;;***
11888 \f
11889 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11890 ;;;;;;  "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11892
11893 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11894 Delay this article by some time.
11895 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time.  Possible values are:
11896
11897 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11898   weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11899
11900 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date.  The time of day is given by the
11901   variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11902
11903 * hh:mm for a specific time.  Use 24h format.  If it is later than this
11904   time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11905
11906 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11907
11908 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11909 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11910
11911 \(fn)" t nil)
11912
11913 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11914 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11915 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11916 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11917
11918 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11919 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11920
11921 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11922
11923 ;;;***
11924 \f
11925 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11926 ;;;;;;  "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11927 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11928
11929 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11930
11931
11932 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11933
11934 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11935
11936
11937 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11938
11939 ;;;***
11940 \f
11941 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11942 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
11943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11944
11945 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11946 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11947
11948 \(fn)" t nil)
11949
11950 ;;;***
11951 \f
11952 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11953 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
11954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11955
11956 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11957 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11958
11959 \(fn)" t nil)
11960
11961 ;;;***
11962 \f
11963 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11964 ;;;;;;  gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11965 ;;;;;;  gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20549
11966 ;;;;;;  54573 979353 0))
11967 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11968
11969 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11970 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11971
11972 \(fn)" t nil)
11973
11974 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11975 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11976
11977 \(fn)" t nil)
11978
11979 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11980 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11981
11982 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11983 different input formats.
11984
11985 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11986
11987 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11988 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11989
11990 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11991 different input formats.
11992
11993 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11994
11995 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11996 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11997 The PNG is returned as a string.
11998
11999 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12002 Convert FILE to a Face.
12003 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12004 726 bytes.
12005
12006 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12007
12008 ;;;***
12009 \f
12010 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12011 ;;;;;;  "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955
12012 ;;;;;;  0))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12014
12015 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12016 Display gravatar in the From header.
12017 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12018
12019 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12020
12021 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12022 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12023 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12024
12025 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12026
12027 ;;;***
12028 \f
12029 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12030 ;;;;;;  "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20553 51627 169867 0))
12031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12032
12033 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12034 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12035 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12036 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12037
12038 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12039
12040 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12041 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12042
12043 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12044
12045 ;;;***
12046 \f
12047 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12048 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12050
12051 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12052
12053
12054 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12055
12056 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12057
12058
12059 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12060
12061 ;;;***
12062 \f
12063 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12064 ;;;;;;  (20495 51111 757560 0))
12065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12066
12067 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12068
12069 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12070 Run batched scoring.
12071 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12072
12073 \(fn)" t nil)
12074
12075 ;;;***
12076 \f
12077 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12078 ;;;;;;  turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12079 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12081
12082 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12083
12084
12085 \(fn)" nil nil)
12086
12087 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12088 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12089 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12090
12091 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12092
12093 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12094 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12095
12096 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12097
12098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12099
12100 ;;;***
12101 \f
12102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12103 ;;;;;;  gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12104 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12108 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12109 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12110 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12111 group parameters.
12112
12113 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12114 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12115 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12116 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12117
12118 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12119 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'.  This variable is only used
12120 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12121 nil.  This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12122 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12123 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group.  Typical
12124 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12125 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12126 match any of the group-specified splitting rules.  See
12127 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12128
12129 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12130
12131 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12132 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12133 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12134 nil CATCH-ALL).
12135
12136 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12137 instead.  This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12138
12139 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12140
12141 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12142 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12143 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12144
12145 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12146
12147 \(fn)" nil nil)
12148
12149 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12150 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12151 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12152
12153 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12154
12155 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12156 be used to select candidate groups.  If it is omitted or nil, all
12157 existing groups are considered.
12158
12159 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12160 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12161 returned.
12162
12163 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12164 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12165 case, the group is ignored).  Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12166 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12167 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list).  Additionally, if
12168 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12169 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12170 clauses will be generated.
12171
12172 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12173 catch-all marks in group parameters.  Otherwise, if there is no
12174 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12175 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12176 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12177 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12178
12179 For example, given the following group parameters:
12180
12181 nnml:mail.bar:
12182 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12183  (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12184 nnml:mail.foo:
12185 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12186  (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12187  (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12188  (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12189 nnml:mail.others:
12190 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12191
12192 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12193
12194 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12195            \"mail.bar\")
12196       (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12197            - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12198    \"mail.others\")
12199
12200 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12201
12202 ;;;***
12203 \f
12204 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12205 ;;;;;;  "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20533 5993 500881 0))
12206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12207
12208 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12209 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12210 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12211 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12212 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12213 instead.
12214
12215 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12216
12217 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12218 Mail to ADDRESS.
12219
12220 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12221
12222 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12223 Like `message-reply'.
12224
12225 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12226
12227 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12228
12229 ;;;***
12230 \f
12231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12232 ;;;;;;  (20559 4008 701730 0))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12234
12235 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12236 Send a notification on new message.
12237 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12238 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12239 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12240
12241 This is typically a function to add in
12242 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12243
12244 \(fn)" nil nil)
12245
12246 ;;;***
12247 \f
12248 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12249 ;;;;;;  gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12250 ;;;;;;  (20523 62082 997685 0))
12251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12254 Display picons in the From header.
12255 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12256
12257 \(fn)" t nil)
12258
12259 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12260 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12261 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12262
12263 \(fn)" t nil)
12264
12265 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12266 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12267 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12268
12269 \(fn)" t nil)
12270
12271 ;;;***
12272 \f
12273 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12274 ;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12275 ;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12276 ;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12277 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20544 36659 880486 0))
12278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12279
12280 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12281 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12282 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12283 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12284
12285 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12288 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12289 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12290 LIST1 is modified.
12291
12292 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12293
12294 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12295 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12296 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12297
12298 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12299
12300 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12301
12302
12303 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12304
12305 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12306 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12307 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12308
12309 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12310
12311 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12312 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12313 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12314
12315 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12316
12317 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12318
12319 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12320 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12321 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12322
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12324
12325 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12326 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12327 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12328
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12330
12331 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12332 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12333 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12334
12335 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12336
12337 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12338 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12339
12340 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12341
12342 ;;;***
12343 \f
12344 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12345 ;;;;;;  "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20544 36659 880486
12346 ;;;;;;  0))
12347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12348
12349 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12350 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12351
12352 \(fn)" t nil)
12353
12354 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12355 Install the registry hooks.
12356
12357 \(fn)" t nil)
12358
12359 ;;;***
12360 \f
12361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12362 ;;;;;;  gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20355
12363 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
12364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12365
12366 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12367 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12368 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12369 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12370 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12371 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12372
12373 \(fn)" t nil)
12374
12375 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12376 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12377 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12378 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12379 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12380
12381 \(fn)" t nil)
12382
12383 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12384
12385
12386 \(fn)" t nil)
12387
12388 ;;;***
12389 \f
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12391 ;;;;;;  (20458 56750 651721 0))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12393
12394 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12395 Update the format specification near point.
12396
12397 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12398
12399 ;;;***
12400 \f
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12402 ;;;;;;  (20495 51111 757560 0))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12404
12405 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12406 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12407
12408 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12409
12410 ;;;***
12411 \f
12412 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12413 ;;;;;;  (20540 39589 424586 0))
12414 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12415
12416 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12417 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12418 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12419
12420 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12421
12422 ;;;***
12423 \f
12424 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12425 ;;;;;;  "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12427
12428 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12429 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12430
12431 \(fn)" t nil)
12432
12433 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12434 Install the sync hooks.
12435
12436 \(fn)" t nil)
12437
12438 ;;;***
12439 \f
12440 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12441 ;;;;;;  (20447 49522 409090 0))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12443
12444 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12445 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12446
12447 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12448
12449 ;;;***
12450 \f
12451 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12452 ;;;;;;  (20476 31768 298871 0))
12453 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12454
12455 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12456 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12457 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12458 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12459 rejected.  (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12460 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12461
12462 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12463
12464 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12465
12466 ;;;***
12467 \f
12468 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20545 57511
12469 ;;;;;;  257469 0))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12471
12472 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12473 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12474
12475 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12476 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12477 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12478
12479 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square.  You mark it with X
12480 and Emacs marks it with O.  The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12481 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12482
12483 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12484 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12485
12486 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12487 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12488
12489 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12490
12491 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12492
12493 ;;;***
12494 \f
12495 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12496 ;;;;;;  goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20566
12497 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
12498 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12499
12500 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12501
12502 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12503 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12504 Send mail to address at point.  See documentation for
12505 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'.  If no address is found
12506 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12507
12508 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12509
12510 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12511 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12512 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12513 or to send e-mail.
12514 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12515 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12516
12517 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12518 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12519
12520 \(fn)" t nil)
12521 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12522
12523 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12524 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12525 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12526 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12527 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12528
12529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12530
12531 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12532 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12533
12534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12535
12536 ;;;***
12537 \f
12538 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12539 ;;;;;;  "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12541
12542 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12543 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12544 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12545
12546 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12547
12548 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12549 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12550
12551 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12552
12553 ;;;***
12554 \f
12555 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12556 ;;;;;;  grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12557 ;;;;;;  grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20572 16038
12558 ;;;;;;  402143 0))
12559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12560
12561 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12562 Number of lines in a grep window.  If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12563
12564 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12565
12566 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12567 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12568 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12569 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12570 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12571
12572 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12573 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12574 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12575
12576 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12577
12578 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12579 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12580 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12581 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12582 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12583
12584 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12585
12586 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12587 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12588
12589 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12590
12591 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[         ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12592 Regexp used to match grep hits.  See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12593
12594 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12595 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12596 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12597
12598 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12599 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12600 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12601
12602 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12603 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12604 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12605 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12606
12607 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12608 How to invoke find and grep.
12609 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12610 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12611 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12612 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12613
12614 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12615
12616 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12617 History list for grep.")
12618
12619 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12620 History list for grep-find.")
12621
12622 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12623 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12624 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12625
12626 \(fn)" nil nil)
12627
12628 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12629
12630
12631 \(fn)" nil nil)
12632
12633 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12634 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12635
12636 \(fn)" nil nil)
12637
12638 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12639 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12640 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12641 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12642 matches.  To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12643
12644 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command.  For running
12645 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12646
12647 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12648 can easily repeat a grep command.
12649
12650 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12651 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12652 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12653 list is empty).
12654
12655 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12656
12657 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12658 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12659 Collect output in a buffer.
12660 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12661 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12662
12663 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12664 easily repeat a find command.
12665
12666 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12667
12668 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12669
12670 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12671 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12672 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12673 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12674 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12675
12676 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12677 before it is executed.
12678 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12679
12680 Collect output in a buffer.  While grep runs asynchronously, you
12681 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12682 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12683
12684 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12685
12686 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12687
12688 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12689 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12690 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12691 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12692 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12693
12694 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12695 before it is executed.
12696 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12697
12698 Collect output in a buffer.  While the recursive grep is running,
12699 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12700 to visit the lines where matches were found.  To kill the job
12701 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12702
12703 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12704
12705 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12706 to specify a command to run.
12707
12708 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12709
12710 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12711 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12712 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12713 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12714
12715 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12716
12717 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12718
12719 ;;;***
12720 \f
12721 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20355 10021 546955
12722 ;;;;;;  0))
12723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12724
12725 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12726 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12727 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12728 and height of the image in pixels.  WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12729 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\".  Value is non-nil if successful.
12730
12731 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12732
12733 ;;;***
12734 \f
12735 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12736 ;;;;;;  xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20537 63402
12737 ;;;;;;  936234 0))
12738 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12739
12740 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12741 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12742 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12743 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12744
12745 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12746
12747 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12748 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12749 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12750 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12751
12752 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12753
12754 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12755 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12756 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12757 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12758
12759 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12760
12761 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12762 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12763 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12764 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12765
12766 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12767 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12768
12769 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12770
12771 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12772 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12773 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12774 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12775
12776 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12777
12778 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12779 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12780 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12781 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12782
12783 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12784
12785 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12786 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12787 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12788 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is.  If the \"-classpath\"
12789 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12790
12791 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12792 information on how jdb accesses source files.  Alternatively (if
12793 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12794 original source file access method.
12795
12796 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12797 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12798
12799 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12800
12801 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12802 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12803
12804 \(fn)" t nil)
12805
12806 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12807 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12808 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12811 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12812
12813 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12814
12815 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12816 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12818 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
12819 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12820
12821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12822
12823 ;;;***
12824 \f
12825 ;;;### (autoloads (setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12826 ;;;;;;  gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12827 ;;;;;;  "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20580 10161 446444 0))
12828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12829
12830 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12831 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12832 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12833 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12834 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12835 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12836 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12837 set it to.
12838 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12839
12840 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12841
12842 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12843 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12844 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12845 of PLACE.
12846 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12847 and new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12848 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12849 and SETTER.
12850 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12851 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12852
12853 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12854
12855 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12856
12857 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12858 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12859 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12860 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12861 arguments as NAME.  DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12862
12863 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12864
12865 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12866
12867 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12868
12869
12870 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12871
12872 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12873
12874 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12875
12876 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12877 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12878 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12879 well for simple place forms.
12880 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12881 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12882 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12883 The first arg in ARLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12884 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12885 to be pure and copyable.  Example use:
12886   (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12887
12888 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12889
12890 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12891
12892 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12893 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12894 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12895 well for simple place forms.  Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12896 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12897 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12898 instead the assignment is turned into (prog1 VAL (SETTER ARGS... VAL))
12899 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12900
12901 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12902
12903 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12904 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12905 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12906 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12907 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12908 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12909
12910 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12911
12912 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12913
12914 ;;;***
12915 \f
12916 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20566
12917 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
12918 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12919
12920 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12921 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12922 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12923 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12924
12925 Variables: `handwrite-linespace'     (default 12)
12926            `handwrite-fontsize'      (default 11)
12927            `handwrite-numlines'      (default 60)
12928            `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12929
12930 \(fn)" t nil)
12931
12932 ;;;***
12933 \f
12934 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12935 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
12936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12937
12938 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12939 Towers of Hanoi diversion.  Use NRINGS rings.
12940
12941 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12942
12943 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12944 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12945 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12946 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12947
12948 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12949
12950 \(fn)" t nil)
12951
12952 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12953 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12954 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock.  When the
12955 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12956 to be updated.
12957
12958 \(fn)" t nil)
12959
12960 ;;;***
12961 \f
12962 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12963 ;;;;;;  hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12964 ;;;;;;  "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12966
12967 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12968 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12969
12970 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12971
12972 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12973 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12974 Only start calculation.  Results are inserted when ready.
12975
12976 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12977
12978 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12979 Verify a hashcash payment
12980
12981 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12982
12983 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12984 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12985 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12986 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation.  (See
12987 `mail-add-payment-async').
12988
12989 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12990
12991 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12992 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12993 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12994 Calculation is asynchronous.
12995
12996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12997
12998 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12999 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13000 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13001
13002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13003
13004 ;;;***
13005 \f
13006 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13007 ;;;;;;  scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13008 ;;;;;;  help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13009 ;;;;;;  help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20355 10021
13010 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
13011 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13012
13013 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13014 Return the help-echo string at point.
13015 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13016 property, or nil, is returned.
13017 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13018 `help-echo' property is ignored.  In this case, the return value
13019 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13020
13021 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13022
13023 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13024 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13025 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13026 string, return it.  Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13027 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13028
13029 \(fn)" nil nil)
13030
13031 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13032 Display local help in the echo area.
13033 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13034 the `kbd-help' property at point.  If `kbd-help' does not produce
13035 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13036 printed instead.
13037
13038 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13039 there is no help.  While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13040 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13041
13042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13043
13044 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13045 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13046 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13047
13048 \(fn)" t nil)
13049
13050 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13051 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13052 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13053
13054 \(fn)" t nil)
13055
13056 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13057 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13058 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13059 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13060 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13061 quit.  If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13062 `kbd-help' is used.  If the value is a list, the help only gets
13063 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13064 included in this list.  Suggested properties are `keymap',
13065 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'.  Any value other than t or
13066 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13067
13068 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13069 `help-at-pt-set-timer'.  The help gets printed after Emacs has
13070 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds.  You can call
13071 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13072 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13073
13074 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13075 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13076 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called.  Specifying an empty
13077 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13078 enabling buffer local values.  It sets the actual value to nil.
13079 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13080 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13081 The default is `never'.")
13082
13083 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13084
13085 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13086 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13087 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13088 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13089 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13090 considered different regions.
13091
13092 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13093 such region, then run HOOK.  If ARG is negative, move backward.
13094 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13095 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13096 the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13097 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13098 do not run HOOK.  If there are not enough regions to move over,
13099 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13100 in the error message.  Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13101
13102 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13103
13104 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13105 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13106 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13107 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13108 different regions.
13109
13110 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13111 help-echo region.  If ARG is negative, move backward.  If point
13112 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13113 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13114 move to the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not
13115 in such a region, just print a message to that effect.  If there
13116 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13117 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13118
13119 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13120 help-echo region without any local help being available.  This is
13121 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil.  This
13122 rarely happens in practice.
13123
13124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13125
13126 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13127 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13128 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13129 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13130 different regions.  With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13131 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13132
13133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13134
13135 ;;;***
13136 \f
13137 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13138 ;;;;;;  describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13139 ;;;;;;  find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13140 ;;;;;;  "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
13141 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13142
13143 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13144 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13145
13146 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13147
13148 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13149 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13150 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13151
13152 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13153
13154 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13155 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13156 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13157   alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13158 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13159 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13160 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13161  search for a function definition.
13162
13163 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13164 defined.  If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13165 found via `load-path'.  The return value can also be `C-source', which
13166 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C.  If no
13167 suitable file is found, return nil.
13168
13169 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13170
13171 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13172
13173
13174 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13175
13176 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13177 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13178 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13179 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13180
13181 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13182
13183 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13184 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13185 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13186 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13187 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13188 it is displayed along with the global value.
13189
13190 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13191
13192 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13193 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13194 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13195 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13196
13197 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13198
13199 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13200 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13201 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13202 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13203 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13204
13205 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13206
13207 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13208 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13209
13210 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13211
13212 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13213 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13214
13215 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13216
13217 ;;;***
13218 \f
13219 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13220 ;;;;;;  help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13221 ;;;;;;  help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13222 ;;;;;;  (20510 18478 782378 0))
13223 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13224
13225 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13226 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13227 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13228 Commands:
13229 \\{help-mode-map}
13230
13231 \(fn)" t nil)
13232
13233 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13234
13235
13236 \(fn)" nil nil)
13237
13238 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13239
13240
13241 \(fn)" nil nil)
13242
13243 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13244 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13245
13246 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13247 buffer after following a reference.  INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13248 calling command was invoked interactively.  In this case the stack of
13249 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13250
13251 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13252 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13253 restore it properly when going back.
13254
13255 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13256
13257 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13258 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13259 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13260 current buffer.  Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13261 from `help-mode'.
13262 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13263 it does not already exist.
13264
13265 \(fn)" nil nil)
13266
13267 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13268 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13269
13270 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13271 references for selection with `help-follow'.  Cross-references have
13272 the canonical form `...'  and the type of reference may be
13273 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13274 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.  Faces only get cross-referenced if
13275 preceded or followed by the word `face'.  Variables without
13276 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13277 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13278
13279 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13280 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13281 \(e.g., coding-systems).  This variable is also used to disambiguate
13282 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13283
13284 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13285 help buffers.  Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13286 that.
13287
13288 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13289
13290 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13291 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13292 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13293 regexp.  TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are
13294 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13295 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13296
13297 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13298
13299 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13300 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13301 TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are passed
13302 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13303 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13304
13305 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13306
13307 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13308 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13309
13310 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13311
13312 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13313 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13314 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13315 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13316
13317 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13318
13319 ;;;***
13320 \f
13321 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13322 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13324
13325 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13326 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13327
13328 \(fn)" t nil)
13329
13330 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13331 Provide help for current mode.
13332
13333 \(fn)" t nil)
13334
13335 ;;;***
13336 \f
13337 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13338 ;;;;;;  "hexl.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
13339 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13340
13341 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13342 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13343 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13344 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13345 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13346
13347 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13348 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13349
13350 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13351 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13352 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13353 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13354
13355 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13356 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13357 periods.
13358
13359 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13360 in hexl format.
13361
13362 A sample format:
13363
13364   HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f     ASCII-TEXT
13365   --------  ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----  ----------------
13366   00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64  This is hexl-mod
13367   00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265  e.  Each line re
13368   00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465  presents 16 byte
13369   00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c  s as hexadecimal
13370   00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74   ASCII.and print
13371   00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261  able ASCII chara
13372   00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74  cters.  Any cont
13373   00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949  rol or non-ASCII
13374   00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520   characters.are
13375   00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572  displayed as per
13376   000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e  iods in the prin
13377   000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220  table character
13378   000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a                      region..
13379
13380 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.  Most
13381 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13382 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13383
13384 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13385 also supported.
13386
13387 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13388
13389 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13390 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13391 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13392
13393 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13394 it isn't bound to self-insert.  An octal number can be supplied in place
13395 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13396
13397 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13398 into the buffer at the current point.
13399
13400 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13401 into the buffer at the current point.
13402
13403 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13404 into the buffer at the current point.
13405
13406 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13407
13408 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13409 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13410
13411 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13412
13413 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13414
13415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13416
13417 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13418 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13419 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13420 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13421
13422 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13423
13424 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13425 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13426 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13427
13428 \(fn)" t nil)
13429
13430 ;;;***
13431 \f
13432 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13433 ;;;;;;  hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13434 ;;;;;;  global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13435 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
13436 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13437
13438 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13439 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13441 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13442 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13443
13444 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13445 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13446 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13447 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13448
13449 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13450 highlighted using font lock.  In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13451 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13452 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13453
13454 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13455 is added to the \"Edit\" menu.  The commands in the submenu,
13456 which can be called interactively, are:
13457
13458 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13459   Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13460
13461 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13462   Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13463   (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13464   to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13465
13466 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13467   Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13468
13469 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13470   Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13471
13472 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13473   Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible).  They may
13474   be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13475   is issued.  The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13476   (See `font-lock-keywords'.)  They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13477   any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.  When a file is
13478   loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13479   'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13480   `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13481   function returns t.
13482
13483 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13484   Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13485
13486 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13487 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13488 form:
13489   Hi-lock: FOO
13490
13491 where FOO is a list of patterns.  The patterns must start before
13492 position (number of characters into buffer)
13493 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.  Patterns will be read until
13494 Hi-lock: end is found.  A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13495 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13496
13497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13498
13499 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13500 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13501 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13504 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13505
13506 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13507
13508 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13509 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13510 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13511 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13512 ARG is omitted or nil.
13513
13514 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13515 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13516 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13517
13518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13519
13520 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13521
13522 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13523 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13524 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13525 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13526
13527 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13528 highlight REGEXP.  If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13529 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13530 updated as you type.
13531
13532 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13533
13534 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13535
13536 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13537 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13538 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13539 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13540
13541 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13542 highlight REGEXP.  If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13543 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13544 updated as you type.
13545
13546 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13547
13548 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13549
13550 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13551 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13552 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13553 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13554
13555 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13556 highlight REGEXP.  If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13557 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13558 updated as you type.
13559
13560 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13561
13562 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13563
13564 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13565 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13566 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13567 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13568
13569 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13570
13571 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13572 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13573
13574 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13575 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13576 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13577
13578 \(fn)" t nil)
13579
13580 ;;;***
13581 \f
13582 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13583 ;;;;;;  (20541 6907 775259 0))
13584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13585
13586 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13587 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13589 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13590 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13591
13592 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13593 C-like major modes.  When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13594 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13595 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13596
13597 `hide-ifdef-env'
13598         An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13599         current buffer.  Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13600         is used.
13601
13602 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13603         An association list of defined symbol lists.
13604         Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13605         and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13606         from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13607
13608 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13609         Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13610         #endif lines when hiding.
13611
13612 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13613         Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13614         is activated.
13615
13616 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13617         Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13618         After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13619
13620 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13621
13622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13623
13624 ;;;***
13625 \f
13626 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13627 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
13628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13629
13630 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13631 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13632 Each element has the form
13633   (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13634
13635 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13636 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13637
13638 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions.  A block is
13639 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13640
13641 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13642 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13643 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13644 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'.  Point
13645 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match.  For example,
13646 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13647
13648 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly.  In those
13649 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13650
13651 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13652 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13653
13654 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13655 appropriate values.  The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13656 whitespace.  Case does not matter.")
13657
13658 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13659 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13660 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13661 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13662 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13663
13664 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13665 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13666 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13667
13668 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13669 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'.  There is also
13670 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13671
13672 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13673 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13674
13675 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13676
13677 Key bindings:
13678 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13679
13680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13681
13682 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13683 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13684
13685 \(fn)" nil nil)
13686
13687 ;;;***
13688 \f
13689 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13690 ;;;;;;  highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13691 ;;;;;;  highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13692 ;;;;;;  highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13693 ;;;;;;  highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20355
13694 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
13695 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13696
13697 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13698 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13699 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13700 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
13701 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13702
13703 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13704 property.  Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13705 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13706 this on and off.
13707
13708 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13709 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13710 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13711 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13712 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13713 through various faces.
13714 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13715 buffer with the contents of a file
13716 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13717
13718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13719
13720 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13721 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13723 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
13724 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13725
13726 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13727 Changes mode is on.  When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13728 in a distinctive face.
13729
13730 The default value can be customized with variable
13731 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13732
13733 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13734
13735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13736
13737 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13738 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13739 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13740
13741 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13742
13743 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13744 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13745
13746 \(fn)" t nil)
13747
13748 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13749 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13750
13751 \(fn)" t nil)
13752
13753 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13754 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13755
13756 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13757 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13758 face described by the second element, and so on.  Very old changes remain
13759 shown in the last face in the list.
13760
13761 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13762 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value.  To do
13763 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13764
13765   (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13766
13767 \(fn)" t nil)
13768
13769 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13770 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13771
13772 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13773
13774 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13775 to save the file.
13776
13777 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13778 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13779
13780 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13781 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13782 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13783
13784 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13785
13786 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13787 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13788
13789 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13790 this function is called interactively.
13791
13792 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13793 also will have its differences highlighted.  Otherwise, the file is
13794 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13795
13796 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13797 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13798 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13799
13800 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13801
13802 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13803 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13804 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13807 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13808
13809 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13810
13811 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13812 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13813 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13814 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13815 ARG is omitted or nil.
13816
13817 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13818 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13819 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13820
13821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13822
13823 ;;;***
13824 \f
13825 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand) "hippie-exp"
13826 ;;;;;;  "hippie-exp.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
13827 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13828
13829 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13830 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13831 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13832 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found.  Repeated
13833 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13834 expansions.
13835 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13836 function in this list.  With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13837 undoes the expansion.
13838
13839 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13840
13841 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13842 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13843 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST.  An optional second
13844 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13845
13846 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13847
13848 ;;;***
13849 \f
13850 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13851 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
13852 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13853
13854 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13855 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13856 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13857 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13858 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13859
13860 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If
13861 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13862 line about the buffer's point in all windows.  Caveat: the
13863 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13864 non-selected window.  Hl-Line mode uses the function
13865 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13866
13867 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13868 line about point in the selected window only.  In this case, it
13869 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13870 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13871
13872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13873
13874 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13875 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13876 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13878 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13879 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13880
13881 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13882
13883 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13884 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13885 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13886 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13887 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13888
13889 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13890 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13891 windows.
13892
13893 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13894 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13895
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13897
13898 ;;;***
13899 \f
13900 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13901 ;;;;;;  holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13902 ;;;;;;  holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13903 ;;;;;;  holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13904 ;;;;;;  "calendar/holidays.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
13905 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13906
13907 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13908
13909 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13910 General holidays.  Default value is for the United States.
13911 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13912
13913 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13914
13915 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13916
13917 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13918
13919 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13920 Oriental holidays.
13921 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13922
13923 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13924
13925 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13926
13927 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13928
13929 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13930 Local holidays.
13931 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13932
13933 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13934
13935 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13936
13937 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13938
13939 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13940 User defined holidays.
13941 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13942
13943 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13944
13945 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13946
13947 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13948 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13949
13950 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13951
13952 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13953 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13954
13955 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13956
13957 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13958 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13959
13960 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13961
13962 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13963 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13964
13965 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13966
13967 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13968
13969 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13970 Jewish holidays.
13971 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13972
13973 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13974
13975 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13976
13977 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13978
13979 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13980 Christian holidays.
13981 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13982
13983 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13984
13985 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13986
13987 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13988
13989 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13990 Islamic holidays.
13991 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13992
13993 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13994
13995 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13996
13997 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13998
13999 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14000 Bahá'í holidays.
14001 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14002
14003 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14004
14005 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14006
14007 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14008
14009 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14010 Sun-related holidays.
14011 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14012
14013 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14014
14015 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14016
14017 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14018
14019 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14020 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14021 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14022 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14023
14024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14027 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14028 Y2 defaults to Y1.  The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14029 `calendar-holidays'.  If you want to control what holidays are
14030 displayed, use a different list.  For example,
14031
14032   (list-holidays 2006 2006
14033     (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14034
14035 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14036 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14037
14038 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14039 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc.  See the
14040 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14041 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14042 of a holiday list.
14043
14044 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14045
14046 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14047
14048 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14049
14050 ;;;***
14051 \f
14052 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20355
14053 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
14054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14055
14056 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14057 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14058
14059 \(fn)" t nil)
14060
14061 ;;;***
14062 \f
14063 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14064 ;;;;;;  "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
14065 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14066
14067 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14068 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14069 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14070 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14071 as possible.
14072
14073 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14074 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14075 fontified display.
14076
14077 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14078 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14079
14080 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14081 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14082 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14083
14084 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14085
14086 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14087 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14088 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14089
14090 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14091
14092 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14093
14094 ;;;***
14095 \f
14096 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14097 ;;;;;;  define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20478
14098 ;;;;;;  3673 653810 0))
14099 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14100
14101 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14102 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14103
14104 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14105 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer.  The original ibuffer
14106 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14107
14108 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14109 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14110 SYMBOL's name.  PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14111 the text, such as `mouse-face'.  And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14112 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14113 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14114
14115 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14116 title of the column.
14117
14118 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14119 ibuffer-make-column-NAME.  If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14120 inlined into the compiled format versions.  This means that if you
14121 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14122 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14123
14124 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil nil)
14125
14126 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14127 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14128 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14129 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14130 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14131
14132 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14133 buffer object, and `b' bound to another.  BODY should return a non-nil
14134 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14135
14136 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil nil)
14137
14138 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14139 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14140 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14141 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14142 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14143 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14144
14145 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14146 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14147 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14148 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14149 uses.  :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14150 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14151 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers.  This is used
14152 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself.  Valid
14153 values are:
14154  nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14155  t - the function it always modifies buffers
14156  :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14157   buffer's modification flag.
14158 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14159 prompted before performing this operation.
14160 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14161 operation is complete, in the form:
14162  \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14163 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14164 confirmation message, in the form:
14165  \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14166 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14167 macro for exactly what it does.
14168
14169 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil nil)
14170
14171 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14172 Define a filter named NAME.
14173 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14174 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14175 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14176
14177 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14178 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not.  The forms in BODY
14179 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14180 bound to the current value of the filter.
14181
14182 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil nil)
14183
14184 ;;;***
14185 \f
14186 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14187 ;;;;;;  "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20576 13312 649004 817000))
14188 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14189
14190 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14191 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14192 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14193 buffers which are visiting a file.
14194
14195 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14196
14197 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14198 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14199 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14200 buffers which are visiting a file.
14201
14202 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14203
14204 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14205 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14206 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14207
14208 All arguments are optional.
14209 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14210 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14211 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14212   see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14213 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14214 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size.  The special
14215   value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14216 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14217   see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14218 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14219   If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14220   that value locally in this buffer.
14221
14222 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14223
14224 ;;;***
14225 \f
14226 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14227 ;;;;;;  icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14228 ;;;;;;  "calendar/icalendar.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
14229 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14230
14231 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14232 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14233 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14234 format.  The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14235
14236 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14237
14238 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14239 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14240 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14241 converted to iCalendar format.  The result is appended to the file
14242 ICAL-FILENAME.
14243 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong.  In this
14244 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14245 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14246
14247 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14248
14249 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14250 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14251 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14252 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14253 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14254 non-marking or not.
14255
14256 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14257
14258 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14259 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14260
14261 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14262 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14263 DIARY-FILE.
14264
14265 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14266 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil.  When called interactively,
14267 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14268
14269 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14270 non-marking.
14271
14272 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14273 means that an error has occurred.  Error messages will be in the
14274 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14275
14276 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14277
14278 ;;;***
14279 \f
14280 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20453
14281 ;;;;;;  5437 764254 0))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14283
14284 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14285 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14286 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14288 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14289 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14290
14291 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14292
14293 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14294 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14296 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14297 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14298
14299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14300
14301 ;;;***
14302 \f
14303 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20355 10021
14304 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14306
14307 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14308 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14309 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14310 Tab indents for Icon code.
14311 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14312 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14313 \\{icon-mode-map}
14314 Variables controlling indentation style:
14315  icon-tab-always-indent
14316     Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14317     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14318  icon-auto-newline
14319     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14320     inserted in Icon code.
14321  icon-indent-level
14322     Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14323     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14324     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14325  icon-continued-statement-offset
14326     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14327     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14328  icon-continued-brace-offset
14329     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14330     This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14331  icon-brace-offset
14332     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14333  icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14334     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14335     this far to the right of the start of its line.
14336
14337 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14338 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14339
14340 \(fn)" t nil)
14341
14342 ;;;***
14343 \f
14344 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14345 ;;;;;;  (20572 16038 402143 0))
14346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14347
14348 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14349 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14350 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14351 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14352
14353 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14354 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14355 separate frames.
14356
14357 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14358 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14359
14360 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14361 input and controlling the IDL job.  See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14362 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14363
14364 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14365
14366 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14367
14368 ;;;***
14369 \f
14370 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14371 ;;;;;;  (20576 42138 697312 0))
14372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14373
14374 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14375 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14376
14377 The main features of this mode are
14378
14379 1. Indentation and Formatting
14380    --------------------------
14381    Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14382    TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14383
14384    To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line].  This
14385    function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14386    at that point.  When used inside a long constant string, the string
14387    is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14388
14389    Comments are indented as follows:
14390
14391    `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14392    `;;'  Indent like the surrounding code
14393    `;'   Indent to a minimum column.
14394
14395    The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14396
14397    Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14398    comment.  The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14399    relative to the first will be retained.  Use
14400    \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14401    comments.  When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14402    nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14403
14404    To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14405    entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14406    \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].  Then mark the entire buffer
14407    again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14408
14409 2. Routine Info
14410    ------------
14411    IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14412    accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14413    \\[idlwave-routine-info].  \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14414    source file of a module.  These commands know about system
14415    routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14416    idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14417    this shell.  It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14418    user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14419    default.  Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14420    information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14421
14422 3. Online IDL Help
14423    ---------------
14424
14425    \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14426    for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point.  A single
14427    key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs.  See
14428    the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14429
14430 4. Completion
14431    ----------
14432    \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14433    class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14434    tags, structure tags, filenames and much more.  It is context
14435    sensitive and figures out what is expected at point.  Lower case
14436    strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14437    upper case.
14438
14439 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14440    --------------------------------
14441    Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14442    The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`.  Some examples:
14443
14444    \\pr        PROCEDURE template
14445    \\fu        FUNCTION template
14446    \\c         CASE statement template
14447    \\sw        SWITCH statement template
14448    \\f         FOR loop template
14449    \\r         REPEAT Loop template
14450    \\w         WHILE loop template
14451    \\i         IF statement template
14452    \\elif      IF-ELSE statement template
14453    \\b         BEGIN
14454
14455    For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs].  Some templates also
14456    have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14457
14458    \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14459    beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14460    Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14461    \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14462
14463 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14464    -------------------------
14465    The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14466    `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14467
14468 7. Automatic END completion
14469    ------------------------
14470    If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14471    will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14472
14473 8. Hooks
14474    -----
14475    Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14476    Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14477
14478 9. Documentation and Customization
14479    -------------------------------
14480    Info documentation for this package is available.  Use
14481    \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14482    not work).  For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14483    documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14484    IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14485
14486 10.Keybindings
14487    -----------
14488    Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14489    If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14490    followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14491
14492 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14493
14494 \(fn)" t nil)
14495
14496 ;;;***
14497 \f
14498 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14499 ;;;;;;  ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14500 ;;;;;;  ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14501 ;;;;;;  ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14502 ;;;;;;  ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14503 ;;;;;;  ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14504 ;;;;;;  ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14505 ;;;;;;  ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20585
14506 ;;;;;;  28088 480237 0))
14507 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14508
14509 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14510 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14511 should be enabled.  The following values are possible:
14512 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14513   displaying...)
14514 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14515 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14516 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14517
14518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14519 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14520
14521 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14522
14523 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14524 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14525 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14526 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14527 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14528 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14529 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14530 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14531 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14532
14533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14534
14535 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14536 Switch to another buffer.
14537 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14538 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14539 in another frame.
14540
14541 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14542 displayed if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at
14543 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the
14544 buffer you want, it can then be selected.  As you type, most keys have
14545 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14546
14547 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14548 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14549
14550 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14551
14552 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14553 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14554 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14555 matches all buffers.  If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14556 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14557 in a separate window.
14558 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14559 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14560 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14561 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14562 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14563 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14564 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14565 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14566 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14567
14568 \(fn)" t nil)
14569
14570 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14571 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14572 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14573 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14574
14575 \(fn)" t nil)
14576
14577 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14578 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14579 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14580 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14581
14582 \(fn)" t nil)
14583
14584 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14585 Kill a buffer.
14586 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14587 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14588
14589 \(fn)" t nil)
14590
14591 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14592 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14593 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14594 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14595
14596 \(fn)" t nil)
14597
14598 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14599 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14600 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14601 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14602
14603 \(fn)" t nil)
14604
14605 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14606 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14607
14608 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14609
14610 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14611 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14612 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14613 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14614 visible in another frame.
14615
14616 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.  As you
14617 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14618 if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14619 `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the filename you want, it can
14620 then be selected.  As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14621 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14622
14623 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14624 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14625
14626 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14627
14628 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14629 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14630 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14631 matches all files.  If there is only one match, select that file.
14632 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14633 in a separate window.
14634 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14635 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14636 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14637 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14638 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14639 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14640 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14641 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14642 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14643 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14644 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14645 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14646 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14647 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14648 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14649
14650 \(fn)" t nil)
14651
14652 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14653 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14654 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14655 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14656
14657 \(fn)" t nil)
14658
14659 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14660 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14661 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14662 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14663
14664 \(fn)" t nil)
14665
14666 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14667 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14668 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14669 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14670
14671 \(fn)" t nil)
14672
14673 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14674 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14675 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14676 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14677
14678 \(fn)" t nil)
14679
14680 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14681 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14682 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14683 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14684
14685 \(fn)" t nil)
14686
14687 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14688 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14689 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14690 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14691
14692 \(fn)" t nil)
14693
14694 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14695 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14696 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14697 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14698
14699 \(fn)" t nil)
14700
14701 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14702 Write current buffer to a file.
14703 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14704 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14705
14706 \(fn)" t nil)
14707
14708 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14709 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14710 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14711 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14712
14713 \(fn)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14716 Call `dired' the ido way.
14717 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14718 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14719
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14723 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14724 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14725 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user.  DEFAULT if given is the default
14726 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14727 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14728
14729 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14730
14731 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14732 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14733 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14734 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14735
14736 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14737
14738 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14739 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14740 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14741 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14742
14743 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14744
14745 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14746 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14747 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14748 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14749 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14750 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14751  to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14752 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14753  the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14754  If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14755  string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14756 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14757  with point positioned at the end.
14758 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14759 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14760
14761 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14762
14763 ;;;***
14764 \f
14765 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
14766 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14767
14768 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14769 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14770 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14771
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14773
14774 ;;;***
14775 \f
14776 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20355 10021
14777 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
14778 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14779
14780 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14781
14782 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14783 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14785 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14786 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14787 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14788
14789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14790
14791 ;;;***
14792 \f
14793 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14794 ;;;;;;  remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14795 ;;;;;;  create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14796 ;;;;;;  image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14797 ;;;;;;  image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14798 ;;;;;;  (20574 57775 217760 0))
14799 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14800
14801 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14802 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14803 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14804 be determined.
14805
14806 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14807
14808 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14809 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14810 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14811 be determined.
14812
14813 \(fn)" nil nil)
14814
14815 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14816 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14817 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14818 be determined.
14819
14820 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14821
14822 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14823 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14824 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14825 be determined.
14826
14827 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14828
14829 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14830 Determine and return image type.
14831 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14832 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14833 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14834 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14835 use its file extension as image type.
14836 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14837
14838 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14839
14840 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14841 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14842 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14843
14844 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14845
14846 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14847 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14848 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14849
14850 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14851 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14852 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14853 non-nil value.  If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14854 must be available.
14855
14856 \(fn)" nil nil)
14857
14858 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14859 Create an image.
14860 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14861 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14862 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14863 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14864 use its file extension as image type.
14865 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14866 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14867 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14868 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14869
14870 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14871
14872 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14873 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14874 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14875
14876 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14877
14878 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14879 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14880 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14881 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14882 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14883 image.  STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14884 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14885 POS may be an integer or marker.
14886 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14887 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14888 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14889 means display it in the right marginal area.
14890
14891 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14892
14893 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14894 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14895 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14896 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  STRING
14897 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14898 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14899 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14900 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14901 means display it in the right marginal area.
14902 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert.  SLICE nil or omitted
14903 means insert whole image.  SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14904 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14905 to insert.  A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14906 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14907
14908 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14909
14910 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14911 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14912 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14913 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  STRING is
14914 defaulted if you omit it.
14915 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14916 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14917 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14918 means display it in the right marginal area.
14919 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14920
14921 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14922
14923 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14924 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14925 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14926 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14927
14928 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14929
14930 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14931 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14932
14933 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14934
14935 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
14936 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
14937 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14938 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14939 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14940 string containing the actual image data.  The specification whose TYPE
14941 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14942 specification to be returned.  Return nil if no specification is
14943 satisfied.
14944
14945 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14946
14947 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14948
14949 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14950
14951 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14952 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14953
14954 SPECS is a list of image specifications.  DOC is an optional
14955 documentation string.
14956
14957 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
14958 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
14959 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14960 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14961 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14962 string containing the actual image data.  The first image
14963 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14964 define SYMBOL.
14965
14966 Example:
14967
14968    (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14969                          (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14970
14971 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
14972
14973 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14974
14975 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14976 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14977 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14978 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
14979
14980 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14981 Emacs visits them in Image mode.  They are also added to
14982 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14983 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14984
14985 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
14986
14987 \(fn)" nil nil)
14988
14989 ;;;***
14990 \f
14991 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14992 ;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14993 ;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14994 ;;;;;;  image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14995 ;;;;;;  image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14996 ;;;;;;  image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14997 ;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14998 ;;;;;;  "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
14999 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15000
15001 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15002 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15003 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15004 current line.  ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15005 of the marked files.  If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15006 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15007
15008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15009
15010 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15011 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15012
15013 Convenience command that:
15014
15015  - Opens dired in folder DIR
15016  - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15017  - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15018
15019 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15020 image files in dired and type
15021 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15022
15023 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15024
15025 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15026 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15027
15028 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15029
15030 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15031 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15032 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15033 fly.  With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15034 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15035 another one).
15036
15037 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15038 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15039 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15040
15041 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15042 instead of erasing it first.
15043
15044 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15045 used or not.  If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15046 `pop-to-buffer'.  This is used from functions like
15047 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15048 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15049 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15050
15051 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15052
15053 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15054 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15055 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15056 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15057 displayed.
15058
15059 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15060
15061 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15062
15063 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15064
15065 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15066 Tag marked file(s) in dired.  With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15067
15068 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15069
15070 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15071 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15072 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15073
15074 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15075
15076 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15077 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15078
15079 \(fn)" t nil)
15080
15081 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15082 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15083 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15084 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15085
15086 \(fn)" t nil)
15087
15088 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15089 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15090
15091 \(fn)" t nil)
15092
15093 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15094 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15095
15096 \(fn)" t nil)
15097
15098 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15099 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15100
15101 \(fn)" t nil)
15102
15103 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15104 Display current image file.
15105 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15106 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15107
15108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15109
15110 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15111 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15112
15113 \(fn)" t nil)
15114
15115 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15116 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15117 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15118 image file and stored in image-dired's database file.  This command
15119 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15120 on all image files in the database file.  The files that have a
15121 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15122
15123 \(fn)" t nil)
15124
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15126 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15127 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15128 easy-to-use form.
15129
15130 \(fn)" t nil)
15131
15132 ;;;***
15133 \f
15134 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15135 ;;;;;;  image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15136 ;;;;;;  "image-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15137 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15138
15139 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15140 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15141 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15142 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15143
15144 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15145 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15146 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15147 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15148
15149 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15150
15151 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15152 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15153 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15154 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15155
15156 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15157 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15158 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15159 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15160
15161 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15162
15163 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15164 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15165
15166 \(fn)" nil nil)
15167
15168 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15169 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15170 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15171 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15172
15173 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15174
15175 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15176 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15177 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15178 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15179 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15180 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15181
15182 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15183
15184 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15185 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15186 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15187 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15188 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15189
15190 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15191 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15192 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15193
15194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15195
15196 ;;;***
15197 \f
15198 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15199 ;;;;;;  image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20580 10161 446444
15200 ;;;;;;  0))
15201 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15202
15203 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15204 Major mode for image files.
15205 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15206 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15207
15208 \(fn)" t nil)
15209
15210 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15211 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15213 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15214 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15215
15216 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15217 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15218 actual image.
15219
15220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15221
15222 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15223 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15224 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15225 displays an image file as text.  `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15226 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15227 to display an image file as the actual image.
15228
15229 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15230 to display an image file as text initially.
15231
15232 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15233 on these modes.
15234
15235 \(fn)" t nil)
15236
15237 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15238
15239
15240 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15241
15242 ;;;***
15243 \f
15244 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15245 ;;;;;;  imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20577 33959 40183
15246 ;;;;;;  0))
15247 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15248
15249 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15250 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15251
15252 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15253
15254 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15255 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15256 in the buffer.
15257
15258 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15259
15260 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15261 element should come before the second.  The arguments are cons cells;
15262 \(NAME . POSITION).  Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15263
15264 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15265
15266 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15267 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15268 Each element of this list should have the form
15269
15270   (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15271
15272 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15273 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15274 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15275 matches are put).
15276 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15277 which is to be displayed in the menu.  REGEXP may also be a
15278 function, called without arguments.  It is expected to search
15279 backwards.  It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15280 another element.
15281 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15282 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15283 the menu item.
15284 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15285 item is selected by the user.  This function is called with
15286 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15287 the ARGUMENTS.
15288
15289 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15290 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15291 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15292
15293 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15294 create a buffer index.
15295
15296 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15297 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15298 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15299 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15300 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15301
15302 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15303
15304 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15305 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15306
15307 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15308 an index alist of the current buffer.  The function is
15309 called within a `save-excursion'.
15310
15311 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15312
15313 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15314
15315 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15316 Function for finding the next index position.
15317
15318 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15319 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15320 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15321 file.
15322
15323 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15324 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15325
15326 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15327
15328 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15329 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15330
15331 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15332 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15333 It should return the name for that index item.")
15334
15335 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15336
15337 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15338 Function to compare string with index item.
15339
15340 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15341 non-nil if they match.
15342
15343 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15344 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15345 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15346 arguments match\".")
15347
15348 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15349
15350 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15351 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15352 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15353
15354 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15355 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15356
15357 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15358
15359 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15360
15361 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15362 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15363 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15364 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15365
15366 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15367
15368 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15369 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15370
15371 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15372
15373 \(fn)" t nil)
15374
15375 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15376 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15377 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position.  See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15378 for more information.
15379
15380 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15381
15382 ;;;***
15383 \f
15384 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15385 ;;;;;;  in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15386 ;;;;;;  "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15388
15389 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15390 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15391
15392 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15393
15394 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15395
15396
15397 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15398
15399 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15400
15401
15402 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15403
15404 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15405
15406
15407 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15408
15409 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15410 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15411
15412 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15413
15414 ;;;***
15415 \f
15416 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15417 ;;;;;;  (20584 7212 455152 0))
15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15419
15420 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15421 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15422 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15423 to that buffer.
15424 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15425 of `inferior-lisp-program').  Runs the hooks from
15426 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15427 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15428
15429 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15430
15431 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15432
15433 ;;;***
15434 \f
15435 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15436 ;;;;;;  Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15437 ;;;;;;  Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15438 ;;;;;;  Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15439 ;;;;;;  info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20561 18280 338092
15440 ;;;;;;  0))
15441 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15442
15443 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15444 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15445 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15446 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15447 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15448 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory.  In the latter
15449 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15450 first in this list.
15451
15452 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15453 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15454 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15455 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15456 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15457
15458 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15459 reasons.  Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15460 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15461
15462 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15463 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15464
15465 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15466  (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15467
15468 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15469 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15470 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15471 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15472 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15473 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15474 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15475 the default buffer name is *info*.  If BUFFER exists,
15476 just switch to BUFFER.  Otherwise, create a new buffer
15477 with the top-level Info directory.
15478
15479 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15480 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15481 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15482 appended to the Info buffer name.
15483
15484 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15485 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15486 in all the directories in that path.
15487
15488 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15489
15490 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15491
15492 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15493 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15494
15495 \(fn)" t nil)
15496
15497 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15498 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15499
15500 \(fn)" t nil)
15501
15502 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15503 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15504 Usage:  emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15505 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15506
15507 \(fn)" nil nil)
15508
15509 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15510 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15511 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15512 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15513
15514 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15515
15516 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15517 Go to the Info directory node.
15518
15519 \(fn)" t nil)
15520
15521 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15522 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15523 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15524 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15525 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15526 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15527
15528 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15529
15530 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15531 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15532 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15533
15534 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15535
15536 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15537 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15538 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15539 a list of keywords separated by comma.  After that, it displays a node
15540 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15541
15542 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15543
15544 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15545 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15546 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15547 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15548 topics.  Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15549
15550 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help]  Invoke the Info tutorial.
15551 \\[Info-exit]   Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15552
15553 Selecting other nodes:
15554 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15555         Follow a node reference you click on.
15556           This works with menu items, cross references, and
15557           the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15558 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node]    Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15559 \\[Info-next]   Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15560 \\[Info-prev]   Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15561 \\[Info-up]     Move \"up\" from this node.
15562 \\[Info-menu]   Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15563           Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15564 \\[Info-directory]      Go to the Info directory node.
15565 \\[Info-top-node]       Go to the Top node of this file.
15566 \\[Info-final-node]     Go to the final node in this file.
15567 \\[Info-backward-node]  Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15568 \\[Info-forward-node]   Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15569 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15570 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15571 \\[Info-follow-reference]       Follow a cross reference.  Reads name of reference.
15572 \\[Info-history-back]   Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15573 \\[Info-history-forward]        Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15574 \\[Info-history]        Go to menu of visited nodes.
15575 \\[Info-toc]    Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15576
15577 Moving within a node:
15578 \\[Info-scroll-up]      Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15579           Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15580           screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15581           subnode.  When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15582           move up to the parent node.
15583 \\[Info-scroll-down]    Normally, scroll backward.  If the beginning of the buffer is
15584           already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15585           if there is none.
15586 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15587
15588 Advanced commands:
15589 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15590           and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15591 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively]        Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15592 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15593 \\[Info-index]  Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15594 \\[Info-index-next]     (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15595 \\[Info-virtual-index]  Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15596 \\[info-apropos]        Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15597 \\[Info-goto-node]      Move to node specified by name.
15598           You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15599 1 .. 9  Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15600           Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15601 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15602 \\[clone-buffer]        Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15603 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15604 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info]       Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15605
15606 \(fn)" t nil)
15607  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15608
15609 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15610 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15611 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15612 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15613 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15614 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15615
15616 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15617  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15618
15619 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15620 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15621 KEY is a string.
15622 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15623 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15624 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15625 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15626
15627 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15628
15629 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15630 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15631 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15632
15633 \(fn)" t nil)
15634
15635 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15636 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15637 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15638
15639 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15640
15641 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15642 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15643
15644 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15645
15646 ;;;***
15647 \f
15648 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15649 ;;;;;;  info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15650 ;;;;;;  (20474 44971 970015 0))
15651 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15652
15653 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15654 Throw away all cached data.
15655 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15656 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15657 system.
15658
15659 \(fn)" t nil)
15660  (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15661
15662 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15663 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15664 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15665 minibuffer.  In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15666 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it.  The default symbol is the
15667 one found at point.
15668
15669 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15670
15671 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15672  (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15673
15674 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15675 Display the documentation of a file.
15676 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15677 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15678 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15679 The default file name is the one found at point.
15680
15681 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15682
15683 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15684
15685 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15686 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15687
15688 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15689
15690 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15691 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15692
15693 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15694
15695 ;;;***
15696 \f
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15698 ;;;;;;  info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15699 ;;;;;;  (20476 31768 298871 0))
15700 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15701
15702 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15703 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15704 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15705 current info file is the default.
15706
15707 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer.  The format is
15708 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally.  The
15709 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15710 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15711 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15712
15713 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15714 validate node references within it.  A message is given for
15715 missing target files once per source document.  It could be
15716 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15717 mistake in the reference.
15718
15719 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15720 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15721 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15722
15723 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15724 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15725 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15726 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15727
15728 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15729
15730 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15731 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15732 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15733 the info paths.  See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15734 checked.
15735
15736 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15737 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15738 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't.  If you have a
15739 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15740 extraneous files might be read.  This will be time consuming but
15741 should be harmless.
15742
15743 \(fn)" t nil)
15744
15745 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15746 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15747 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15748 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15749
15750 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15751 get full link information.  This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15752 and can take a long time.
15753
15754 \(fn)" t nil)
15755
15756 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15757 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15758 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15759
15760     Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15761
15762 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15763 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15764
15765 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15766 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default.  Usually this
15767 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15768 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15769 all builtins).
15770
15771 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15772 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15773 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too.  Even
15774 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15775 the sources handy.
15776
15777 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15778
15779 ;;;***
15780 \f
15781 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15782 ;;;;;;  Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20355 10021 546955
15783 ;;;;;;  0))
15784 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15785
15786 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15787 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15788
15789 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15790
15791 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15792 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15793
15794 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15795
15796 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15797 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15798 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15799 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15800
15801 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15802 table.  The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15803 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15804
15805 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15806 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15807 file name.  The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15808 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15809
15810 \(fn)" t nil)
15811
15812 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15813 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15814 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15815
15816 \(fn)" t nil)
15817
15818 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15819 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15820 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15821 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15823
15824 \(fn)" nil nil)
15825
15826 ;;;***
15827 \f
15828 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15829 ;;;;;;  isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15830 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
15831 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15832
15833 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15834 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15835
15836 \(fn)" t nil)
15837
15838 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15839 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15840
15841 \(fn)" t nil)
15842
15843 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15844
15845
15846 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15847
15848 ;;;***
15849 \f
15850 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20355
15851 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
15852 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15853
15854 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15855 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15856 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15857 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15858 accessed via isearchb.
15859
15860 \(fn)" t nil)
15861
15862 ;;;***
15863 \f
15864 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15865 ;;;;;;  iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15866 ;;;;;;  iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15867 ;;;;;;  "international/iso-cvt.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15869
15870 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15871 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15872 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15873 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15874 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15875
15876 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15877
15878 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15879 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15880 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15881 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15882 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15883
15884 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15885
15886 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15887 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15888 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15889 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15890 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15891
15892 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15893
15894 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15895 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15896 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15897 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15898 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15899
15900 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15901
15902 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15903 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15904 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15905 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15906 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15907
15908 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15909
15910 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15911 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15912 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15913 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15914 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15915
15916 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15917
15918 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15919 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15920 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15921 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15922 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15923
15924 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15925
15926 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15927 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15928 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15929 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15930
15931 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15932
15933 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15934 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15935 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15936 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15937
15938 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15939
15940 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15941 Warn that format is read-only.
15942
15943 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15944
15945 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15946 Warn that format is write-only.
15947
15948 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15949
15950 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15951 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15952
15953 \(fn)" t nil)
15954
15955 ;;;***
15956 \f
15957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15958 ;;;;;;  (20486 36135 22104 0))
15959 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15960  (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15961  (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15962
15963 ;;;***
15964 \f
15965 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15966 ;;;;;;  ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15967 ;;;;;;  ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15968 ;;;;;;  ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15969 ;;;;;;  "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
15970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15971
15972 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15973
15974 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15975 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15976 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15977 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15978 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15979
15980 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15981
15982 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15983
15984 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15985 Key map for ispell menu.")
15986
15987 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15988 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15989 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15990 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15991
15992 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15993
15994 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15995
15996 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15997
15998 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15999
16000 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^      ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16001 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16002 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16003 Valid forms include:
16004   (KEY) - just skip the key.
16005   (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP.  REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16006   (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP.  REGEXP must be a string.
16007   (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16008
16009 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[        \n]*{[  \n]*document[   \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[        \n]*{[  \n]*program[    \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[     \n]*{[  \n]*verbatim\\*?[       \n]*}")))) "\
16010 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16011 First list is used raw.
16012 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16013
16014 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16015 for skipping in latex mode.")
16016
16017 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^        \n>]" ">") ("&[^        \n;]" "[;       \n]")) "\
16018 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16019 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16020 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16021  (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16022 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16023  (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16024
16025 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16026 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16027 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16028 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16029
16030 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16031 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16032 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16033 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16034 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16035
16036 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16037 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16038
16039 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16040 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16041
16042 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16043 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16044
16045 This will check or reload the dictionary.  Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16046 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16047
16048 Return values:
16049 nil           word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16050 0             word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16051 \"word\"        word corrected from word list.
16052 \(\"word\" arg)  word is hand entered.
16053 quit          spell session exited.
16054
16055 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16056
16057 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16058 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16059 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16060
16061 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16062
16063 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16064 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16065
16066 Selections are:
16067
16068 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16069 SPC:   Accept word this time.
16070 `i':   Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16071 `a':   Accept word for this session.
16072 `A':   Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16073 `r':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Rechecked.
16074 `R':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Query-replaced in buffer.  Rechecked.
16075 `?':   Show these commands.
16076 `x':   Exit spelling buffer.  Move cursor to original point.
16077 `X':   Exit spelling buffer.  Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16078         the aborted check to be completed later.
16079 `q':   Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16080 `l':   Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary.  Wildcards okay.
16081 `u':   Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16082 `m':   Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16083 `C-l':  Redraw screen.
16084 `C-r':  Recursive edit.
16085 `C-z':  Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16086
16087 \(fn)" nil nil)
16088
16089 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16090 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16091 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16092 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16093
16094 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16095
16096 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16097 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16098 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16099 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16100
16101 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16102
16103 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16104
16105 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16106 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16107 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16108 amount for last line processed.
16109
16110 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16111
16112 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16113 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16114
16115 \(fn)" t nil)
16116
16117 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16118 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16119
16120 \(fn)" t nil)
16121
16122 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16123 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16124
16125 \(fn)" t nil)
16126
16127 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16128 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16129 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16130 sequence inside of a word.
16131
16132 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16133
16134 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16135
16136 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16137 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16138
16139 \(fn)" t nil)
16140
16141 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16142 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16143 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16144 that region.  Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16145
16146 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs.  If you are
16147 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16148 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16149 available on the net.
16150
16151 \(fn)" t nil)
16152
16153 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16154 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16155 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16156 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16157 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16158
16159 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled,
16160 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16161 spelled.
16162
16163 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored.  To
16164 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16165 SPC.
16166
16167 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16168 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16169
16170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16171
16172 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16173 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16174 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16175 Don't check included messages.
16176
16177 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16178 use the `x' command.  (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16179 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16180
16181 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16182 in your init file:
16183    (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)  ;; GNUS 5
16184    (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message)    ;; GNUS 4
16185    (add-hook 'mail-send-hook  'ispell-message)
16186    (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16187
16188 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16189 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16190    (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16191
16192 \(fn)" t nil)
16193
16194 ;;;***
16195 \f
16196 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20577
16197 ;;;;;;  33959 40183 0))
16198 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16199
16200 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16201 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16202 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16205 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16206
16207 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16208
16209 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16210 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16212 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16213 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16214
16215 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16216 between buffers using substrings.  See `iswitchb' for details.
16217
16218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16219
16220 ;;;***
16221 \f
16222 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16223 ;;;;;;  japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16224 ;;;;;;  japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16225 ;;;;;;  "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20355 10021 546955
16226 ;;;;;;  0))
16227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16228
16229 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16230
16231
16232 \(fn)" nil nil)
16233
16234 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16235 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16236 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16237 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16238 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16239  (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16240  may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16241  necessary to represent OBJ.
16242
16243 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16244
16245 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16246 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16247 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16248 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16249
16250 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16251
16252 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16253 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16254 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16255 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16256 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16257
16258 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16259
16260 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16261 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16262 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16263 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16264
16265 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16266
16267 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16268 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16269 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16270 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16271
16272 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16273
16274 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16275 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16276
16277 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16280 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16281 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16282 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16283 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16284
16285 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16286
16287 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16288 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16289 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16290 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16291 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16292
16293 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16294
16295 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16296 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16297 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16298
16299 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16300
16301 ;;;***
16302 \f
16303 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16304 ;;;;;;  "jka-compr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16305 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16306
16307 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16308 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16309 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16310 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16311
16312 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16313
16314
16315 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16316
16317 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16318 Uninstall jka-compr.
16319 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16320 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16321 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16322
16323 \(fn)" nil nil)
16324
16325 ;;;***
16326 \f
16327 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20532 45476 981297
16328 ;;;;;;  0))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16330
16331 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16332 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16333
16334 \(fn)" t nil)
16335
16336 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16337
16338 ;;;***
16339 \f
16340 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16341 ;;;;;;  keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16342 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16344
16345 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16346 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16347 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16348 decimal key must be specified.")
16349
16350 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16351
16352 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16353 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16354 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16355 decimal key must be specified.")
16356
16357 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16358
16359 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16360 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16361 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16362 decimal key must be specified.")
16363
16364 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16365
16366 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16367 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16368 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16369 decimal key must be specified.")
16370
16371 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16372
16373 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16374 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16375 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16376 are changed.  Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16377 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16378 keys are bound.
16379
16380  Setup      Binding
16381  -------------------------------------------------------------
16382  'prefix   Command prefix argument, i.e.  M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16383  'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16384  'cursor   Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16385  'numeric  Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and .  (or DECIMAL arg)
16386  'none     Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16387            this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16388            in the global and local keymaps.
16389
16390 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16391 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16392
16393 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16394
16395 ;;;***
16396 \f
16397 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16398 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
16399 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16400
16401 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16402 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16403 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16404
16405 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16406 at beginning of line or at end of line.  Characters not to be placed
16407 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16408 respectively.  This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16409 shorter.
16410
16411 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16412 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16413 the context of text formatting.
16414
16415 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16416
16417 ;;;***
16418 \f
16419 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20355
16420 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
16421 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16422
16423 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16424 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16425 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16426 candidate list.  Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16427 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16428 positions that contains the current selection.")
16429
16430 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16431 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16432 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16433 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16434 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16435 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16436 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16437
16438 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16439
16440 ;;;***
16441 \f
16442 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16443 ;;;;;;  kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16444 ;;;;;;  kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16445 ;;;;;;  "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20471 22929 875294 592000))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16447  (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16448  (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16449  (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16450  (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16451  (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16452  (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16453  (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16454
16455 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16456 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16457
16458 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16459
16460 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16461 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16462 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16463 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16464 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16465
16466 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16467
16468 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16469 defined.  Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16470 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16471
16472 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16473 defining the macro.
16474
16475 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16476 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16477 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16478
16479 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16480 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16481
16482 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16483
16484 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16485 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16486 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16487 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16488 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16489 under that name.
16490
16491 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16492 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16493 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16494
16495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16496
16497 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16498 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16499 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.  Zero means repeat until error.
16500
16501 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16502 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16503 command.  See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16504 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16505
16506 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16507 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16508
16509 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16510
16511 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16512 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16513 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16514
16515 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16516 macro.
16517
16518 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16519 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16520
16521 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16522 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing.  With \\[universal-argument],
16523 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16524
16525 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16526 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16527
16528 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16529
16530 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16531 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16532 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16533 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16534
16535 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16536
16537 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16538 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16539 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16540 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16541
16542 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16543 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16544
16545 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16546
16547 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16548 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16549 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16550
16551 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16552
16553 ;;;***
16554 \f
16555 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16556 ;;;;;;  "language/korea-util.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
16557 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16558
16559 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16560 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16561 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16562
16563 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16564
16565
16566 \(fn)" nil nil)
16567
16568 ;;;***
16569 \f
16570 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16571 ;;;;;;  (20545 57511 257469 0))
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16573
16574 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16575
16576 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16577 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16578
16579 \(fn)" t nil)
16580
16581 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16582 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16583 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16584 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16585
16586 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16587 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16588 none / 1   | yes                   | no
16589        2   | yes                   | yes
16590        3   | no                    | yes
16591        4   | no                    | no
16592
16593 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16594 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16595 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16596
16597 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16598
16599 ;;;***
16600 \f
16601 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16602 ;;;;;;  lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16603 ;;;;;;  "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16604 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16605
16606 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16607
16608
16609 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16610
16611 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16612 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16613 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16614 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16615 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16616 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16617
16618 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16619 syllable.  In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16620
16621 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16622
16623 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16624 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16625
16626 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16627
16628 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16629
16630
16631 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16632
16633 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16634
16635
16636 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16637
16638 ;;;***
16639 \f
16640 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16641 ;;;;;;  latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16642 ;;;;;;  "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20355 10021 546955
16643 ;;;;;;  0))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16645
16646 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16647 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16648 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16649 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16650
16651 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16652
16653 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16654 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16655 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16656
16657 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16658
16659 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16660 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16661 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16662
16663 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16664
16665 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16666 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16667 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16668 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16669
16670 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16671
16672 ;;;***
16673 \f
16674 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16675 ;;;;;;  "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20577 33959
16676 ;;;;;;  40183 0))
16677 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16678
16679 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16680 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16681 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16682 if no font is available to display it.  Characters are displayed using
16683 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match.  Otherwise
16684 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16685 methods.  Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16686 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16687
16688 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16689 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16690
16691 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16692 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16693
16694 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16695
16696 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16697 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16698 See option `latin1-display' for the method.  The members of the list
16699 must be in `latin1-display-sets'.  With no arguments, reset the
16700 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16701 `latin1-display-setup'.
16702
16703 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16704
16705 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16706 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16707 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser.  The display isn't
16708 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16709
16710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16711 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16712
16713 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16714
16715 ;;;***
16716 \f
16717 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16718 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
16719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16720
16721 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16722 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16723
16724 \(fn)" t nil)
16725
16726 ;;;***
16727 \f
16728 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20545 57511 257469
16729 ;;;;;;  0))
16730 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16731
16732 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16733 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16734 The starting pattern is randomly selected.  Prefix arg (optional first
16735 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16736 generations (this defaults to 1).
16737
16738 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16739
16740 ;;;***
16741 \f
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16743 ;;;;;;  (20580 10161 446444 0))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16745
16746 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16747 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16748 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16749 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16750 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16751
16752 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16753
16754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16755
16756 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16757 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16758 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16761 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16762
16763 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16764
16765 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16766 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16767 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16768 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16769 ARG is omitted or nil.
16770
16771 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16772 `linum-on' would do it.
16773 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16774
16775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16776
16777 ;;;***
16778 \f
16779 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20476
16780 ;;;;;;  31768 298871 0))
16781 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16782
16783 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16784 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16785 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16786 is nil, raise an error.
16787
16788 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16789 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16790 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16791 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16792 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16793 defined by the library.
16794
16795 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16796 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else.  That function
16797 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library.  If
16798 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16799 standard unloading of the library.  Otherwise the standard unloading
16800 proceeds.
16801
16802 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16803 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16804 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16805 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16806
16807 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16808
16809 ;;;***
16810 \f
16811 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16812 ;;;;;;  "locate" "locate.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
16813 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16814
16815 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16816 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16817 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16818
16819 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16820
16821 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16822 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16823 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument.  Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16824 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16825
16826 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16827 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16828 one per line.  The database normally consists of all files on your
16829 system, or of all files that you have access to.  Consult the
16830 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16831 which file names match SEARCH-STRING.  (Those details vary highly with
16832 the version.)
16833
16834 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16835 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16836
16837 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'.  See
16838 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16839
16840 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16841 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16842
16843 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16844
16845 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16846 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16847 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16848 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16849 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER.  It passes SEARCH-STRING
16850 to the locate executable program.  It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16851 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16852 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16853 to constrain a big search.
16854
16855 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16856
16857 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16858 except that FILTER is not optional.
16859
16860 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16861
16862 ;;;***
16863 \f
16864 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20584 7212
16865 ;;;;;;  455152 0))
16866 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16867
16868 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16869 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16870 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16871 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16872 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16873 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16874 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16875 \\[kill-region].  Once the user is done editing the message,
16876 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16877 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16878
16879 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16880 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer.  Possible keys and
16881 associated values:
16882  `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16883  files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16884  `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16885  displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16886  `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16887
16888 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16889 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16890 done.  Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16891
16892 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16893
16894 ;;;***
16895 \f
16896 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20515
16897 ;;;;;;  36389 544939 0))
16898 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16899
16900 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16901 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16902
16903 \(fn)" t nil)
16904
16905 ;;;***
16906 \f
16907 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20355
16908 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
16909 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16910
16911 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16912 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16914 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16915 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16916
16917 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16918 extend beyond `fill-column'.  The soft newlines used for line
16919 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16920 disk.
16921
16922 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16923 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed.  You can
16924 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16925
16926 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16927 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16928
16929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16930
16931 ;;;***
16932 \f
16933 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16934 ;;;;;;  lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20476
16935 ;;;;;;  31768 298871 0))
16936 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16937
16938 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16939 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16940
16941 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16942 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16943
16944 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16945 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16946 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16947
16948 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16949 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16950
16951 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16952 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16953 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16954 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16955 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer.  You can also set
16956 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16957 file.  If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16958
16959 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16960
16961 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16962 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16963 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16964 switch on this list.
16965 See `lpr-command'.")
16966
16967 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16968
16969 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16970 Name of program for printing a file.
16971
16972 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16973 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16974 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16975 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16976 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16977 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16978 argument.")
16979
16980 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16981
16982 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16983 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16984 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16985 for customization of the printer command.
16986
16987 \(fn)" t nil)
16988
16989 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16990 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16991
16992 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16993 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16994 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16995 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16996
16997 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16998 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16999
17000 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17001 for further customization of the printer command.
17002
17003 \(fn)" t nil)
17004
17005 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17006 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17007 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17008 for customization of the printer command.
17009
17010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17011
17012 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17013 Paginate and print the region contents.
17014
17015 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17016 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17017 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17018 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17019
17020 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17021 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17022
17023 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17024 for further customization of the printer command.
17025
17026 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17027
17028 ;;;***
17029 \f
17030 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17031 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
17032 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17033
17034 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17035 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17036 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17037
17038 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17039
17040 ;;;***
17041 \f
17042 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20566
17043 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
17044 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17045
17046 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17047 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17048 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17049 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17050
17051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17052
17053 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17054
17055 ;;;***
17056 \f
17057 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20355
17058 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
17059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17060
17061 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17062 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17063
17064 \(fn)" t nil)
17065
17066 ;;;***
17067 \f
17068 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17069 ;;;;;;  name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20355 10021 546955
17070 ;;;;;;  0))
17071 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17072
17073 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17074 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17075 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17076 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17077 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17078
17079 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17080
17081 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17082 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17083 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17084 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17085
17086 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17087 definition it has now.  If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17088 will also rebind those keys to the macro.  Only global key bindings
17089 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17090 bindings.
17091
17092 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17093 use this command, and then save the file.
17094
17095 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17096
17097 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17098 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17099   With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17100 commands even within a kbd macro.  You can give different commands
17101 each time the macro executes.
17102   Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17103 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17104 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17105 \\[skip]        Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17106 \\[exit]        Stop the macro entirely right now.
17107 \\[recenter]    Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17108 \\[edit]        Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17109
17110 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17111
17112 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17113 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17114 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17115 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17116
17117 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17118 BOTTOM, describing the current region.  TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17119 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17120 execute.
17121
17122 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17123 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17124
17125 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17126 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'.  To quote a
17127 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17128 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17129 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17130
17131 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17132 looked like this:
17133
17134     { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17135     { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17136     { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17137
17138 You could enter the names in this format:
17139
17140     foo
17141     bar
17142     baz
17143
17144 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17145
17146     \\C-x (
17147        \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17148     \\C-x )
17149
17150 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17151 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17152
17153 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17154  (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17155
17156 ;;;***
17157 \f
17158 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17159 ;;;;;;  "mail/mail-extr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17161
17162 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17163 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17164 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).  If no
17165 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.  Also see
17166 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17167 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17168
17169 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17170 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17171 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17172 each recipient.  If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17173 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17174
17175 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer.  If it is a buffer, the visible
17176 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17177 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17178 consing a string.)
17179
17180 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17181
17182 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17183 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17184
17185 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17186
17187 ;;;***
17188 \f
17189 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17190 ;;;;;;  mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17191 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
17192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17193
17194 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17195 Define keys for accessing mail header history.  For use in hooks.
17196
17197 \(fn)" nil nil)
17198
17199 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17200
17201
17202 \(fn)" nil nil)
17203
17204 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17205 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17206
17207 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17208
17209 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17210 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17211 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17212 message.
17213
17214 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17215
17216 \(fn)" nil nil)
17217
17218 ;;;***
17219 \f
17220 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17221 ;;;;;;  mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17222 ;;;;;;  mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17223 ;;;;;;  "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17224 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17225
17226 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17227 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17228 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17229 often correct parser.")
17230
17231 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17232
17233 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17234 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17235 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17236 a value which excludes your own email address.
17237
17238 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17239 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17240
17241 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17242
17243 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17244 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17245
17246 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17247
17248 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17249 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17250 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17251 we return it unconverted.
17252
17253 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17254 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17255
17256 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17257
17258 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17259 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17260 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17261 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17262
17263 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17264
17265 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17266 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17267 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17268 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17269
17270 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17271
17272 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17273 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17274 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17275 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17276 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17277 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17278 when finished.  Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17279 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17280 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17281 as Rmail does.
17282
17283 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17284
17285 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17286 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17287 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17288 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17289 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17290 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17291 matches may be returned from the message body.
17292
17293 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17294
17295 ;;;***
17296 \f
17297 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17298 ;;;;;;  mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20566
17299 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
17300 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17301
17302 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17303 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17304 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17307 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17308
17309 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17310
17311 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17312 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17313 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17314 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17315 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17316
17317 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled,
17318 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17319 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17320 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17321
17322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17323
17324 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17325 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17326
17327 \(fn)" nil nil)
17328
17329 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17330 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17331 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17332
17333 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17334
17335 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17336 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17337 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17338
17339 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17340 from a mailrc file.  In that case, addresses are separated with
17341 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17342 double-quotes.
17343
17344 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17345
17346 ;;;***
17347 \f
17348 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17349 ;;;;;;  define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17350 ;;;;;;  "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
17351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17352
17353 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17354 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17355 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17356         king@grassland.com
17357 If `parens', they look like:
17358         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17359 If `angles', they look like:
17360         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17361
17362 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17363
17364 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17365 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17366 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17367 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17368 their `Resent-' variants.
17369
17370 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17371 removed from alias expansions.
17372
17373 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17374
17375 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17376 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17377 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17378
17379 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17380 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17381 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17382 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17383
17384 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17385
17386 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17387 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17388 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17389
17390 \(fn)" nil nil)
17391
17392 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17393 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17394 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'.  If none matches
17395 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17396
17397 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17398
17399 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17400
17401 ;;;***
17402 \f
17403 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17404 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17406
17407 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17408 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17409 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17410 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17411
17412 \(fn)" nil nil)
17413
17414 ;;;***
17415 \f
17416 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17417 ;;;;;;  makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17418 ;;;;;;  "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20392 30149 675975
17419 ;;;;;;  59000))
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17421
17422 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17423 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17424
17425 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17426 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17427 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17428 `makefile-imake-mode'.  All but the last should be correctly
17429 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk.  This
17430 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17431
17432 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17433 provides additional parsing information.  This is used for
17434 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17435 dependency, despite the colon.
17436
17437 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17438
17439 In the browser, use the following keys:
17440
17441 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17442
17443 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17444
17445 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17446     Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17447
17448 `makefile-target-colon':
17449     The string that gets appended to all target names
17450     inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17451     \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17452
17453 `makefile-macro-assign':
17454    The string that gets appended to all macro names
17455    inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17456    The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17457    standard make expects.  However, newer makes such as dmake
17458    allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17459    might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17460
17461 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17462    If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17463    target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17464
17465 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17466    Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17467
17468 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17469    Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17470    up or down in the browser.
17471
17472 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17473    String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17474
17475 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17476    String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17477
17478 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17479    If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17480    will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17481    has been selected in the browser.
17482
17483 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17484    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17485    `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17486    (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17487    filenames are omitted.
17488
17489 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17490    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17491    will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17492    (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17493    This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17494    the backslash itself intact.
17495    IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17496    to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17497
17498 `makefile-browser-hook':
17499    A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17500    browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17501
17502 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17503    List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17504    on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17505    at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17506
17507 \(fn)" t nil)
17508
17509 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17510 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17511
17512 \(fn)" t nil)
17513
17514 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17515 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17516
17517 \(fn)" t nil)
17518
17519 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17520 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17521
17522 \(fn)" t nil)
17523
17524 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17525 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17526
17527 \(fn)" t nil)
17528
17529 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17530 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17531
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17533
17534 ;;;***
17535 \f
17536 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20355
17537 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17539
17540 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17541 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17542 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17543
17544 \(fn)" t nil)
17545
17546 ;;;***
17547 \f
17548 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17549 ;;;;;;  (20523 62082 997685 0))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17551
17552 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17553
17554 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17555 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17556 This command is the top-level command in the man package.  It
17557 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17558 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17559 buffer.  See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17560 the buffer is ready.  If a buffer already exists for this man
17561 page, it will display immediately.
17562
17563 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17564 following.  \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17565 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17566
17567     cat(1)
17568     1 cat
17569
17570 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17571 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17572 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17573 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17574
17575     -a chmod
17576
17577 An explicit filename can be given too.  Use -l if it might
17578 otherwise look like a page name.
17579
17580     /my/file/name.1.gz
17581     -l somefile.1
17582
17583 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17584 names or descriptions.  The pattern argument is usually an
17585 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17586
17587     -k pattern
17588
17589 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17590
17591 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17592 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17593
17594 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17595
17596 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17597 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17598
17599 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17600
17601 ;;;***
17602 \f
17603 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20355 10021
17604 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
17605 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17606
17607 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17608 Toggle Master mode.
17609 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17610 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17611 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17612
17613 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17614 using the following commands:
17615
17616 \\{master-mode-map}
17617
17618 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17619 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'.  You can show
17620 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17621
17622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17623
17624 ;;;***
17625 \f
17626 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17627 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
17628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17629
17630 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17631 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17632 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17633 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17634 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17635 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17636
17637 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17638
17639 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17640 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17642 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
17643 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17644
17645 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode.  When
17646 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17647 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt.  This is only useful if
17648 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17649
17650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17651
17652 ;;;***
17653 \f
17654 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17655 ;;;;;;  message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17656 ;;;;;;  message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17657 ;;;;;;  message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17658 ;;;;;;  message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17659 ;;;;;;  message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17660 ;;;;;;  "gnus/message.el" (20567 23165 75548 0))
17661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17662
17663 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17664
17665 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17666 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17667 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17668 C-c C-s  `message-send' (send the message)  C-c C-c  `message-send-and-exit'
17669 C-c C-d  Postpone sending the message       C-c C-k  Kill the message
17670 C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17671          C-c C-f C-t  move to To        C-c C-f C-s  move to Subject
17672          C-c C-f C-c  move to Cc        C-c C-f C-b  move to Bcc
17673          C-c C-f C-w  move to Fcc       C-c C-f C-r  move to Reply-To
17674          C-c C-f C-u  move to Summary   C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups
17675          C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords  C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution
17676          C-c C-f C-o  move to From (\"Originator\")
17677          C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To
17678          C-c C-f C-m  move to Mail-Followup-To
17679          C-c C-f C-e  move to Expires
17680          C-c C-f C-i  cycle through Importance values
17681          C-c C-f s    change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17682          C-c C-f x    crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17683          C-c C-f t    replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17684          C-c C-f a    Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17685 C-c C-t  `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17686 C-c C-l  `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17687 C-c C-n  `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17688 C-c C-b  `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17689 C-c C-i  `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17690 C-c C-w  `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17691 C-c C-y  `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17692 C-c C-q  `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17693 C-c C-e  `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17694 C-c C-v  `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17695 C-c C-z  `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17696 C-c C-r  `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17697 C-c C-a  `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17698 C-c C-u  `message-insert-or-toggle-importance'  (insert or cycle importance).
17699 C-c M-n  `message-insert-disposition-notification-to'  (request receipt).
17700 C-c M-m  `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17701 C-c M-f  `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17702 M-RET    `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17703
17704 \(fn)" t nil)
17705
17706 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17707 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17708 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.  CONTINUE says whether
17709 to continue editing a message already being composed.  SWITCH-FUNCTION
17710 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17711
17712 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17713
17714 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17715 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17716
17717 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17718
17719 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17720 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17721
17722 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17723
17724 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17725 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17726
17727 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17728
17729 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17730 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17731 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17732
17733 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17734
17735 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17736 Cancel an article you posted.
17737 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17738
17739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17740
17741 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17742 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17743 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17744 header line with the old Message-ID.
17745
17746 \(fn)" t nil)
17747
17748 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17749 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17750
17751 \(fn)" t nil)
17752
17753 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17754 Forward the current message via mail.
17755 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17756 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17757
17758 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17759
17760 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17761
17762
17763 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17764
17765 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17766
17767
17768 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17769
17770 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17771 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17772
17773 \(fn)" t nil)
17774
17775 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17776 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17777
17778 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17779
17780 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17781 Re-mail the current message.
17782 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17783 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17784 you.
17785
17786 \(fn)" t nil)
17787
17788 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17789 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17790
17791 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17792
17793 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17794 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17795
17796 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17797
17798 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17799 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17800
17801 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17802
17803 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17804 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17805
17806 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17807
17808 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17809 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17810 Works by overstriking characters.
17811 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17812 which specify the range to operate on.
17813
17814 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17815
17816 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17817 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17818 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17819 which specify the range to operate on.
17820
17821 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17822
17823 ;;;***
17824 \f
17825 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17826 ;;;;;;  (20399 35365 4050 0))
17827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17828
17829 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17830 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17831
17832 \(fn)" t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17835 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17836
17837 \(fn)" t nil)
17838
17839 ;;;***
17840 \f
17841 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17842 ;;;;;;  metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17843 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
17844 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17845
17846 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17847 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17848 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17849
17850 \(fn)" t nil)
17851
17852 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17853 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17854 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17855 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17856 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17857 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17858 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17859
17860 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17861
17862 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17863 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17864 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17865 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17866 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17867 means current).
17868 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17869 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17870
17871 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17872
17873 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17874 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17875 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17876 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17877 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17878 means current).
17879 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17880 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17881
17882 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17883
17884 ;;;***
17885 \f
17886 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17887 ;;;;;;  mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17888 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17889 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17890
17891 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17892 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17893 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17894
17895 \(fn)" t nil)
17896
17897 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17898 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17899 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17900
17901 \(fn)" t nil)
17902
17903 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17904 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17905
17906 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17907 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17908 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17909
17910 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17911 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17912
17913 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17914 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17915
17916 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17917
17918 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17919
17920 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17921 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17922 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17923 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17924 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17925 as `compose-mail'.
17926
17927 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17928 initial Subject field, respectively.
17929
17930 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17931 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17932 are strings.
17933
17934 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17935 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17936
17937 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17938
17939 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17940 Save draft and send message.
17941
17942 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17943 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17944 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17945 Mail Delivery*\".
17946
17947 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17948 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17949 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17950
17951 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17952 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17953 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17954 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17955 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17956 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17957
17958 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17959 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17960
17961 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17962 message and scan line.
17963
17964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17965
17966 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17967 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17968
17969 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17970 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17971 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17972 delete the draft message.
17973
17974 \(fn)" t nil)
17975
17976 ;;;***
17977 \f
17978 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20355 10021
17979 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
17980 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17981
17982 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17983
17984 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17985
17986 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17987
17988 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17989 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17990
17991 \(fn)" t nil)
17992
17993 ;;;***
17994 \f
17995 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17996 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20371 55972 331861 0))
17997 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17998
17999 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18000 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18001 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18002
18003 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18004 the MH mail system.
18005
18006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18007
18008 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18009 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18010 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18011
18012 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18013 the MH mail system.
18014
18015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18016
18017 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18018 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18019
18020 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18021 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18022 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18023 separate command.
18024
18025 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18026 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18027 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18028 format.
18029
18030 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18031
18032 Ranges
18033 ======
18034 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18035 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18036 can be used in several ways.
18037
18038 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18039 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18040 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18041 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18042 page):
18043
18044 <num1>-<num2>
18045     Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18046     The range must be nonempty.
18047
18048 <num>:N
18049 <num>:+N
18050 <num>:-N
18051     Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18052     may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18053     last.
18054
18055 first:N
18056 prev:N
18057 next:N
18058 last:N
18059     The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18060
18061 all
18062     All of the messages.
18063
18064 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18065 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18066
18067 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18068 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18069 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18070
18071 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18072
18073 \(fn)" t nil)
18074
18075 ;;;***
18076 \f
18077 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18078 ;;;;;;  "midnight.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
18079 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18080
18081 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18082 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18083 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18084 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18085 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18086 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18087 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18088 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18089 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18090 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18091 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18092
18093 \(fn)" t nil)
18094
18095 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18096 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18097 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18098 to its second argument TM.
18099
18100 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18101
18102 ;;;***
18103 \f
18104 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18105 ;;;;;;  "minibuf-eldef.el" (20580 10161 446444 0))
18106 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18107
18108 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18109 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18110 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18111 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18112 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18113 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18114
18115 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18116
18117 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18118 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18119 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18120 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
18121 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18122
18123 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode.  When
18124 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18125 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18126 would yield the default value.  If the user modifies the input
18127 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18128 is modified to remove the default indication.
18129
18130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18131
18132 ;;;***
18133 \f
18134 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18135 ;;;;;;  (20533 5993 500881 0))
18136 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18137
18138 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18139 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18140 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once.  The disturbance
18141 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18142 upper atmosphere.  These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18143 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18144 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18145 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it.  This is a permuted
18146 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18147
18148 \(fn)" t nil)
18149
18150 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18151 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18152 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18153 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18154 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18155 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18156 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18157 The return value is always nil.
18158
18159 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18160
18161 ;;;***
18162 \f
18163 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18164 ;;;;;;  multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18165 ;;;;;;  "misearch" "misearch.el" (20490 33188 850375 0))
18166 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18167  (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18168
18169 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18170 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18171
18172 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18173 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18174 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18175 next occurrence.
18176
18177 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18178 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18179 end of the search space).
18180
18181 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18182 search is currently searching.  It defines the base buffer relative to
18183 which this function should find the next buffer.  When the isearch
18184 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18185 should return the previous buffer to search.
18186
18187 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18188 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18189 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18190
18191 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18192 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18193 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18194 Isearch starts.")
18195
18196 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18197 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18198 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18199
18200 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18201 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18202 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18203
18204 \(fn)" nil nil)
18205
18206 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18207 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18208 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18209 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18210 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18211 whose names match the specified regexp.
18212
18213 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18214
18215 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18216 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18217 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18218 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18219 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18220 whose names match the specified regexp.
18221
18222 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18223
18224 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18225 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18226 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18227 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18228 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18229 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18230 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18231
18232 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18233
18234 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18235 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18236 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18237 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18238 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18239 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18240 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18241
18242 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18243
18244 ;;;***
18245 \f
18246 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18247 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
18248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18249
18250 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18251 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18252
18253 \(fn)" t nil)
18254
18255 ;;;***
18256 \f
18257 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18258 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
18259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18260
18261 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18262 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18263
18264 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18265
18266 ;;;***
18267 \f
18268 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18269 ;;;;;;  "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18271
18272 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18273 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18274
18275 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18276
18277 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18278 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18279 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18280 the entire message.
18281 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18282
18283 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18284
18285 ;;;***
18286 \f
18287 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18288 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
18289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18290
18291 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18292 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18293 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18294 the entire message.
18295 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18296
18297 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18298
18299 ;;;***
18300 \f
18301 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18302 ;;;;;;  "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20495 51111 757560 0))
18303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18304
18305 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18306 Insert file contents of URL.
18307 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18308
18309 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18310
18311 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18312 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18313
18314 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18315
18316 ;;;***
18317 \f
18318 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18319 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18321
18322 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18323 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18324 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18325 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18326 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18327
18328 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18329
18330 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18331 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18332 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18333
18334 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18335
18336 ;;;***
18337 \f
18338 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18339 ;;;;;;  (20567 23165 75548 0))
18340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18341
18342 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18343 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18344
18345 \(fn)" nil nil)
18346
18347 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18348 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18349 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18350 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18351 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18352
18353 FILE is the name of the file to attach.  TYPE is its
18354 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\".  DESCRIPTION
18355 is a one-line description of the attachment.  The DISPOSITION
18356 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed.  It can
18357 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18358 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18359
18360 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18361
18362 ;;;***
18363 \f
18364 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18365 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18367
18368 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18369
18370
18371 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18372
18373 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18374
18375
18376 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18377
18378 ;;;***
18379 \f
18380 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18381 ;;;;;;  mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18382 ;;;;;;  "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18384
18385 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18386
18387
18388 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18389
18390 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18391
18392
18393 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18394
18395 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18396
18397
18398 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18399
18400 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18401
18402
18403 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18404
18405 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18406
18407
18408 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18409
18410 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18411
18412
18413 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18414
18415 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18416
18417
18418 \(fn)" nil nil)
18419
18420 ;;;***
18421 \f
18422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20406 8611
18423 ;;;;;;  875037 0))
18424 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18425
18426 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18427
18428 ;;;***
18429 \f
18430 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18431 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
18432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18433
18434 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18435
18436 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18437 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18438 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18439 followed by the first character of the construct.
18440 \\<m2-mode-map>
18441   \\[m2-begin] begin         \\[m2-case] case
18442   \\[m2-definition] definition    \\[m2-else] else
18443   \\[m2-for] for           \\[m2-header] header
18444   \\[m2-if] if            \\[m2-module] module
18445   \\[m2-loop] loop          \\[m2-or] or
18446   \\[m2-procedure] procedure     Control-c Control-w with
18447   \\[m2-record] record        \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18448   \\[m2-type] type          \\[m2-until] until
18449   \\[m2-var] var           \\[m2-while] while
18450   \\[m2-export] export        \\[m2-import] import
18451   \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18452   \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs     \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18453   \\[m2-compile] compile           \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18454   \\[m2-link] link
18455
18456    `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18457    `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18458    `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18459
18460 \(fn)" t nil)
18461
18462 ;;;***
18463 \f
18464 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18465 ;;;;;;  "morse" "play/morse.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18467
18468 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18469 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18470
18471 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18472
18473 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18474 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18475
18476 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18477
18478 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18479 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18480
18481 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18482
18483 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18484 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18485
18486 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18487
18488 ;;;***
18489 \f
18490 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18491 ;;;;;;  "mouse-drag.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
18492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18493
18494 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18495 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18496
18497 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18498 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location.  Try it;
18499 you'll like it.  It's easier to observe than to explain.
18500
18501 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18502 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18503 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18504
18505 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18506 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18507
18508 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18509 in the opposite direction.  (Different people have different ideas
18510 about which direction is natural.  Perhaps it has to do with which
18511 hemisphere you're in.)
18512
18513 To test this function, evaluate:
18514     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18515
18516 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18517
18518 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18519 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18520
18521 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18522 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18523
18524 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18525 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18526 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18527
18528 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18529 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18530
18531 To test this function, evaluate:
18532     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18533
18534 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18535
18536 ;;;***
18537 \f
18538 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18540
18541 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18542 Main entry point for MPC.
18543
18544 \(fn)" t nil)
18545
18546 ;;;***
18547 \f
18548 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20545 57511 257469
18549 ;;;;;;  0))
18550 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18551
18552 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18553 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18554
18555 \(fn)" t nil)
18556
18557 ;;;***
18558 \f
18559 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
18560 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18561
18562 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18563 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18564 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18567 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18568
18569 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18570
18571 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18572 Toggle Msb mode.
18573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18574 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18575 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18576
18577 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18578 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18579
18580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18581
18582 ;;;***
18583 \f
18584 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18585 ;;;;;;  describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18586 ;;;;;;  describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18587 ;;;;;;  describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18588 ;;;;;;  read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18589 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
18590 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18591
18592 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18593 Display a list of all character sets.
18594
18595 The D column contains the dimension of this character set.  The CH
18596 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18597 set.  The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18598 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18599 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18600
18601 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18602 but still shows the full information.
18603
18604 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18605
18606 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18607 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18608 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18609
18610 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18611 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18612 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18613 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18614 meanings of these arguments.
18615
18616 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18617
18618 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18619 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18620
18621 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18622
18623 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18624 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18625
18626 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18627
18628 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18629 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18630
18631 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18632
18633 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18634 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18635
18636 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18637 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18638 in place of `..':
18639   `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18640   eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18641   Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18642   eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18643   Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18644   eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18645   `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18646   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18647   `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18648   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18649   default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18650   eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18651   `default-process-coding-system' for read
18652   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18653   `default-process-coding-system' for write
18654   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18655
18656 \(fn)" t nil)
18657
18658 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18660
18661 \(fn)" t nil)
18662
18663 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18664 Display a list of all coding systems.
18665 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18666
18667 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18668 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18669
18670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18671
18672 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18673 Display a list of all coding categories.
18674
18675 \(fn)" nil nil)
18676
18677 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18678 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18679 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18680
18681 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18682
18683 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display information about FONTSET.
18685 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18686
18687 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18688
18689 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18690 Display a list of all fontsets.
18691 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18692 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18693 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18694
18695 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18696
18697 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18698 Display information about all input methods.
18699
18700 \(fn)" t nil)
18701
18702 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18703 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18704
18705 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18706 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18707 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18708 system which uses fontsets).
18709
18710 \(fn)" t nil)
18711
18712 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18713 Show log of font listing and opening.
18714 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18715 The default is 20.  If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18716
18717 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18718
18719 ;;;***
18720 \f
18721 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18722 ;;;;;;  detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18723 ;;;;;;  coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18724 ;;;;;;  coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18725 ;;;;;;  truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18726 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
18727 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18728
18729 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18730 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18731
18732 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18733 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18734
18735 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18736 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18737
18738 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18739
18740 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18741 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18742 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18743 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18744 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.  Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18745 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18746 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18747
18748 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18749 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18750 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18751 comes in the middle of a character in STR.  PADDING is also added at
18752 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18753 middle of a character in STR.
18754
18755 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18756 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18757
18758 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18759 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18760 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18761 width of ELLIPSIS.  If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18762 defaults to \"...\".
18763
18764 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18765
18766 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18767 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18768
18769 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18770 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18771 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18772
18773 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18774 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT.  KEYSEQ
18775 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18776
18777 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18778 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18779 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18780  are considered.
18781 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18782 longer than KEYSEQ.
18783 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18784
18785 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18786
18787 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18788 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST.  Return the definition.
18789 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18790 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18791 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18792 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18793 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18794  how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18795  to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18796 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18797  even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18798
18799 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18800
18801 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18802 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18803
18804 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18805
18806 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18807 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18808
18809 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18810
18811 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18812 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18813
18814 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18815
18816 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18817 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18818
18819 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18820
18821 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18822 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18823 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems.  See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18824 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18825 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18826
18827 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18828 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18829
18830 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18831 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18832 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18833 coding systems ordered by priority.
18834
18835 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18836
18837 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18838
18839 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18840 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18841 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18842 language environment LANG-ENV.
18843
18844 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18845
18846 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18847 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18848 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18849 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18850 CHAR's charset in general.  Since fonts may be specified on a
18851 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18852
18853 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18854
18855 ;;;***
18856 \f
18857 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18858 ;;;;;;  whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18859 ;;;;;;  nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18860 ;;;;;;  iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20355
18861 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
18862 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18863
18864 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18865 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18866
18867 \(fn)" t nil)
18868
18869 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18870 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18871
18872 \(fn)" t nil)
18873
18874 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18875 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18876
18877 \(fn)" t nil)
18878
18879 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18880 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18881
18882 \(fn)" t nil)
18883
18884 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18885 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18886
18887 \(fn)" t nil)
18888
18889 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18890 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18891
18892 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18893
18894 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18895 Ping HOST.
18896 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18897 `ping-program-options'.
18898
18899 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18900
18901 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18902 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18903
18904 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18905
18906 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18907 Run nslookup program.
18908
18909 \(fn)" t nil)
18910
18911 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18912 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18913
18914 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18915
18916 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18917 Run dig program.
18918
18919 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18920
18921 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18922 Run ftp program.
18923
18924 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18925
18926 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18927 Finger USER on HOST.
18928
18929 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18930
18931 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18932 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18933 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18934 from SEARCH-STRING.  With argument, prompt for whois server.
18935
18936 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18937
18938 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18939
18940
18941 \(fn)" t nil)
18942
18943 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18944 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18945
18946 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18947
18948 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18949 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18950
18951 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18952
18953 ;;;***
18954 \f
18955 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20495
18956 ;;;;;;  51111 757560 0))
18957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18958
18959 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18960 Return a user name/password pair.
18961 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18962 listed in the PORTS list.
18963
18964 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18965
18966 ;;;***
18967 \f
18968 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18969 ;;;;;;  (20369 14251 85829 0))
18970 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18971
18972 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18973 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18974 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18975 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18976 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18977 closes it.
18978
18979 NAME is the name for the process.  It is modified if necessary to
18980  make it unique.
18981 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18982  Process output goes at end of that buffer.  BUFFER may be nil,
18983  meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18984 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18985 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18986  a port number to connect to.
18987
18988 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18989 values:
18990
18991 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18992   nil or `network'
18993              -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18994                 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18995                 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18996                 connection via STARTTLS.  Even if that
18997                 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18998                 an unencrypted connection.
18999   `plain'    -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19000   `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19001                 upgrading via STARTTLS.  If that fails for any
19002                 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19003                 returned object is a killed process.
19004   `tls'      -- A TLS connection.
19005   `ssl'      -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19006   `shell'    -- A shell connection.
19007
19008 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19009   If omitted or nil, return a process object.  A non-nil means to
19010   return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19011   is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19012    :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19013    :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19014                     or nil if none could be found.
19015    :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19016             or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19017
19018 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19019
19020 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19021   response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19022   It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19023
19024 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19025   successful STARTTLS negotiation.  For instance, the default
19026   should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19027
19028 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19029   for its capabilities.  For instance, for IMAP this should be
19030   \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19031
19032 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19033   This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19034   capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19035   STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19036
19037 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19038   capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19039
19040 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19041   element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19042   element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19043   means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19044   certificate.  This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19045   or STARTTLS connections.
19046
19047 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19048 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19049
19050 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19051   asynchronously, if possible.
19052
19053 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19054
19055 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19056
19057 ;;;***
19058 \f
19059 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19060 ;;;;;;  "net/newst-backend.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
19061 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19062
19063 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19064 Check whether newsticker is running.
19065 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19066 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19067
19068 \(fn)" nil nil)
19069
19070 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19071 Start the newsticker.
19072 Start the timers for display and retrieval.  If the newsticker, i.e. the
19073 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19074 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19075 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19076
19077 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19078
19079 ;;;***
19080 \f
19081 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19082 ;;;;;;  (20434 17809 692608 0))
19083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19084
19085 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19086 Start newsticker plainview.
19087
19088 \(fn)" t nil)
19089
19090 ;;;***
19091 \f
19092 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19093 ;;;;;;  (20434 17809 692608 0))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19095
19096 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19097 Start reading news.  You may want to bind this to a key.
19098
19099 \(fn)" t nil)
19100
19101 ;;;***
19102 \f
19103 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19104 ;;;;;;  "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20427 14766 970343
19105 ;;;;;;  0))
19106 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19107
19108 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19109 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19110 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19111 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19112 empty.
19113
19114 \(fn)" nil nil)
19115
19116 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19117 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19118 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19119 running already.
19120
19121 \(fn)" t nil)
19122
19123 ;;;***
19124 \f
19125 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19126 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
19127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19128
19129 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19130 Start newsticker treeview.
19131
19132 \(fn)" t nil)
19133
19134 ;;;***
19135 \f
19136 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19137 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
19138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19139
19140 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19141 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19142
19143 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19144
19145 ;;;***
19146 \f
19147 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20355
19148 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19150
19151 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19152 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19153 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19154 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19155 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19156 symbol in the alist.
19157
19158 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19159
19160 ;;;***
19161 \f
19162 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19163 ;;;;;;  (20458 56750 651721 0))
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19165
19166 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19167 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19168 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19169
19170 \(fn)" t nil)
19171
19172 ;;;***
19173 \f
19174 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19175 ;;;;;;  (20458 56750 651721 0))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19177
19178 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19179 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19180
19181 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19182
19183 ;;;***
19184 \f
19185 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19186 ;;;;;;  "novice" "novice.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
19187 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19188
19189 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19190
19191 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19192 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19193 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19194
19195 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19196
19197
19198 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19199
19200 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19201 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19202 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19203 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19204 to future sessions.
19205
19206 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19207
19208 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19209 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19210 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19211 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19212 future sessions.
19213
19214 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19215
19216 ;;;***
19217 \f
19218 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19219 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19221
19222 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19223 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19224 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19225 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19226 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19227 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19228
19229 \(fn)" t nil)
19230
19231 ;;;***
19232 \f
19233 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19234 ;;;;;;  (20523 62082 997685 0))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19236
19237 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19238 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19239 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19240 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19241
19242 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19243
19244 ;;;***
19245 \f
19246 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20478
19247 ;;;;;;  3673 653810 0))
19248 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19249
19250 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19251 Major mode for editing XML.
19252
19253 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19254 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19255 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19256 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19257 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19258 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19259 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19260
19261 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19262
19263 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19264 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19265
19266 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form.  The
19267 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19268 is recognized as a section.  The same key sequences that change
19269 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19270 instead of C-c.
19271
19272 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19273 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive.  Element
19274 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19275 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19276 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19277 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19278
19279 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19280 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19281 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19282
19283 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19284 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19285 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19286
19287 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19288 operate on XML markup items.  Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19289 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19290 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19291 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item.  By default, each
19292 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19293 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19294 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t.  For more details, see the function
19295 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19296
19297 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19298
19299 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19300 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19301
19302 \(fn)" t nil)
19303
19304 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19305
19306 ;;;***
19307 \f
19308 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19309 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
19310 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19311
19312 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19313 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19314 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19315 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19316
19317 \(fn)" t nil)
19318
19319 ;;;***
19320 \f
19321 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19322 ;;;;;;  org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19323 ;;;;;;  org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19324 ;;;;;;  org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19325 ;;;;;;  org-babel-map-executables org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19326 ;;;;;;  org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19327 ;;;;;;  org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19328 ;;;;;;  org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19329 ;;;;;;  org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19330 ;;;;;;  org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19331 ;;;;;;  org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19332 ;;;;;;  org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19333 ;;;;;;  "org/ob.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
19334 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19335
19336 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19337
19338
19339 \(fn)" nil nil)
19340
19341 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19342
19343
19344 \(fn)" t nil)
19345
19346 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19347 Display information on the current source block.
19348 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19349 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19350
19351 \(fn)" t nil)
19352
19353 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19354 Conditionally expand a source block.
19355 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19356 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19357
19358 \(fn)" t nil)
19359
19360 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19361 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19362 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19363 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19364
19365 \(fn)" t nil)
19366
19367 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19368 Conditionally pop to a session.
19369 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19370 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19371
19372 \(fn)" t nil)
19373
19374 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19375 Execute the current source code block.
19376 Insert the results of execution into the buffer.  Source code
19377 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19378 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19379
19380 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19381 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19382
19383 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19384 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19385
19386 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19387 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19388 block.
19389
19390 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19391
19392 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19393 Expand the current source code block.
19394 Expand according to the source code block's header
19395 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19396
19397 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19398
19399 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19400 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19401
19402 \(fn)" t nil)
19403
19404 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19405 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19406
19407 \(fn)" t nil)
19408
19409 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19410 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19411 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19412 entering the session.  After loading the body this pops open the
19413 session.
19414
19415 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19416
19417 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19418 Initiate session for current code block.
19419 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19420 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19421 the session.  Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19422
19423 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19424
19425 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19426 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19427 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session.  If called
19428 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19429 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19430
19431 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19432
19433 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19434 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19435
19436 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19437
19438 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19439 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19440 source code block, otherwise return nil.  With optional prefix
19441 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19442 results already exist.
19443
19444 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19445
19446 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19447 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19448 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19449 buffer.  During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19450 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19451
19452 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19453 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19454 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19455 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19456 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19457 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19458 switches --------- string holding the switches
19459 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19460 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19461 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19462 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19463 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19464 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19465 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19466 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19467
19468 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19469
19470 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19471
19472 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19473 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19474 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19475 buffer.
19476
19477 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19478
19479 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19480
19481 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19482 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19483 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19484 buffer.
19485
19486 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19487
19488 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19489
19490 (autoload 'org-babel-map-executables "ob" "\
19491
19492
19493 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19494
19495 (put 'org-babel-map-executables 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19496
19497 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19498 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19499 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19500 the current buffer.
19501
19502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19503
19504 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19505 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19506 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19507 the current subtree.
19508
19509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19510
19511 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19512 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19513
19514 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19515
19516 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19517 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19518
19519 \(fn)" t nil)
19520
19521 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19522 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19523
19524 \(fn)" t nil)
19525
19526 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19527 Go to a named source-code block.
19528
19529 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19530
19531 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19532 Go to a named result.
19533
19534 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19535
19536 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19537 Jump to the next source block.
19538 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19539
19540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19541
19542 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19543 Jump to the previous source block.
19544 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19545
19546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19547
19548 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19549 Mark current src block.
19550
19551 \(fn)" t nil)
19552
19553 ;;;***
19554 \f
19555 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19556 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
19557 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19558
19559 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19560 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19561
19562 \(fn)" t nil)
19563
19564 ;;;***
19565 \f
19566 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19567 ;;;;;;  org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20585 28088
19568 ;;;;;;  480237 0))
19569 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19570
19571 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19572 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19573 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19574
19575 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19576
19577 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19578 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19579 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19580 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19581
19582 \(fn)" t nil)
19583
19584 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19585 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19586
19587 \(fn)" nil nil)
19588
19589 ;;;***
19590 \f
19591 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19592 ;;;;;;  org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19593 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
19594 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19595
19596 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19597 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19598 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19599 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19600 written in this language.  If no entry is found in this list,
19601 then the name of the language is used.")
19602
19603 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19604
19605 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19606 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19607 This function exports the source code using
19608 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19609 `load-file'.
19610
19611 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19612
19613 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19614 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19615 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19616 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19617 export file for all source blocks.  Optional argument LANG can be
19618 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19619
19620 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19621
19622 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19623 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19624 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19625 file into their own source-specific files.  Optional argument
19626 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19627 source blocks.  Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19628 exported source code blocks by language.
19629
19630 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19631
19632 ;;;***
19633 \f
19634 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19635 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
19636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19637
19638 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19639 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19640 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode.  See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19641
19642 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19643
19644 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19645 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19646
19647 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19648 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19649 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19650
19651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19652
19653 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19654
19655 ;;;***
19656 \f
19657 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19658 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
19659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19660
19661 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19662 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19663
19664 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19665 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19666 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19667 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19668
19669 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19670 computations.  It provides a convenient command line interface for
19671 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically.  Function definitions
19672 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19673 is why you need this mode!).
19674
19675 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19676 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'.  Complete
19677 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19678
19679 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19680
19681 Keybindings
19682 ===========
19683
19684 \\{octave-mode-map}
19685
19686 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19687 ==============================================
19688
19689 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19690   Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19691   newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword.  Default is t.
19692
19693 `octave-block-offset'
19694   Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19695   Default is 2.
19696
19697 `octave-continuation-offset'
19698   Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19699   Default is 4.
19700
19701 `octave-continuation-string'
19702   String used for Octave continuation lines.
19703   Default is a backslash.
19704
19705 `octave-send-echo-input'
19706   Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19707   command to the inferior Octave process.
19708
19709 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19710   Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19711   sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19712
19713 `octave-send-echo-input'
19714   Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19715
19716 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19717
19718 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19719 following lines to your init file:
19720
19721   (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19722
19723 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19724 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19725
19726   (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19727             (lambda ()
19728               (abbrev-mode 1)
19729               (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19730
19731 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19732 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19733 already added.  You just need to add a description of the problem,
19734 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19735
19736 \(fn)" t nil)
19737
19738 ;;;***
19739 \f
19740 ;;;### (autoloads (org-unindent-buffer org-transpose-element org-narrow-to-element
19741 ;;;;;;  org-mark-element org-drag-element-forward org-drag-element-backward
19742 ;;;;;;  org-up-element org-backward-element org-forward-element org-customize
19743 ;;;;;;  org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules org-submit-bug-report
19744 ;;;;;;  org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-map-entries org-update-all-dblocks
19745 ;;;;;;  org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global
19746 ;;;;;;  org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++
19747 ;;;;;;  turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-mode
19748 ;;;;;;  org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19749 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
19750 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19751
19752 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19753 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19754
19755 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19756
19757 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19758 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19759 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19760 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19761 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19762
19763 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19764
19765 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19766 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19767 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19768
19769 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19770 contains information about projects as plain text.  Org-mode is
19771 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19772 of large files well structured.  It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19773 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19774 calendar.  Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19775 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19776 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19777 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19778 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19779
19780 The following commands are available:
19781
19782 \\{org-mode-map}
19783
19784 \(fn)" t nil)
19785
19786 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19787
19788 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19789 Cycle the global visibility.  For details see `org-cycle'.
19790 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19791 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19792
19793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19794
19795 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19796 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19797 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19798 modes.  The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19799 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19800 defined by Org-mode).
19801
19802 M-up        Move entry/item up
19803 M-down      Move entry/item down
19804 M-left      Promote
19805 M-right     Demote
19806 M-S-up      Move entry/item up
19807 M-S-down    Move entry/item down
19808 M-S-left    Promote subtree
19809 M-S-right   Demote subtree
19810 M-q         Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19811 C-c ^       Sort entries
19812 C-c -       Cycle list bullet
19813 TAB         Cycle item visibility
19814 M-RET       Insert new heading/item
19815 S-M-RET     Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19816 C-c C-c     Set tags / toggle checkbox
19817
19818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19819
19820 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19821 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19822
19823 \(fn)" nil nil)
19824
19825 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19826 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19827
19828 \(fn)" nil nil)
19829
19830 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19831 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19832 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19833 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19834 call CMD.
19835
19836 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19837
19838 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19839 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19840 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19841 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19842
19843 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19844 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19845 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19846
19847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19848
19849 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19850 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19851 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19852
19853 \(fn)" t nil)
19854
19855 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19856 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19857 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19858 Org-mode syntax.
19859
19860 \(fn)" t nil)
19861
19862 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19863 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19864
19865 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19866
19867 (autoload 'org-update-all-dblocks "org" "\
19868 Update all dynamic blocks in the buffer.
19869 This function can be used in a hook.
19870
19871 \(fn)" t nil)
19872
19873 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19874 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19875
19876 FUNC is a function or a lisp form.  The function will be called without
19877 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19878 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19879 returned as a list.
19880
19881 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19882 does not need to preserve point.  After evaluation, the cursor will be
19883 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19884 processed entry) and search continues from there.  Under some
19885 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results.  For example,
19886 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19887 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely.  In such cases, you
19888 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19889 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19890 position.
19891
19892 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19893 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19894 the iteration.  When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19895 visited by the iteration.
19896
19897 SCOPE determines the scope of this command.  It can be any of:
19898
19899 nil     The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19900 tree    The subtree started with the entry at point
19901 region  The entries within the active region, if any
19902 region-start-level
19903         The entries within the active region, but only those at
19904         the same level than the first one.
19905 file    The current buffer, without restriction
19906 file-with-archives
19907         The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19908 agenda  All agenda files
19909 agenda-with-archives
19910         All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19911 \(file1 file2 ...)
19912         If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19913
19914 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19915 the scanner.  The following items can be given here:
19916
19917   archive    skip trees with the archive tag.
19918   comment    skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19919   function or Emacs Lisp form:
19920              will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19921              the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19922              entry and search will continue from the point where the
19923              function leaves it.
19924
19925 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19926 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19927 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19928 with `org-get-tags-at'.  If your function gets properties with
19929 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19930 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19931 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19932 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19933
19934 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19935
19936 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19937 Switch between Org buffers.
19938 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19939 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19940
19941 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19942 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19943
19944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19945
19946 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19947
19948 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19949
19950 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19951 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19952 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19953 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19954
19955 \(fn)" t nil)
19956
19957 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19958 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19959
19960 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19961
19962 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19963 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19964 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19965
19966 \(fn)" t nil)
19967
19968 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19969
19970
19971 \(fn)" t nil)
19972
19973 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19974 Reload all org lisp files.
19975 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19976
19977 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19978
19979 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19980 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19981
19982 \(fn)" t nil)
19983
19984 (autoload 'org-forward-element "org" "\
19985 Move forward by one element.
19986 Move to the next element at the same level, when possible.
19987
19988 \(fn)" t nil)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-backward-element "org" "\
19991 Move backward by one element.
19992 Move to the previous element at the same level, when possible.
19993
19994 \(fn)" t nil)
19995
19996 (autoload 'org-up-element "org" "\
19997 Move to upper element.
19998
19999 \(fn)" t nil)
20000
20001 (defvar org-element-greater-elements)
20002
20003 (autoload 'org-drag-element-backward "org" "\
20004 Move backward element at point.
20005
20006 \(fn)" t nil)
20007
20008 (autoload 'org-drag-element-forward "org" "\
20009 Move forward element at point.
20010
20011 \(fn)" t nil)
20012
20013 (autoload 'org-mark-element "org" "\
20014 Put point at beginning of this element, mark at end.
20015
20016 Interactively, if this command is repeated or (in Transient Mark
20017 mode) if the mark is active, it marks the next element after the
20018 ones already marked.
20019
20020 \(fn)" t nil)
20021
20022 (autoload 'org-narrow-to-element "org" "\
20023 Narrow buffer to current element.
20024
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20026
20027 (autoload 'org-transpose-element "org" "\
20028 Transpose current and previous elements, keeping blank lines between.
20029 Point is moved after both elements.
20030
20031 \(fn)" t nil)
20032
20033 (autoload 'org-unindent-buffer "org" "\
20034 Un-indent the visible part of the buffer.
20035 Relative indentation (between items, inside blocks, etc.) isn't
20036 modified.
20037
20038 \(fn)" t nil)
20039
20040 ;;;***
20041 \f
20042 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
20043 ;;;;;;  org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
20044 ;;;;;;  org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
20045 ;;;;;;  org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
20046 ;;;;;;  org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
20047 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
20048 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20049
20050 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20051 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20052
20053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20054
20055 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20056 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20057 Prompts for a command to execute.  Any prefix arg will be passed
20058 on to the selected command.  The default selections are:
20059
20060 a     Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20061 t     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20062 T     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20063       entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20064 m     Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20065       a condition  (the user is prompted for the condition).
20066 M     Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20067 L     Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20068 e     Export views to associated files.
20069 s     Search entries for keywords.
20070 S     Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20071 /     Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20072       in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20073 <     Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20074       Press several times to get the desired effect.
20075 >     Remove a previous restriction.
20076 #     List \"stuck\" projects.
20077 !     Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20078 C     Configure custom agenda commands.
20079
20080 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20081 `org-agenda-custom-commands'.  In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20082 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20083
20084 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20085 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20086 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20087 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20088 \(if active).
20089
20090 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20091
20092 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20093 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20094 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20095 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
20096 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20097 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20098 before running the agenda command.
20099
20100 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20101
20102 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20103 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20104 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20105 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
20106 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20107 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20108 before running the agenda command.
20109
20110 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item.  Each
20111 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20112
20113 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20114
20115 category     The category of the item
20116 head         The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20117 type         The type of the agenda entry, can be
20118                 todo               selected in TODO match
20119                 tagsmatch          selected in tags match
20120                 diary              imported from diary
20121                 deadline           a deadline on given date
20122                 scheduled          scheduled on given date
20123                 timestamp          entry has timestamp on given date
20124                 closed             entry was closed on given date
20125                 upcoming-deadline  warning about deadline
20126                 past-scheduled     forwarded scheduled item
20127                 block              entry has date block including g. date
20128 todo         The todo keyword, if any
20129 tags         All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20130 date         The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20131 time         The time, like 15:00-16:50
20132 extra        Sting with extra planning info
20133 priority-l   The priority letter if any was given
20134 priority-n   The computed numerical priority
20135 agenda-day   The day in the agenda where this is listed
20136
20137 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20138
20139 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20140
20141
20142 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20143
20144 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20145 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20146
20147 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20148
20149 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20150 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20151 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20152 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20153
20154 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20155 span ARG days.  Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20156 the number of days.  SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20157
20158 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20159 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20160
20161 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20162
20163 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20164 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20165
20166 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20167 TODO entries.  The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20168 string into this function.  If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20169 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20170 EDIT-AT.
20171
20172 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20173 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20174 in a Boolean way to select an entry.  The default depends on the variable
20175 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20176 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20177 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with  \"+\" or \"-\".
20178
20179 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20180 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20181 including newlines.
20182
20183 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20184 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20185 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry.  Words without
20186 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.  Matching is
20187 case-insensitive.  Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20188 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20189 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20190
20191 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20192 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20193 match in the entry.  Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20194 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20195
20196 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20197 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20198   exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20199   that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20200 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20201   with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20202   Boolean search must match as full words.
20203
20204 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20205 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20206
20207 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20208
20209 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20210 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20211 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20212 the list to these.  When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20213 for a keyword.  A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20214 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20215
20216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20217
20218 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20219 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20220 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20221
20222 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20223
20224 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20225 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20226 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions.  For the definitions
20227 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20228 `org-stuck-projects'.
20229
20230 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20231
20232 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20233 Return diary information from org files.
20234 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20235 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20236 listed in the diary.  The function accepts arguments specifying what
20237 items should be listed.  For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20238 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20239
20240 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20241
20242    &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20243
20244 Use a separate line for each org file to check.  Or, if you omit the file name,
20245 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20246
20247    &%%(org-diary)
20248
20249 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20250 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20251 So the example above may also be written as
20252
20253    &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20254
20255 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20256 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works.  Don't use this
20257 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20258
20259 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20260
20261 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20262 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20263
20264 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20265
20266 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20267 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20268 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20269
20270 \(fn)" t nil)
20271
20272 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20273 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20274 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20275 appointments.
20276
20277 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20278 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20279
20280 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20281 for filtering entries out.
20282
20283 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20284 calling the function returns nil.  This function takes one
20285 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20286
20287 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20288 either 'headline or 'category.  For example:
20289
20290   '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20291     (category \"Work\"))
20292
20293 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20294 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20295
20296 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20297 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20298 and :timestamp entries.  See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20299 details and examples.
20300
20301 If an entry as a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20302 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20303
20304 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20305
20306 ;;;***
20307 \f
20308 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20309 ;;;;;;  org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20310 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20312
20313 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20314 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20315 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20316
20317 \(fn)" t nil)
20318
20319 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20320 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20321 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20322
20323 \(fn)" t nil)
20324
20325 ;;;***
20326 \f
20327 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20328 ;;;;;;  org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20329 ;;;;;;  org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20330 ;;;;;;  org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20585
20331 ;;;;;;  28088 480237 0))
20332 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20333
20334 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20335 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20336
20337 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20338
20339 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20340 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20341
20342 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20343
20344 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20345 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20346
20347 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20348
20349 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20350 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20351
20352 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20353
20354 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20355 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20356 No file is created.  The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20357
20358 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20359
20360 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20361 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20362 This can be used in any buffer.  For example, you could write an
20363 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20364 command to convert it.
20365
20366 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20367
20368 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20369 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20370 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20371 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20372 cut-and-paste operations.
20373 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20374 of the converted ASCII.  If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20375 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind.  For example,
20376 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20377
20378   (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20379
20380 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20381 in a window.  A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20382
20383 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20384
20385 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20386 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20387 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20388 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20389 underlined headlines, default is 3.    Lower levels will become bulleted
20390 lists.  When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20391 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20392 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20393 settings.  When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20394 name and export to that buffer.  If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20395 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20396 resulting ASCII as a string.  When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20397 the file header and footer.  When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20398 publishing directory.
20399
20400 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20401
20402 ;;;***
20403 \f
20404 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20585
20405 ;;;;;;  28088 480237 0))
20406 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20407
20408 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20409 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20410 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20411
20412 \(fn)" t nil)
20413
20414 ;;;***
20415 \f
20416 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20417 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
20418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20419
20420 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20421 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20422
20423 \(fn)" nil nil)
20424
20425 ;;;***
20426 \f
20427 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20428 ;;;;;;  org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20585 28088
20429 ;;;;;;  480237 0))
20430 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20431
20432 (defvar org-capture-initial nil)
20433
20434 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20435 Capture something.
20436 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20437 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20438 file the newly captured information.  The text is immediately inserted
20439 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20440 edit it.  Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20441 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20442
20443 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20444 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20445 stores its notes.  With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20446 stored.
20447
20448 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20449
20450 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20451 in `org-capture-templates'.  In this case, interactive selection
20452 will be bypassed.
20453
20454 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20455 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20456
20457 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20458
20459 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20460
20461
20462 \(fn)" nil nil)
20463
20464 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20465 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20466
20467 \(fn)" t nil)
20468
20469 ;;;***
20470 \f
20471 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable
20472 ;;;;;;  org-clock-in-last) "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20585
20473 ;;;;;;  28088 480237 0))
20474 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20475
20476 (autoload 'org-clock-in-last "org-clock" "\
20477 Clock in the last closed clocked item.
20478 When already clocking in, send an warning.
20479 With a universal prefix argument, select the task you want to
20480 clock in from the last clocked in tasks.
20481 With two universal prefix arguments, start clocking using the
20482 last clock-out time, if any.
20483 With three universal prefix arguments, interactively prompt
20484 for a todo state to switch to, overriding the existing value
20485 `org-clock-in-switch-to-state'.
20486
20487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20488
20489 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20490 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20491 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20492 fontified, and then returned.
20493
20494 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20495
20496 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20497 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20498
20499 \(fn)" nil nil)
20500
20501 ;;;***
20502 \f
20503 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20504 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
20505 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20506
20507 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20508 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20509
20510 \(fn)" nil t)
20511
20512 ;;;***
20513 \f
20514 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20515 ;;;;;;  "org/org-datetree.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
20516 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20517
20518 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20519 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20520 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20521 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20522 tree can be found.
20523
20524 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20525
20526 ;;;***
20527 \f
20528 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20529 ;;;;;;  org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20530 ;;;;;;  org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20531 ;;;;;;  "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
20532 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20533
20534 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20535 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20536 This function can be used in batch processing.
20537
20538 For example:
20539
20540 $ emacs --batch
20541         --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20542         --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20547 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20548 No file is created.
20549
20550 \(fn)" t nil)
20551
20552 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20553 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20554 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20555 DocBook.  This can be used in any buffer.  For example, you could
20556 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20557 then use this command to convert it.
20558
20559 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20560
20561 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20562 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20563 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20564 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20565 cut-and-paste operations.  If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20566 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook.  If
20567 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20568 string and leave not buffer behind.  For example, a Lisp program
20569 could call this function in the following way:
20570
20571   (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20572
20573 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20574 in a window.  A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20575
20576 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20577
20578 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20579 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20580
20581 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20582
20583 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20584 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20585
20586 \(fn)" t nil)
20587
20588 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20589 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20590 If there is an active region, export only the region.  When
20591 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.  EXT-PLIST is a
20592 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20593 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20594 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20595 export to that buffer.  If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20596 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20597 as a string.  When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20598 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20599 top-level sections).  When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20600 publishing directory.
20601
20602 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20603
20604 ;;;***
20605 \f
20606 ;;;### (autoloads (org-element-context org-element-at-point org-element-interpret-data)
20607 ;;;;;;  "org-element" "org/org-element.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
20608 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
20609
20610 (autoload 'org-element-interpret-data "org-element" "\
20611 Interpret DATA as Org syntax.
20612
20613 DATA is a parse tree, an element, an object or a secondary string
20614 to interpret.
20615
20616 Optional argument PARENT is used for recursive calls.  It contains
20617 the element or object containing data, or nil.
20618
20619 Return Org syntax as a string.
20620
20621 \(fn DATA &optional PARENT)" nil nil)
20622
20623 (autoload 'org-element-at-point "org-element" "\
20624 Determine closest element around point.
20625
20626 Return value is a list like (TYPE PROPS) where TYPE is the type
20627 of the element and PROPS a plist of properties associated to the
20628 element.
20629
20630 Possible types are defined in `org-element-all-elements'.
20631 Properties depend on element or object type, but always
20632 include :begin, :end, :parent and :post-blank properties.
20633
20634 As a special case, if point is at the very beginning of a list or
20635 sub-list, returned element will be that list instead of the first
20636 item.  In the same way, if point is at the beginning of the first
20637 row of a table, returned element will be the table instead of the
20638 first row.
20639
20640 If optional argument KEEP-TRAIL is non-nil, the function returns
20641 a list of of elements leading to element at point.  The list's
20642 CAR is always the element at point.  Following positions contain
20643 element's siblings, then parents, siblings of parents, until the
20644 first element of current section.
20645
20646 \(fn &optional KEEP-TRAIL)" nil nil)
20647
20648 (autoload 'org-element-context "org-element" "\
20649 Return closest element or object around point.
20650
20651 Return value is a list like (TYPE PROPS) where TYPE is the type
20652 of the element or object and PROPS a plist of properties
20653 associated to it.
20654
20655 Possible types are defined in `org-element-all-elements' and
20656 `org-element-all-objects'.  Properties depend on element or
20657 object type, but always include :begin, :end, :parent
20658 and :post-blank properties.
20659
20660 \(fn)" nil nil)
20661
20662 ;;;***
20663 \f
20664 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20665 ;;;;;;  org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20666 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
20667 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20668
20669 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20670 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20671 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20672 in the background.  This will be done only for commands that write
20673 to a file.  For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20674
20675 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter.  However, if
20676 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20677 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20678
20679 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20680 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20681 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20682
20683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20684
20685 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20686 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20687 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20688 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20689 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20690 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20691 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20692 continue to use it.  The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20693 command.
20694
20695 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20696
20697 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20698 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20699 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20700 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20701 stuff removed.  This command will remove the following:
20702
20703 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20704 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20705 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20706   and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20707
20708 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20709 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20710 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20711
20712 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20713 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20714 settings.  When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20715 directory.
20716
20717 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20718
20719 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20720 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20721
20722 \(fn)" t nil)
20723
20724 ;;;***
20725 \f
20726 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20727 ;;;;;;  org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20585
20728 ;;;;;;  28088 480237 0))
20729 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20730
20731 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20732 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20733
20734 \(fn)" t nil)
20735
20736 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20737 Get inbox items from FEED.
20738 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20739 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20740
20741 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20742
20743 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20744 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20745
20746 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20747
20748 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20749 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20750
20751 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20752
20753 ;;;***
20754 \f
20755 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20756 ;;;;;;  "org/org-footnote.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
20757 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20758
20759 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20760 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20761
20762 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20763
20764 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20765 to create them otherwise.
20766
20767 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20768 interactively.
20769
20770 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20771
20772 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20773
20774 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20775 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20776
20777 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20778 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20779 Org-mode exporters.
20780
20781 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20782 referenced sequence.
20783
20784 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20785 export properties of the buffer.
20786
20787 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20788 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20789 buffer.  Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20790 definitions to be available before any references to them.  Such
20791 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20792 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20793
20794 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20795 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20796 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20797    of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20798    `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20799
20800 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20801
20802 ;;;***
20803 \f
20804 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20805 ;;;;;;  org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20806 ;;;;;;  org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20807 ;;;;;;  "org/org-freemind.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
20808 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20809
20810 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20811 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20812 If there is an active region, export only the region.  HIDDEN is
20813 obsolete and does nothing.  EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20814 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20815 still inferior to file-local settings.  When TO-BUFFER is
20816 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20817 buffer.  If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20818 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20819 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20820 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20821 sections).  When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20822 directory.
20823
20824 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20825
20826 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20827
20828 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20829 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20830
20831 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20832
20833 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20834 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20835 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20836
20837 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20838
20839 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20840 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20841 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20842 have them in `org-mode'.
20843
20844 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20845 to export from `org-mode' to html.  You can create a dynamic html
20846 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20847 then exporting from Freemind to html.  The 'As
20848 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20849 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20850
20851 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20852
20853 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20854 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20855
20856 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20857
20858 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20859 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20860
20861 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20862
20863 ;;;***
20864 \f
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20866 ;;;;;;  org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20867 ;;;;;;  org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20868 ;;;;;;  "org/org-html.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
20869 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20870
20871 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20872
20873 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20874
20875 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20876
20877 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20878 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20879 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20880 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20881 headlines.  The default is 3.  Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20882
20883 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20884
20885 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20886 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20887 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20888 emacs   --batch
20889         --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20890         --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20891         --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20892
20893 \(fn)" nil nil)
20894
20895 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20896 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20897 No file is created.  The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20898
20899 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20900
20901 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20902 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20903 This can be used in any buffer.  For example, you could write an
20904 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20905 command to convert it.
20906
20907 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20908
20909 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20910 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20911 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20912 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20913 cut-and-paste operations.
20914 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20915 of the converted HTML.  If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20916 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind.  For example,
20917 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20918
20919   (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20920
20921 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20922 in a window.  A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20923
20924 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20925
20926 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20927 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20928 If there is an active region, export only the region.  The prefix
20929 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20930 headlines.  The default is 3.  Lower levels will become bulleted
20931 lists.  HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20932 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20933 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20934 settings.  When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20935 name and export to that buffer.  If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20936 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20937 resulting HTML as a string.  When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20938 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20939 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves.  When
20940 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20941
20942 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20943
20944 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20945 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20946 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20947 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20948 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20949 faces used in the current Emacs session.  You can copy and paste the ones you
20950 need into your CSS file.
20951
20952 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20953 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20954 that uses these same face definitions.
20955
20956 \(fn)" t nil)
20957
20958 ;;;***
20959 \f
20960 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20961 ;;;;;;  org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20962 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
20963 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20964
20965 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20966 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20967 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20968 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20969
20970 \(fn)" t nil)
20971
20972 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20973 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20974 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20975 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20976
20977 \(fn)" t nil)
20978
20979 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20980 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20981 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20982
20983 \(fn)" t nil)
20984
20985 ;;;***
20986 \f
20987 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20988 ;;;;;;  org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20989 ;;;;;;  org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20990 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
20991 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20992
20993 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20994 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20995 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20996 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20997
20998 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20999
21000 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
21001 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
21002 Create an ID if necessary.
21003
21004 \(fn)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
21007 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
21008 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
21009 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
21010 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
21011 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
21012 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
21013
21014 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
21015
21016 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
21017 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
21018 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
21019 headlines.  When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
21020 eligible.
21021 It returns the ID of the entry.  If necessary, the ID is created.
21022
21023 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21024
21025 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
21026 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
21027 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
21028 It returns the ID of the entry.  If necessary, the ID is created.
21029
21030 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21031
21032 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
21033 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
21034 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
21035
21036 \(fn ID)" t nil)
21037
21038 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
21039 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
21040 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
21041 if there is no entry with that ID.
21042 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
21043
21044 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
21045
21046 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
21047 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
21048
21049 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
21050
21051 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
21052 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
21053
21054 \(fn)" t nil)
21055
21056 ;;;***
21057 \f
21058 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
21059 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
21060 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
21061
21062 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
21063 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
21064
21065 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
21066 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
21067
21068 The process is synchronous.  Though, initial indentation of
21069 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
21070 during idle time.
21071
21072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21073
21074 ;;;***
21075 \f
21076 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
21077 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
21078 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
21079
21080 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
21081 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
21082
21083 \(fn)" nil nil)
21084
21085 ;;;***
21086 \f
21087 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
21088 ;;;;;;  org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
21089 ;;;;;;  org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
21090 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
21091 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
21092
21093 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
21094 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
21095 For example:
21096
21097 emacs   --batch
21098         --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21099         --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21100         --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
21101
21102 \(fn)" nil nil)
21103
21104 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
21105 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
21106 No file is created.  The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
21107
21108 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21109
21110 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
21111 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
21112 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
21113 LaTeX.  This can be used in any buffer.  For example, you could
21114 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
21115 then use this command to convert it.
21116
21117 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21118
21119 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21120 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
21121 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21122 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21123 cut-and-paste operations.
21124 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21125 of the converted LaTeX.  If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21126 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind.  For example,
21127 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21128
21129   (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
21130
21131 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21132 in a window.  A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21133
21134 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21135
21136 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21137 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
21138 If there is an active region, export only the region.  The prefix
21139 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21140 headlines.  The default is 3.  Lower levels will be exported
21141 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'.  The default is to
21142 convert them as description lists.
21143 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21144 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
21145 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
21146 still inferior to file-local settings.  When TO-BUFFER is
21147 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
21148 buffer.  If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
21149 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
21150 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
21151 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
21152 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
21153 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21154
21155 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21156
21157 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21158 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21159
21160 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21161
21162 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21163 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21164
21165 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21166
21167 ;;;***
21168 \f
21169 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
21170 ;;;;;;  org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
21171 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
21172 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
21173
21174 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
21175 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
21176 If there is an active region, export only the region.  The prefix
21177 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21178 headlines.  The default is 3.  Lower levels will become bulleted
21179 lists.
21180
21181 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
21182
21183 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
21184 Call the function `org-lparse'.
21185 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21186 emacs   --batch
21187         --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21188         --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21189         --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
21190
21191 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
21192
21193 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
21194 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
21195 No file is created.  The prefix ARG is passed through to
21196 `org-lparse'.
21197
21198 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
21199
21200 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
21201 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
21202 This can be used in any buffer.  For example, you could write an
21203 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
21204 this command to convert it.
21205
21206 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
21207
21208 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
21209 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
21210 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21211 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21212 cut-and-paste operations.
21213 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21214 of the converted HTML.  If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21215 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind.  For example,
21216 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21217
21218   (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
21219
21220 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21221 in a window.  A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21222
21223 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
21224
21225 ;;;***
21226 \f
21227 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21228 ;;;;;;  org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20585
21229 ;;;;;;  28088 480237 0))
21230 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21231
21232 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21233 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21234 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21235 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21236
21237 \(fn)" t nil)
21238
21239 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21240 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21241 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21242 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21243
21244 \(fn)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21247 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21248
21249 \(fn)" t nil)
21250
21251 ;;;***
21252 \f
21253 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21254 ;;;;;;  org-export-as-odt org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21255 ;;;;;;  "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
21256 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21257
21258 (put 'org-export-odt-preferred-output-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21259
21260 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21261 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21262 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21263 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21264 headlines.  The default is 3.  Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21265
21266 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21267
21268 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21269 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21270 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21271 emacs   --batch
21272         --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21273         --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21274         --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21275
21276 \(fn)" nil nil)
21277
21278 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21279 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21280 If there is an active region, export only the region.  The prefix
21281 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21282 headlines.  The default is 3.  Lower levels will become bulleted
21283 lists.  HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21284 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21285 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21286 settings.  When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21287 name and export to that buffer.  If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21288 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21289 resulting XML as a string.  When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21290 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21291 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves.  When
21292 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21293
21294 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21295
21296 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21297 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21298 IN-FILE is the file to be converted.  If unspecified, it defaults
21299 to variable `buffer-file-name'.  OUT-FMT is the desired output
21300 format.  Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21301 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21302 using `org-open-file'.
21303
21304 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21305
21306 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21307 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21308 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21309 MathML.  When invoked as an interactive command, use
21310 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21311 region.  If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it.  Push
21312 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21313 non-nil.
21314
21315 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21316
21317 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21318 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21319 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21320 formula file.
21321
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21323
21324 ;;;***
21325 \f
21326 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21327 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
21328 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21329
21330 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21331 Plot table using gnuplot.  Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21332 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21333 line directly before or after the table.
21334
21335 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21336
21337 ;;;***
21338 \f
21339 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21340 ;;;;;;  org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21341 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
21342 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21343
21344 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21345
21346 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21347 Publish PROJECT.
21348
21349 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21350
21351 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21352 Publish all projects.
21353 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21354 directory and force publishing all files.
21355
21356 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21357
21358 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21359 Publish the current file.
21360 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21361
21362 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21365 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21366 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21367 the project.
21368
21369 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21370
21371 ;;;***
21372 \f
21373 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21374 ;;;;;;  org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21375 ;;;;;;  "org/org-remember.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
21376 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21377
21378 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21379 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21380
21381 \(fn)" nil nil)
21382
21383 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21384 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21385 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21386 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21387 conventions in Org-mode.  This function returns such a link.
21388
21389 \(fn)" nil nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21392 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21393 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21394 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21395
21396 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21397
21398 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21399 Call `remember'.  If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21400 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21401 of the remember buffer.
21402
21403 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21404 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21405 stores its notes.  With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21406 note stored by remember.
21407
21408 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21409 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21410
21411 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21412
21413 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21414 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21415 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21416 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21417 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21418 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21419 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21420 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21421 process is used to select the target location.
21422
21423 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21424 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21425
21426 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21427 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21428 currently running.
21429
21430 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21431 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21432 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21433 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21434
21435 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21436 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21437 a \"*\".  If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21438 some additional data.
21439
21440 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21441 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21442 \(i.e. after the stars).
21443
21444 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21445
21446 \(fn)" nil nil)
21447
21448 ;;;***
21449 \f
21450 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-table-iterate-buffer-tables
21451 ;;;;;;  org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables) "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
21452 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
21453 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21454
21455 (autoload 'org-table-recalculate-buffer-tables "org-table" "\
21456 Recalculate all tables in the current buffer.
21457
21458 \(fn)" t nil)
21459
21460 (autoload 'org-table-iterate-buffer-tables "org-table" "\
21461 Iterate all tables in the buffer, to converge inter-table dependencies.
21462
21463 \(fn)" t nil)
21464
21465 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21466 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21467
21468 \(fn)" nil nil)
21469
21470 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21471 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21472
21473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21474
21475 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21476 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21477 The structure will be a list.  Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21478 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21479 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21480
21481 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21482
21483 ;;;***
21484 \f
21485 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21486 ;;;;;;  "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20585 28088 480237
21487 ;;;;;;  0))
21488 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21489
21490 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21491 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21492 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21493 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21494 the tasks for this project.  The first node of this tree defines
21495 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21496 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21497 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21498 resources for the project.  If no resources are specified, a
21499 default resource is created and allocated to the project.  Also
21500 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21501 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21502
21503 \(fn)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21506 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21507 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21508
21509 \(fn)" t nil)
21510
21511 ;;;***
21512 \f
21513 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21514 ;;;;;;  org-timer org-timer-stop org-timer-pause-or-continue org-timer-start)
21515 ;;;;;;  "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
21516 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21517
21518 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21519 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21520 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21521 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21522 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21523 without user interaction.
21524 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21525 region will be shifted by a specific amount.  You will be prompted for
21526 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21527 the region 0:00:00.
21528
21529 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21530
21531 (autoload 'org-timer-pause-or-continue "org-timer" "\
21532 Pause or continue the relative timer.
21533 With prefix arg STOP, stop it entirely.
21534
21535 \(fn &optional STOP)" t nil)
21536
21537 (autoload 'org-timer-stop "org-timer" "\
21538 Stop the relative timer.
21539
21540 \(fn)" t nil)
21541
21542 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21543 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21544 The first time this command is used, the timer is started.  When used with
21545 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21546 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21547 in the region by a fixed amount.  This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21548 that was not started at the correct moment.
21549
21550 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21551 it in the buffer.
21552
21553 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21554
21555 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21556 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21557
21558 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21559
21560 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21561 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21562
21563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21566 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21567
21568 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21569 the default duration for the timer.  If a timer is already set,
21570 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21571
21572 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21573 the duration of the timer.
21574
21575 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21576 without prompting the user for a duration.
21577
21578 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21579 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21580 replace any running timer.
21581
21582 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21583
21584 ;;;***
21585 \f
21586 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
21587 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
21588 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
21589
21590 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
21591 The release version of org-mode.
21592   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
21593
21594 \(fn)" nil nil)
21595
21596 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
21597 The Git version of org-mode.
21598   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
21599
21600 \(fn)" nil nil)
21601
21602 (defconst org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
21603 The location of ODT styles.")
21604
21605 ;;;***
21606 \f
21607 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21608 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
21609 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21610
21611 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21612 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21613 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21614
21615 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21616
21617 ;;;***
21618 \f
21619 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21620 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
21621 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21622 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21623 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21624
21625 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21626 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21627 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21628 two for subheadings, etc.  Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21629
21630 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21631 invisible, or visible again.  Invisible lines are attached to the end
21632 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21633 back.  A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21634
21635 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21636 \\[outline-next-visible-heading]   outline-next-visible-heading      move by visible headings
21637 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading]   outline-previous-visible-heading
21638 \\[outline-forward-same-level]   outline-forward-same-level        similar but skip subheadings
21639 \\[outline-backward-same-level]   outline-backward-same-level
21640 \\[outline-up-heading]   outline-up-heading                 move from subheading to heading
21641
21642 \\[hide-body]   make all text invisible (not headings).
21643 \\[show-all]    make everything in buffer visible.
21644 \\[hide-sublevels]  make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21645
21646 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21647 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21648 \\[hide-subtree]   hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21649 \\[show-subtree]   show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21650 \\[show-children]   show-children       make direct subheadings visible.
21651                  No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21652                  With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21653 \\[hide-entry]     make immediately following body invisible.
21654 \\[show-entry]     make it visible.
21655 \\[hide-leaves]    make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21656                      The subheadings remain visible.
21657 \\[show-branches]  make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21658
21659 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21660 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21661 beginning of the line.  The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21662
21663 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21664 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21665
21666 \(fn)" t nil)
21667
21668 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21669 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21671 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
21672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21673
21674 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21675
21676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21677 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21678
21679 ;;;***
21680 \f
21681 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21682 ;;;;;;  package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21683 ;;;;;;  package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21684 ;;;;;;  (20576 42138 697312 0))
21685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21686
21687 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21688 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21689 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21690 and before `after-init-hook'.  Activation is not done if
21691 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21692
21693 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21694 activate the package system at any time.")
21695
21696 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21697
21698 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21699 Install the package named NAME.
21700 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21701 archive in `package-archives'.  Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21702
21703 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21704
21705 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21706 Install a package from the current buffer.
21707 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21708 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21709 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21710
21711 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21712 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21713 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21714
21715 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21716
21717 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21718 Install a package from a file.
21719 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21720
21721 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21724 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21725 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21726 makes them available for download.
21727
21728 \(fn)" t nil)
21729
21730 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21731 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21732 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21733 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21734
21735 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21736
21737 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21738 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21739
21740 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21741
21742 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21743 Display a list of packages.
21744 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21745 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21746 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21747
21748 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21749
21750 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21751
21752 ;;;***
21753 \f
21754 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20542 50478
21755 ;;;;;;  439878 507000))
21756 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21757
21758 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21759 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21760 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21762 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21763 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21764
21765 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21766
21767 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21768 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21770 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
21771 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21772
21773 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, any
21774 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21775 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21776
21777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21778
21779 ;;;***
21780 \f
21781 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21782 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
21783 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21784 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21785
21786 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21787 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21788 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21789 unknown are returned as nil.
21790
21791 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21792
21793 ;;;***
21794 \f
21795 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20478
21796 ;;;;;;  3673 653810 0))
21797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21798
21799 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21800 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21801 TAB indents for Pascal code.  Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21802
21803 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21804 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21805
21806 Other useful functions are:
21807
21808 \\[pascal-mark-defun]   - Mark function.
21809 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21810 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21811 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21812 \\[pascal-uncomment-area]       - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21813 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21814 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21815 \\[pascal-goto-defun]   - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21816 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21817
21818 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21819
21820  `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21821     Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21822  `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21823     Indentation for case statements.
21824  `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21825     Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21826     mark after an end.
21827  `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21828     Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21829  `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21830     Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21831     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21832  `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21833     Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21834     functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21835  `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21836     List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21837
21838 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21839 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21840
21841 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21842 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21843
21844 \(fn)" t nil)
21845
21846 ;;;***
21847 \f
21848 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21849 ;;;;;;  "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
21850 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21851
21852 (defvar password-cache t "\
21853 Whether to cache passwords.")
21854
21855 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21856
21857 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21858 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21859 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21860
21861 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21862
21863 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21864 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21865
21866 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21867
21868 ;;;***
21869 \f
21870 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21871 ;;;;;;  (20582 12914 894781 0))
21872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21873
21874 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21875 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21876 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21877
21878 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21879   _             matches anything.
21880   SELFQUOTING   matches itself.  This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
21881   SYMBOL        matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21882   (or UPAT...)  matches if any of the patterns matches.
21883   (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21884   `QPAT         matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21885   (pred PRED)   matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21886   (guard BOOLEXP)       matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21887   (let UPAT EXP)        matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21888 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21889 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21890
21891 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21892   (QPAT1 . QPAT2)       matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21893   ,UPAT                 matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21894   STRING                matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21895   ATOM                  matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21896 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21897
21898 PRED can take the form
21899   FUNCTION           in which case it gets called with one argument.
21900   (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
21901                         which is the value being matched.
21902 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21903 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21904 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21905 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21906 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21907
21908 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
21909
21910 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21911
21912 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21913 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21914 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21915 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21916
21917 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21918
21919 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21920
21921 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21922 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21923 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21924 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21925
21926 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21927
21928 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21929
21930 ;;;***
21931 \f
21932 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20355
21933 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
21934 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21935
21936 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21937 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21938
21939 \(fn)" nil nil)
21940
21941 ;;;***
21942 \f
21943 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21944 ;;;;;;  "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20572 16038 402143 0))
21945 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21946
21947 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21948 Completion for `gzip'.
21949
21950 \(fn)" nil nil)
21951
21952 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21953 Completion for `bzip2'.
21954
21955 \(fn)" nil nil)
21956
21957 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21958 Completion for GNU `make'.
21959
21960 \(fn)" nil nil)
21961
21962 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21963 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21964
21965 \(fn)" nil nil)
21966
21967 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21968
21969 ;;;***
21970 \f
21971 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21972 ;;;;;;  "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
21973 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21974
21975 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21976 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21977
21978 \(fn)" nil nil)
21979
21980 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21981 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21982
21983 \(fn)" nil nil)
21984
21985 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21986 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21987
21988 \(fn)" nil nil)
21989
21990 ;;;***
21991 \f
21992 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20523
21993 ;;;;;;  62082 997685 0))
21994 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21995
21996 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21997 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21998
21999 \(fn)" nil nil)
22000
22001 ;;;***
22002 \f
22003 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
22004 ;;;;;;  pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
22005 ;;;;;;  pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20376 40834 914217
22006 ;;;;;;  0))
22007 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
22008
22009 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
22010 Completion for `cd'.
22011
22012 \(fn)" nil nil)
22013
22014 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
22015
22016 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
22017 Completion for `rmdir'.
22018
22019 \(fn)" nil nil)
22020
22021 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
22022 Completion for `rm'.
22023
22024 \(fn)" nil nil)
22025
22026 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
22027 Completion for `xargs'.
22028
22029 \(fn)" nil nil)
22030
22031 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
22032
22033 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
22034 Completion for `which'.
22035
22036 \(fn)" nil nil)
22037
22038 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
22039 Completion for the `chown' command.
22040
22041 \(fn)" nil nil)
22042
22043 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22044 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
22045
22046 \(fn)" nil nil)
22047
22048 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
22049 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
22050
22051 \(fn)" nil nil)
22052
22053 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22054 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
22055 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
22056
22057 \(fn)" nil nil)
22058
22059 ;;;***
22060 \f
22061 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
22062 ;;;;;;  pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
22063 ;;;;;;  pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20582
22064 ;;;;;;  12914 894781 0))
22065 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
22066
22067 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
22068 Support extensible programmable completion.
22069 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
22070 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
22071
22072 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
22073
22074 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
22075 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
22076
22077 \(fn)" t nil)
22078
22079 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
22080 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22081 This will modify the current buffer.
22082
22083 \(fn)" t nil)
22084
22085 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
22086 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
22087
22088 \(fn)" t nil)
22089
22090 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
22091 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22092 This will modify the current buffer.
22093
22094 \(fn)" t nil)
22095
22096 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
22097 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
22098
22099 \(fn)" t nil)
22100
22101 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
22102 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
22103
22104 \(fn)" t nil)
22105
22106 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
22107 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
22108 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
22109 dynamic-complete-functions are kept.  For comint mode itself,
22110 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
22111
22112 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
22113
22114 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
22115 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
22116
22117 \(fn)" nil nil)
22118
22119 ;;;***
22120 \f
22121 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
22122 ;;;;;;  cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
22123 ;;;;;;  "vc/pcvs.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
22124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
22125
22126 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
22127 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
22128 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
22129 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22130
22131 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
22132
22133 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
22134
22135 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
22136 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
22137 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22138 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22139   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22140 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22141 FLAGS is ignored.
22142
22143 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
22144
22145 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
22146 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
22147 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
22148 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22149 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22150 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22151   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22152 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22153
22154 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22155
22156 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
22157 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22158 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22159 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22160 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22161   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22162 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
22163   passed to cvs.
22164
22165 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
22166
22167 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
22168 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22169 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22170 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22171 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22172   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22173 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22174
22175 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22176
22177 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
22178 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
22179 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
22180
22181 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
22182
22183 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
22184 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
22185 A value of nil means never do it.
22186 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
22187   command that prompted the opening of the directory.
22188 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
22189
22190 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
22191
22192 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
22193 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
22194 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
22195
22196 ;;;***
22197 \f
22198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20576 42138
22199 ;;;;;;  697312 0))
22200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
22201
22202 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
22203 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
22204
22205 ;;;***
22206 \f
22207 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
22208 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
22209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
22210 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22211 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22212 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22213 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22214 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22215 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22216
22217 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
22218 Major mode for editing Perl code.
22219 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
22220 Tab indents for Perl code.
22221 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
22222 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22223 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22224 \\{perl-mode-map}
22225 Variables controlling indentation style:
22226  `perl-tab-always-indent'
22227     Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
22228     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22229  `perl-tab-to-comment'
22230     Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
22231     either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
22232     to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
22233  `perl-nochange'
22234     Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
22235  `perl-indent-level'
22236     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
22237     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
22238     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
22239  `perl-continued-statement-offset'
22240     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
22241     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
22242  `perl-continued-brace-offset'
22243     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
22244     This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
22245  `perl-brace-offset'
22246     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
22247  `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
22248     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
22249     this far to the right of the start of its line.
22250  `perl-label-offset'
22251     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
22252  `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
22253     Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
22254
22255 Various indentation styles:       K&R  BSD  BLK  GNU  LW
22256   perl-indent-level                5    8    0    2    4
22257   perl-continued-statement-offset  5    8    4    2    4
22258   perl-continued-brace-offset      0    0    0    0   -4
22259   perl-brace-offset               -5   -8    0    0    0
22260   perl-brace-imaginary-offset      0    0    4    0    0
22261   perl-label-offset               -5   -8   -2   -2   -2
22262
22263 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
22264
22265 \(fn)" t nil)
22266
22267 ;;;***
22268 \f
22269 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
22270 ;;;;;;  (20551 9899 283417 0))
22271 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
22272
22273 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
22274 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
22275 \\<picture-mode-map>
22276 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
22277 afterwards settable by these commands:
22278
22279  Move left after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-left]
22280  Move right after insertion:           \\[picture-movement-right]
22281  Move up after insertion:              \\[picture-movement-up]
22282  Move down after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-down]
22283
22284  Move northwest (nw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-nw]
22285  Move northeast (ne) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-ne]
22286  Move southwest (sw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-sw]
22287  Move southeast (se) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-se]
22288
22289  Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
22290  Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
22291  Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
22292  Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
22293
22294 The current direction is displayed in the mode line.  The initial
22295 direction is right.  Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22296 spaces when required by movement.  You can move around in the buffer
22297 with these commands:
22298
22299  Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22300  Move vertically to SAME column in next line:     \\[picture-move-up]
22301  Move to column following last
22302   non-whitespace character:                       \\[picture-end-of-line]
22303  Move right, inserting spaces if required:        \\[picture-forward-column]
22304  Move left changing tabs to spaces if required:   \\[picture-backward-column]
22305  Move in direction of current picture motion:     \\[picture-motion]
22306  Move opposite to current picture motion:         \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22307  Move to beginning of next line:                  \\[next-line]
22308
22309 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22310
22311  Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22312   character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'):   \\[picture-tab-search]
22313  Move to next stop in tab stop list:              \\[picture-tab]
22314  Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22315    (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22316  Change the tab stop list:                        \\[edit-tab-stops]
22317
22318 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22319  Clear ARG columns after point without moving:    \\[picture-clear-column]
22320  Delete char at point:                            \\[picture-delete-char]
22321  Clear ARG columns backward:                      \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22322  Clear ARG lines, advancing over them:            \\[picture-clear-line]
22323   (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22324  Open blank line(s) beneath current line:         \\[picture-open-line]
22325
22326 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22327   Clear a rectangle and save it:                  \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22328   Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register:  \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22329   Insert currently saved rectangle at point:      \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22330   Insert rectangle from named register:           \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22331   Draw a rectangular box around mark and point:   \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22332   Copies a rectangle to a register:               \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22333   Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands:     \\[undo]
22334
22335 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22336 also strips trailing whitespace from every line.  Stripping is suppressed
22337 by supplying an argument.
22338
22339 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22340
22341 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22342 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22343
22344 \(fn)" t nil)
22345
22346 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22347
22348 ;;;***
22349 \f
22350 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
22351 ;;;;;;  (20378 29222 722320 0))
22352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22353
22354 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22355 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22356
22357 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22358
22359 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
22360 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
22361
22362 \(fn)" t nil)
22363
22364 ;;;***
22365 \f
22366 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22367 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
22368 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22369
22370 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22371 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22372 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22373
22374 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22375
22376 ;;;***
22377 \f
22378 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20478 3673 653810
22379 ;;;;;;  0))
22380 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22381
22382 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22383 Play pong and waste time.
22384 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22385 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22386
22387 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22388
22389 \\{pong-mode-map}
22390
22391 \(fn)" t nil)
22392
22393 ;;;***
22394 \f
22395 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20458 56750
22396 ;;;;;;  651721 0))
22397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22398
22399 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22400 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22401 Use streaming commands.
22402
22403 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22404
22405 ;;;***
22406 \f
22407 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22408 ;;;;;;  pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22409 ;;;;;;  (20495 51111 757560 0))
22410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22411
22412 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22413 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22414 OBJECT can be any Lisp object.  Quoting characters are used as needed
22415 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22416
22417 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22418
22419 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22420 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22421
22422 \(fn)" nil nil)
22423
22424 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22425 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22426 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22427 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22428 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22429
22430 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22431
22432 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22433 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22434 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22435
22436 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22437
22438 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22439 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22440
22441 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22442
22443 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22444 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22445 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22446 Ignores leading comment characters.
22447
22448 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22449
22450 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22451 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22452 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22453 Ignores leading comment characters.
22454
22455 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22456
22457 ;;;***
22458 \f
22459 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22460 ;;;;;;  pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22461 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22462 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22463 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22464 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22465 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22466 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22467 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22468 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22469 ;;;;;;  pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22470 ;;;;;;  pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22471 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22472 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22473 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22474 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22475 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22476 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22477 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
22478 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22479
22480 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22481 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22482
22483 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22484
22485 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22486
22487 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22488
22489 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22490 Preview directory using ghostview.
22491
22492 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22493 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22494 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22495 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22496
22497 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
22498 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22499 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22500 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
22501 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22502 file name.
22503
22504 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22505
22506 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22507
22508 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22509 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22510
22511 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22512 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22513 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22514 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22515
22516 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
22517 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22518 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22519 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
22520 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22521 file name.
22522
22523 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22524
22525 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22526
22527 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22528 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22529
22530 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22531 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22532 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22533 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22534
22535 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
22536 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22537 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22538 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
22539 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22540 file name.
22541
22542 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22543
22544 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22545
22546 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22547 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22548
22549 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22550
22551 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22552 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22553 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22554 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22555
22556 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
22557 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22558 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22559 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
22560 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22561 file name.
22562
22563 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22564
22565 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22566
22567 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22568 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22569
22570 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22571 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22572 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22573
22574 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
22575 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22576 temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22577 with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22578
22579 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22580
22581 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22582 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22583
22584 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22585 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22586 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22587
22588 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
22589 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22590 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22591 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22592
22593 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22594
22595 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22596 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22597
22598 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22599 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22600 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22601
22602 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
22603 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22604 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22605 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22606
22607 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22608
22609 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22610 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22611
22612 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22613
22614 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22615 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22616 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22617
22618 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
22619 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22620 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22621 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22622
22623 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22624
22625 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22626 Preview region using ghostview.
22627
22628 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22629
22630 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22631
22632 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22633 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22634
22635 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22636
22637 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22638
22639 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22640 Print region using PostScript printer.
22641
22642 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22643
22644 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22645
22646 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22647 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22648
22649 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22650
22651 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22652
22653 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22654 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22655
22656 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22657
22658 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22659
22660 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22661 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22662
22663 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22664
22665 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22666
22667 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22668 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22669
22670 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22671
22672 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22673
22674 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22675 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22676
22677 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22678
22679 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22680
22681 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22682 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22683 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22684 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22685
22686 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22687 matching.
22688
22689 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22690 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22691
22692 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22693
22694 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22695
22696 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22697 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22698 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22699 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22700
22701 \(fn)" t nil)
22702
22703 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22704 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22705 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22706 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22707
22708 \(fn)" t nil)
22709
22710 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22711 Print directory using text printer.
22712
22713 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22714 matching.
22715
22716 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22717 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22718
22719 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22720
22721 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22722
22723 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22724 Print buffer using text printer.
22725
22726 \(fn)" t nil)
22727
22728 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22729 Print region using text printer.
22730
22731 \(fn)" t nil)
22732
22733 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22734 Print major mode using text printer.
22735
22736 \(fn)" t nil)
22737
22738 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22739 Preview spooled PostScript.
22740
22741 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22742 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22743 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22744
22745 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22746 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
22747 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22748
22749 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22750
22751 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22752 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22753
22754 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22755 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22756 instead of sending it to the printer.
22757
22758 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22759 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22760 image in a file with that name.
22761
22762 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22763
22764 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22765 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22766
22767 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22768 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22769 instead of sending it to the printer.
22770
22771 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22772 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22773 image in a file with that name.
22774
22775 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22776
22777 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22778 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22779
22780 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22781 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22782 instead of sending it to the printer.
22783
22784 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22785 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22786 image in a file with that name.
22787
22788 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22789
22790 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22791 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22792
22793 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22794
22795 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22796 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22797
22798 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22799
22800 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22801 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22802
22803 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22804
22805 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22806 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22807
22808 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22809
22810 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22811 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22812
22813 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22814
22815 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22816 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22817
22818 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22819 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22820 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22821 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22822
22823 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
22824 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22825 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22826 PostScript file name.  The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22827 nil, send the image to the printer.  If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22828 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22829 file name.
22830
22831 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22832
22833 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22834 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22835
22836 \(fn)" t nil)
22837
22838 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22839 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22840
22841 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22842 right.
22843 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22844 bottom.
22845
22846 \(fn)" t nil)
22847
22848 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22849 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22850
22851 \(fn)" t nil)
22852
22853 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22854 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22855
22856 \(fn)" t nil)
22857
22858 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22859 Toggle printing with faces.
22860
22861 \(fn)" t nil)
22862
22863 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22864 Toggle spooling.
22865
22866 \(fn)" t nil)
22867
22868 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22869 Toggle duplex.
22870
22871 \(fn)" t nil)
22872
22873 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22874 Toggle tumble.
22875
22876 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22877 right.
22878 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22879 bottom.
22880
22881 \(fn)" t nil)
22882
22883 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22884 Toggle landscape.
22885
22886 \(fn)" t nil)
22887
22888 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22889 Toggle upside-down.
22890
22891 \(fn)" t nil)
22892
22893 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22894 Toggle line number.
22895
22896 \(fn)" t nil)
22897
22898 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22899 Toggle zebra stripes.
22900
22901 \(fn)" t nil)
22902
22903 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22904 Toggle printing header.
22905
22906 \(fn)" t nil)
22907
22908 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22909 Toggle printing header frame.
22910
22911 \(fn)" t nil)
22912
22913 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22914 Toggle menu lock.
22915
22916 \(fn)" t nil)
22917
22918 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22919 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22920
22921 \(fn)" t nil)
22922
22923 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22924 Toggle auto mode.
22925
22926 \(fn)" t nil)
22927
22928 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22929 Customization of the `printing' group.
22930
22931 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22932
22933 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22934 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22935
22936 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22937
22938 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22939 Help for the printing package.
22940
22941 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22942
22943 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22944 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22945
22946 \(fn)" t nil)
22947
22948 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22949 Interactively select a text printer.
22950
22951 \(fn)" t nil)
22952
22953 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22954 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22955
22956 \(fn)" t nil)
22957
22958 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22959 Show current ps-print settings.
22960
22961 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22962
22963 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22964 Show current printing settings.
22965
22966 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22967
22968 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22969 Show current lpr settings.
22970
22971 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22972
22973 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22974 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22975
22976 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22977 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22978 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22979 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22980
22981
22982 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22983
22984    M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22985       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22986       immediately be done using the current active printer.
22987
22988    C-u   M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22989    C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22990       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22991       PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22992       current active printer.
22993
22994    C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22995       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22996       and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22997       printer.
22998
22999    C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
23000       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
23001       PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name.  Then change the active
23002       printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
23003       that file instead of sending it to the printer.
23004
23005
23006 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
23007 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
23008
23009    If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
23010
23011    If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
23012    the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
23013    be done using the new current active printer.
23014
23015    If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
23016    and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
23017    printer.
23018
23019    If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
23020    current PostScript printer and for a file name.  Then change the active
23021    printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
23022    instead of sending it to the printer.
23023
23024    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
23025    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
23026    printer.
23027
23028    Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
23029
23030
23031 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
23032 are both set to t.
23033
23034 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
23035
23036 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
23037 Fast fire function for text printing.
23038
23039 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
23040 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
23041 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
23042 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
23043
23044 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
23045 user for a new active text printer.
23046
23047 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
23048
23049    If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
23050
23051    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
23052    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
23053    printer.
23054
23055    If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
23056
23057 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
23058 are both set to t.
23059
23060 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
23061
23062 ;;;***
23063 \f
23064 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20576 13095 881042
23065 ;;;;;;  0))
23066 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
23067
23068 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
23069 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
23070 \\<proced-mode-map>
23071 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
23072 the process information.
23073
23074 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
23075
23076 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
23077 Proced buffers.
23078
23079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23080
23081 ;;;***
23082 \f
23083 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
23084 ;;;;;;  profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
23085 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
23086 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
23087
23088 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
23089 Start/restart profilers.
23090 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
23091 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
23092 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
23093
23094 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
23095
23096 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
23097 Open profile FILENAME.
23098
23099 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23100
23101 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
23102 Open profile FILENAME.
23103
23104 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23105
23106 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
23107 Open profile FILENAME.
23108
23109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23110
23111 ;;;***
23112 \f
23113 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
23114 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/prolog.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
23115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
23116
23117 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
23118 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
23119
23120 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs.  `%'s starts a comment
23121 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
23122
23123 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
23124
23125 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
23126 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
23127
23128 Commands:
23129 \\{prolog-mode-map}
23130 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
23131 if that value is non-nil.
23132
23133 \(fn)" t nil)
23134
23135 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
23136 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
23137 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
23138
23139 \(fn)" t nil)
23140
23141 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
23142 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
23143 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
23144
23145 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23146
23147 ;;;***
23148 \f
23149 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20355
23150 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
23151 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
23152
23153 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
23154 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
23155 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
23156
23157 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
23158
23159 ;;;***
23160 \f
23161 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20576
23162 ;;;;;;  42138 697312 0))
23163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
23164
23165 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
23166 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
23167
23168 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
23169
23170 The following variables hold user options, and can
23171 be set through the `customize' command:
23172
23173   `ps-mode-auto-indent'
23174   `ps-mode-tab'
23175   `ps-mode-paper-size'
23176   `ps-mode-print-function'
23177   `ps-run-prompt'
23178   `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
23179   `ps-run-x'
23180   `ps-run-dumb'
23181   `ps-run-init'
23182   `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
23183   `ps-run-tmp-dir'
23184
23185 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
23186
23187
23188 \\{ps-mode-map}
23189
23190
23191 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
23192 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
23193 The keymap for this second window is:
23194
23195 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
23196
23197
23198 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
23199 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
23200 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
23201 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
23202 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
23203
23204 \(fn)" t nil)
23205
23206 ;;;***
23207 \f
23208 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
23209 ;;;;;;  ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
23210 ;;;;;;  ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
23211 ;;;;;;  ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
23212 ;;;;;;  ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
23213 ;;;;;;  ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20566
23214 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
23215 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
23216
23217 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
23218 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
23219 See `ps-paper-type'.")
23220
23221 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
23222
23223 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
23224 Specify the size of paper to format for.
23225 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
23226 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
23227
23228 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
23229
23230 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
23231 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
23232
23233 Valid values are:
23234
23235    nil          Do not print colors.
23236
23237    t            Print colors.
23238
23239    black-white  Print colors on black/white printer.
23240                 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
23241
23242 Any other value is treated as t.")
23243
23244 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
23245
23246 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
23247 Customization of ps-print group.
23248
23249 \(fn)" t nil)
23250
23251 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
23252 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23253
23254 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23255 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
23256 sending it to the printer.
23257
23258 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23259 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23260 image in a file with that name.
23261
23262 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23263
23264 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23265 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23266 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23267 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
23268 so it has a way to determine color values.
23269
23270 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23271
23272 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
23273 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23274 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
23275
23276 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23277
23278 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23279 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23280 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23281 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
23282 so it has a way to determine color values.
23283
23284 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23285
23286 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
23287 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23288 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
23289 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
23290
23291 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23292
23293 \(fn)" t nil)
23294
23295 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23296 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23297 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23298 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
23299 so it has a way to determine color values.
23300
23301 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23302
23303 \(fn)" t nil)
23304
23305 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
23306 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23307 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
23308
23309 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23310
23311 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23312
23313 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23314 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23315 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23316 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
23317 so it has a way to determine color values.
23318
23319 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23320
23321 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23322
23323 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
23324 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
23325
23326 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23327 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
23328 instead of sending it to the printer.
23329
23330 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23331 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23332 image in a file with that name.
23333
23334 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23335
23336 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23337 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23338 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23339 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23340 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23341
23342 \(fn)" t nil)
23343
23344 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23345 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23346 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23347
23348 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23349
23350 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23351 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23352 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23353
23354 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23355
23356 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23357 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23358
23359 \(fn)" nil nil)
23360
23361 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23362 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23363
23364 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23365 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23366
23367 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23368 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23369
23370 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23371
23372 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23373
23374 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23375
23376 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23377 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23378
23379 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23380 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23381
23382 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23383 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23384
23385 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23386
23387    (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23388
23389 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23390
23391 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23392 foreground and background colors respectively.
23393
23394 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23395    bold      - use bold font.
23396    italic    - use italic font.
23397    underline - put a line under text.
23398    strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23399    overline  - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23400    shadow    - text will have a shadow.
23401    box       - text will be surrounded by a box.
23402    outline   - print characters as hollow outlines.
23403
23404 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23405
23406 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23407
23408 ;;;***
23409 \f
23410 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
23411 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
23412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23413
23414 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23415
23416 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23417
23418 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23419 Run an inferior Python process.
23420 Input and output via buffer named after
23421 `python-shell-buffer-name'.  If there is a process already
23422 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
23423
23424 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
23425 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
23426 dedicated process for the current buffer is open.  When numeric
23427 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
23428
23429 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
23430 `comint-mode-hook' is run).  (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23431 process buffer for a list of commands.)
23432
23433 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
23434
23435 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23436 Major mode for editing Python files.
23437
23438 \\{python-mode-map}
23439 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
23440 if that value is non-nil.
23441
23442 \(fn)" t nil)
23443
23444 ;;;***
23445 \f
23446 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23447 ;;;;;;  (20557 48712 315579 0))
23448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23449
23450 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23451 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23452 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23453 coding-system.
23454
23455 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23456 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23457
23458 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23459 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes.  Decoding
23460 them into characters should be done separately.
23461
23462 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23463
23464 ;;;***
23465 \f
23466 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23467 ;;;;;;  quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23468 ;;;;;;  quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23469 ;;;;;;  quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23470 ;;;;;;  "international/quail.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23472
23473 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23474 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23475
23476 \(fn)" nil nil)
23477
23478 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23479 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23480 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23481
23482 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23483 `quail-activate', which see.
23484
23485 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23486
23487 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23488 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23489 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23490 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23491  FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23492  CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23493  UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23494
23495 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23496 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23497  with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23498 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING).  Each character
23499  in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23500  shown.
23501 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23502
23503 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.  The command
23504 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23505 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR.  That value should be a
23506 string.  For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23507 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23508 list of candidates.
23509
23510 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23511 region is active.  It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23512 command to be called.
23513
23514 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23515 for the future to translate the same key.  If this flag is nil, a
23516 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23517 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23518
23519 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23520 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23521 translation for a key.  In this case, unselected translations are of
23522 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23523 programs.  If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23524 to t.
23525
23526 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23527 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout.  See the
23528 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23529 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23530
23531 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23532 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23533 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23534 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23535
23536 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created.  A decode
23537 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23538 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23539 other programs.  For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23540 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23541 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23542
23543 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23544 length of the shortest sequence.  When we don't have a translation of
23545 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23546 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\".  Hangul
23547 packages, for instance, use this facility.  If this flag is nil, we
23548 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23549
23550 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23551 covers Quail translation region.
23552
23553 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23554 the current translation region according to a new translation data.  By
23555 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23556 for it) is inserted.
23557
23558 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23559 conversion region is active.  It is an alist of single key character
23560 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23561
23562 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23563 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23564 non-Quail commands.
23565
23566 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23567
23568 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23569 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23570
23571 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23572 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23573 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'.  This
23574 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23575 you type is correctly handled.
23576
23577 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23578
23579 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23580 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23581
23582 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23583 keyboard type.
23584
23585 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23586
23587 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23588 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23589 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23590 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23591 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23592 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23593 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23594 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23595   for the translation.
23596 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23597
23598 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23599  it is used to handle KEY.
23600
23601 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23602 rules.  Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23603 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type.  Currently
23604 the following annotation types are supported.
23605
23606   append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23607         be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23608
23609   face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23610         candidate list.
23611
23612   advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23613         selected.  The function is called with one argument, the
23614         selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23615         inserted.
23616
23617   no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23618         generated for the following translations.
23619
23620 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
23621
23622 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23623 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23624
23625 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23626 which to install MAP.
23627
23628 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23629
23630 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23631
23632 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23633 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23634
23635 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23636 which to install MAP.
23637
23638 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23639
23640 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23641
23642 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23643 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23644 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23645 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23646  a function, or a cons.
23647 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23648 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23649 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23650  for the translation.
23651 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23652  to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23653  variable `quail-current-data').  If the cdr part is not a function,
23654  the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23655 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23656
23657 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23658  it is used to handle KEY.
23659
23660 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23661 to define this translation rule in.  The default is to define it in the
23662 current Quail package.
23663
23664 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23665 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23666
23667 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23668
23669 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23670 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23671
23672 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23673 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23674
23675 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23676
23677 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS.  See the
23678 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23679
23680 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23681
23682 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23683 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23684 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23685 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23686 of the Emacs source tree.
23687
23688 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23689 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23690
23691 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23692 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23693 of each directory.
23694
23695 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23696
23697 ;;;***
23698 \f
23699 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23700 ;;;;;;  quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23701 ;;;;;;  quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20566
23702 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
23703 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23704
23705 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23706 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23707 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23708 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23709
23710 To make use of this do something like:
23711
23712   (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23713
23714 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23715
23716 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23717 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23718
23719 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23720 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23721 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23722
23723 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23724
23725 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23726 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23727
23728 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23729
23730 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23731 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23732
23733 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23734 is decided.
23735
23736 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23737
23738 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23739 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23740
23741 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23742 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23743 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23744
23745 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23746
23747 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23748 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23749
23750 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23751
23752 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23753 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23754
23755 \(fn)" t nil)
23756
23757 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23758 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23759
23760 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23761
23762 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23763
23764 \(fn)" t nil)
23765
23766 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23767 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23768
23769 \(fn)" t nil)
23770
23771 ;;;***
23772 \f
23773 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23774 ;;;;;;  "net/rcirc.el" (20541 6907 775259 0))
23775 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23776
23777 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23778 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23779
23780 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23781
23782 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23783
23784 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23785
23786 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23787
23788 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23789
23790
23791 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23792
23793 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23794 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23795 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23798 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23799
23800 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23801
23802 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23803 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23805 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23806 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23807
23808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23809
23810 ;;;***
23811 \f
23812 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20355
23813 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
23814 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23815
23816 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23817 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST.  Log in as USER.
23818 See \\[compile].
23819
23820 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23821
23822 ;;;***
23823 \f
23824 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23825 ;;;;;;  (20427 14766 970343 0))
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23827
23828 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23829
23830 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23831 Construct a regexp interactively.
23832 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23833 the regexp builder.  It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23834 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23835
23836 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23837 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23838
23839 \(fn)" t nil)
23840
23841 ;;;***
23842 \f
23843 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20356 2211
23844 ;;;;;;  532900 0))
23845 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23846
23847 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23848 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23849 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23852 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23853
23854 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23855
23856 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23857 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23858 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23859 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23860 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23861
23862 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23863 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23864 were operated on recently.
23865
23866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23867
23868 ;;;***
23869 \f
23870 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23871 ;;;;;;  string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23872 ;;;;;;  insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
23873 ;;;;;;  extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
23874 ;;;;;;  "rect" "rect.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23876
23877 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23878 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23879 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23880 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23881 ends.
23882
23883 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23884 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23885 to be deleted.
23886
23887 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23888
23889 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23890 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23891 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23892
23893 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23894 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23895 deleted.
23896
23897 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23898
23899 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23900 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23901 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23902
23903 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23904
23905 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23906 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23907
23908 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23909 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23910
23911 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23912 deleted.
23913
23914 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23915 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway.  This means that
23916 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23917 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23918 even beep.)
23919
23920 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23921
23922 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
23923 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23924
23925 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23926
23927 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23928 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23929
23930 \(fn)" t nil)
23931
23932 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23933 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23934 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23935 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23936 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23937 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23938 and point is at the lower right corner.
23939
23940 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23941
23942 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23943 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23944
23945 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23946 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23947
23948 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23949 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23950 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23951
23952 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23953
23954 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23955
23956 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23957 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23958 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23959 at which whitespace deletion should begin.  On each line in the
23960 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23961
23962 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23963 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23964
23965 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23966
23967 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23968 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23969 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23970
23971 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23972
23973 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23974
23975 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23976
23977 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23978 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23979
23980 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23981 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23982 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23983
23984 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23985
23986 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23987 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23988 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23989
23990 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23991 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23992 rectangle which were empty.
23993
23994 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23995
23996 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23997 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23998
23999 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
24000 counting.  FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
24001 to `format' along with the line count.  When called interactively
24002 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
24003
24004 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
24005
24006 ;;;***
24007 \f
24008 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20478
24009 ;;;;;;  3673 653810 0))
24010 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
24011
24012 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
24013 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
24014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
24015 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24016 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24017
24018 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the
24019 current paragraph is refilled as you edit.  Self-inserting
24020 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
24021 auto-filling.
24022
24023 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
24024
24025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24026
24027 ;;;***
24028 \f
24029 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
24030 ;;;;;;  turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20585 28088
24031 ;;;;;;  480237 0))
24032 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
24033
24034 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
24035 Turn on RefTeX mode.
24036
24037 \(fn)" nil nil)
24038
24039 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
24040 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
24041
24042 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
24043 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
24044
24045 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
24046 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
24047 context of the label definition.  The selected label is inserted as a
24048 \\ref macro.
24049
24050 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
24051 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
24052 database.  The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
24053
24054 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
24055 or the current selection.  More general index entries are created with
24056 `\\[reftex-index]'.  `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
24057
24058 Most command have help available on the fly.  This help is accessed by
24059 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
24060
24061 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
24062 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
24063
24064 \\{reftex-mode-map}
24065 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
24066 on the menu bar.
24067
24068 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24069
24070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24071
24072 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
24073 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
24074 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
24075
24076 \(fn)" nil nil)
24077
24078 ;;;***
24079 \f
24080 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
24081 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
24082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
24083
24084 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
24085 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
24086 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
24087 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
24088 matching entries for selection.  The selected entry is formatted according
24089 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
24090
24091 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
24092
24093 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
24094
24095 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
24096 cite macros.  When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
24097 citations.  When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
24098 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
24099 `reftex-cite-format'.
24100
24101 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
24102 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
24103 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
24104 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
24105
24106 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
24107
24108 ;;;***
24109 \f
24110 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
24111 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
24112 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
24113
24114 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
24115 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
24116 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
24117 the current TeX document.
24118
24119 With no argument, this command toggles
24120 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'.  With a prefix argument ARG, turn
24121 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
24122
24123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24124
24125 ;;;***
24126 \f
24127 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
24128 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
24129 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
24130
24131 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
24132 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
24133 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
24134
24135 To insert new phrases, use
24136  - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
24137  - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
24138
24139 To index phrases use one of:
24140
24141 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase]     index current phrase
24142 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase]     index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
24143 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases]     index all phrases
24144 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases]     index current and following phrases
24145 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases]     index the phrases in the region
24146
24147 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
24148 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
24149
24150 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
24151
24152 Here are all local bindings.
24153
24154 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
24155
24156 \(fn)" t nil)
24157
24158 ;;;***
24159 \f
24160 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24161 ;;;;;;  (20585 28088 480237 0))
24162 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
24163
24164 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
24165 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
24166 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
24167 of master file.
24168
24169 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
24170
24171 ;;;***
24172 \f
24173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20585
24174 ;;;;;;  28088 480237 0))
24175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
24176 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24177 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24178 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24179 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
24180
24181 ;;;***
24182 \f
24183 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
24184 ;;;;;;  (20522 38650 757441 0))
24185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
24186
24187 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
24188 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
24189 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
24190 quoted or not.  If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
24191 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
24192 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
24193
24194  (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
24195    (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
24196
24197 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24198 by \\=\\< and \\>.
24199 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24200 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
24201
24202 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
24203
24204 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
24205 Return the depth of REGEXP.
24206 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
24207 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
24208
24209 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
24210
24211 ;;;***
24212 \f
24213 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
24214 ;;;;;;  remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
24215 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
24216 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
24217
24218 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
24219 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
24220 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
24221 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
24222
24223 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
24224
24225 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24226
24227 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
24228 Call `remember' in another frame.
24229
24230 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24231
24232 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
24233 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
24234 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
24235 application.
24236
24237 \(fn)" t nil)
24238
24239 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
24240 Extract diary entries from the region.
24241
24242 \(fn)" nil nil)
24243
24244 ;;;***
24245 \f
24246 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20574 57775 217760
24247 ;;;;;;  0))
24248 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
24249
24250 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
24251 Repeat most recently executed command.
24252 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
24253 supply a prefix argument to that command.  Otherwise, give the
24254 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
24255
24256 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
24257 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
24258 sequence.  This behavior can be modified by the global variable
24259 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
24260
24261 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events.  Hence the term
24262 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
24263 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
24264
24265 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
24266
24267 ;;;***
24268 \f
24269 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
24270 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
24271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
24272
24273 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
24274 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
24275
24276 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer.  PKGNAME is
24277 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
24278 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
24279 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
24280 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
24281 and point is left after the salutation.
24282
24283 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
24284 for details).  The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
24285 passed to `reporter-dump-state'.  Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24286 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24287 left after that text.
24288
24289 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24290 is non-nil.
24291
24292 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24293 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24294 \(or decline to send).  The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24295 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24296
24297 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24298
24299 ;;;***
24300 \f
24301 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24302 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
24303 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24304
24305 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24306 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24307 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24308 visibility of comments that precede it.
24309   Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24310   If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24311 window.  If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24312 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24313 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24314 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24315   Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24316 preceding comments visible.  Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24317 the comment lines.
24318   If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24319 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24320 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24321 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24322 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24323
24324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24325
24326 ;;;***
24327 \f
24328 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24329 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
24330 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24331
24332 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24333 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24334 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24335 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24336 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24337
24338 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
24339 reveals invisible text around point.
24340
24341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24342
24343 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24344 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24345 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24347 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24348 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24349
24350 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24351
24352 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24353 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24354 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24355
24356 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24357 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24358 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24359
24360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24361
24362 ;;;***
24363 \f
24364 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24365 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
24366 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24367
24368 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24369 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24370
24371 \(fn X)" nil nil)
24372
24373 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24374 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24375
24376 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24377
24378 ;;;***
24379 \f
24380 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20402 11562
24381 ;;;;;;  85788 0))
24382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24383
24384 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24385 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24386 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24387 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24388
24389 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24390
24391 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24392 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24393 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24394 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24395
24396 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24397 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24398
24399 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24400 run.  It can be a relative or absolute path.
24401
24402 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24403 the rlogin when starting.  They are added after any arguments given in
24404 INPUT-ARGS.
24405
24406 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24407 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24408 access your home directory on the remote machine.  Occasionally this causes
24409 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine.  This
24410 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24411
24412 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24413 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24414 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24415 share the same files via NFS.  This is the default.
24416
24417 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24418 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24419 variable.
24420
24421 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24422
24423 ;;;***
24424 \f
24425 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24426 ;;;;;;  rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24427 ;;;;;;  rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24428 ;;;;;;  rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24429 ;;;;;;  rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
24430 ;;;;;;  rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20568 19013 9762
24431 ;;;;;;  342000))
24432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24433
24434 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
24435 Name of user's primary mail file.")
24436
24437 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
24438
24439 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
24440
24441 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
24442 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
24443 Its name should end with a slash.")
24444
24445 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
24446 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
24447
24448 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24449 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24450 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24451
24452 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24453
24454 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24455 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24456 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24457 when receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender,
24458 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24459 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24460 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24461
24462 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24463 sent by you under different user names.
24464 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24465
24466 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24467
24468 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24469
24470 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24471
24472 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24473 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24474 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24475 explicitly.")
24476
24477 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24478
24479 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24480 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24481 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24482 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24483 which normally happens once for each message,
24484 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24485 To make a change in this variable take effect
24486 for a message that you have already viewed,
24487 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24488
24489 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24490
24491 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24492 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24493 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24494 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24495
24496 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24497
24498 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24499 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24500
24501 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24502
24503 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24504 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24505 A value of nil means don't highlight.  Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24506
24507 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24508
24509 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24510 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24511 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL.  If that is
24512 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24513 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24514 operating system).  For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24515
24516 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24517
24518 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24519 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24520
24521 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24522
24523 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24524 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24525
24526 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24527
24528 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24529 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24530
24531 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24532 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24533
24534 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24535
24536 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24537 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24538
24539 This is set to nil by default.")
24540
24541 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24542 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24543 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24544 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24545 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24546 buffer containing the message to forward.  The current buffer
24547 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24548
24549 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24550 Read and edit incoming mail.
24551 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24552 file in RMAIL Mode.
24553 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24554
24555 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24556 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24557 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24558 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24559
24560 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24561
24562 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24563
24564 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24565 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24566 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24567 Instead, these commands are available:
24568
24569 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message]  Move point to front of this message.
24570 \\[rmail-end-of-message]        Move point to bottom of this message.
24571 \\[scroll-up]   Scroll to next screen of this message.
24572 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24573 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message]        Move to Next non-deleted message.
24574 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message]    Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24575 \\[rmail-next-message]  Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24576 \\[rmail-previous-message]      Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24577 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24578 \\[rmail-last-message]  Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24579 \\[rmail-show-message]  Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24580 \\[rmail-search]        Search for string and show message it is found in.
24581 \\[rmail-delete-forward]        Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24582 \\[rmail-delete-backward]       Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24583 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message]     Undelete message.  Tries current message, then earlier messages
24584         till a deleted message is found.
24585 \\[rmail-edit-current-message]  Edit the current message.  \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24586 \\[rmail-expunge]       Expunge deleted messages.
24587 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save]      Expunge and save the file.
24588 \\[rmail-quit]       Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24589 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24590 \\[rmail-get-new-mail]  Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24591 \\[rmail-mail]  Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24592 \\[rmail-continue]      Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24593 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message.  Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24594 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again.  Used on a mailer failure message.
24595 \\[rmail-forward]       Forward this message to another user.
24596 \\[rmail-output]        Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24597 \\[rmail-output-as-seen]        Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24598 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file]   Save message body to a file.  Default filename comes from Subject line.
24599 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file.  Run Rmail on that file.
24600 \\[rmail-add-label]     Add label to message.  It will be displayed in the mode line.
24601 \\[rmail-kill-label]    Kill label.  Remove a label from current message.
24602 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message]   Move to Next message with specified label
24603           (label defaults to last one specified).
24604           Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24605           Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24606 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message]   Move to Previous message with specified label
24607 \\[rmail-summary]       Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24608 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels]     Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24609 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients]   Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24610 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp]   Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24611 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic]   Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24612 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24613
24614 \(fn)" t nil)
24615
24616 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24617 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24618
24619 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24620
24621 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24622 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24623
24624 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24625
24626 ;;;***
24627 \f
24628 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24629 ;;;;;;  rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20530 3765 184907
24630 ;;;;;;  0))
24631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24632 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24633
24634 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24635 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24636 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24637 case it writes Babyl.
24638
24639 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24640 which is updated to the name you use in this command.  In all uses, if
24641 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24642 `rmail-default-file'.
24643
24644 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24645 rather than saving the file directly.  If the buffer is an Rmail
24646 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24647
24648 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24649 the header display is currently pruned.
24650
24651 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24652 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24653 deleted messages).  If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24654 messages after output.
24655
24656 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24657 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24658 message (if writing a file directly).
24659
24660 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24661 from a non-Rmail buffer.  In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24662
24663 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24664
24665 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24666 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24667 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24668   i) the header is output as currently seen
24669  ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24670 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24671
24672 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24673 function and `rmail-output'.  This argument may be removed in future,
24674 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24675
24676 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24677
24678 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24679 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24680 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24681 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'.  Updates the value
24682 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly.  In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24683 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24684 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24685
24686 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24687 than appending to it.  Deletes the message after writing if
24688 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24689
24690 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24691
24692 ;;;***
24693 \f
24694 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24695 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
24696 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24697
24698 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24699 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24700 Return a pattern.
24701
24702 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24703
24704 ;;;***
24705 \f
24706 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24707 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
24708 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24709
24710 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24711 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24712 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24713 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24714
24715 \(fn)" t nil)
24716
24717 ;;;***
24718 \f
24719 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24720 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
24721 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24722
24723 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24724 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24725
24726 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24727 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24728 RELAX NG schema.  The mode-line indicates whether it is or not.  Any
24729 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24730 are highlighted with face `rng-error'.  A description of each error is
24731 available as a tooltip.  \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24732 after point.  Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24733 goes to the first error in the buffer.  If the buffer changes, then it
24734 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24735 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24736
24737 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24738 document.  A schema can be specified explicitly using
24739 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24740 file name or on the root element name.  In each case the schema must
24741 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24742 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc').  The variable
24743 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24744 to use for finding the schema.
24745
24746 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24747
24748 ;;;***
24749 \f
24750 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20355
24751 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
24752 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24753
24754 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24755
24756 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24757 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24758 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype.  PARAMS is a
24759 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24760 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24761 its value.  If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24762 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24763 rng-dt-error will be returned.  Otherwise, it returns a list.  The
24764 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24765 datatype and nil otherwise.  The second argument is a symbol; this
24766 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24767 the remaining members of the list.  The function must return an object
24768 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24769 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24770 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24771 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24772 must be equal.
24773
24774 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24775
24776 ;;;***
24777 \f
24778 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24779 ;;;;;;  "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
24780 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24781
24782 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24783 Define a robin package.
24784
24785 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24786 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24787 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24788 OUTPUT is either a character or a string.  RULES are not evaluated.
24789
24790 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24791 one replaces the old one.
24792
24793 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
24794
24795 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24796 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24797
24798 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24799 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24800 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24801
24802 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24803
24804 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24805 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24806
24807 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24808
24809 ;;;***
24810 \f
24811 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24812 ;;;;;;  rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20355 10021 546955
24813 ;;;;;;  0))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24815
24816 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24817 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24818
24819 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24820
24821 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24822 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24823
24824 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24825
24826 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24827 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24828
24829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24830
24831 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24832 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24833 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24834
24835 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window.  As long as that window
24836 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24837 in ROT13.
24838
24839 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24840
24841 \(fn)" t nil)
24842
24843 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24844 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24845
24846 \(fn)" t nil)
24847
24848 ;;;***
24849 \f
24850 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24851 ;;;;;;  (20576 13095 881042 0))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24853  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24854
24855 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24856 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24857 \\<rst-mode-map>
24858
24859 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24860 and `rst-mode-hook'.  This mode also supports font-lock
24861 highlighting.
24862
24863 \\{rst-mode-map}
24864
24865 \(fn)" t nil)
24866
24867 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24868 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24869 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24870 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24871 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24872
24873 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24874 are installed on top of the major mode bindings.  Use this
24875 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24876
24877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24878
24879 ;;;***
24880 \f
24881 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24882 ;;;;;;  (20576 42138 697312 0))
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24884
24885 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24886 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24887 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24888 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24889 nesting into account.
24890
24891 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24892
24893 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24894
24895 \(fn)" t nil)
24896
24897 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24898
24899 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24900
24901 ;;;***
24902 \f
24903 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20355
24904 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
24905 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24906
24907 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24908 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24909 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24910
24911 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24912 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24914 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24915 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24916
24917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24918
24919 ;;;***
24920 \f
24921 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20518
24922 ;;;;;;  12580 46478 0))
24923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24924
24925 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24926 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24927 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24928 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24929
24930 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24931
24932 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24933 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24934 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24935
24936 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24937  compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24938 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24939
24940 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24941 notation.
24942
24943 STRING
24944      matches string STRING literally.
24945
24946 CHAR
24947      matches character CHAR literally.
24948
24949 `not-newline', `nonl'
24950      matches any character except a newline.
24951
24952 `anything'
24953      matches any character
24954
24955 `(any SET ...)'
24956 `(in SET ...)'
24957 `(char SET ...)'
24958      matches any character in SET ....  SET may be a character or string.
24959      Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24960      Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24961
24962      SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24963      `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24964      `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24965      `word', or one of their synonyms.
24966
24967 `(not (any SET ...))'
24968      matches any character not in SET ...
24969
24970 `line-start', `bol'
24971      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24972      in the text being matched
24973
24974 `line-end', `eol'
24975      is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24976
24977 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24978      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24979      string being matched against.
24980
24981 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24982      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24983      string being matched against.
24984
24985 `buffer-start'
24986      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24987      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24988
24989 `buffer-end'
24990      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24991      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24992
24993 `point'
24994      matches the empty string, but only at point.
24995
24996 `word-start', `bow'
24997      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24998
24999 `word-end', `eow'
25000      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
25001
25002 `word-boundary'
25003      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
25004      word.
25005
25006 `(not word-boundary)'
25007 `not-word-boundary'
25008      matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
25009      word.
25010
25011 `symbol-start'
25012      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
25013
25014 `symbol-end'
25015      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
25016
25017 `digit', `numeric', `num'
25018      matches 0 through 9.
25019
25020 `control', `cntrl'
25021      matches ASCII control characters.
25022
25023 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
25024      matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
25025
25026 `blank'
25027      matches space and tab only.
25028
25029 `graphic', `graph'
25030      matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
25031      space, and DEL.
25032
25033 `printing', `print'
25034      matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
25035      and DEL.
25036
25037 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
25038      matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25039      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25040
25041 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
25042      matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25043      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25044
25045 `ascii'
25046      matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
25047
25048 `nonascii'
25049      matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
25050
25051 `lower', `lower-case'
25052      matches anything lower-case.
25053
25054 `upper', `upper-case'
25055      matches anything upper-case.
25056
25057 `punctuation', `punct'
25058      matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25059      it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
25060
25061 `space', `whitespace', `white'
25062      matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
25063
25064 `word', `wordchar'
25065      matches anything that has word syntax.
25066
25067 `not-wordchar'
25068      matches anything that has non-word syntax.
25069
25070 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
25071      matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
25072      of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
25073      character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
25074
25075      `whitespace'               (\\s- in string notation)
25076      `punctuation'              (\\s.)
25077      `word'                     (\\sw)
25078      `symbol'                   (\\s_)
25079      `open-parenthesis'         (\\s()
25080      `close-parenthesis'        (\\s))
25081      `expression-prefix'        (\\s')
25082      `string-quote'             (\\s\")
25083      `paired-delimiter'         (\\s$)
25084      `escape'                   (\\s\\)
25085      `character-quote'          (\\s/)
25086      `comment-start'            (\\s<)
25087      `comment-end'              (\\s>)
25088      `string-delimiter'         (\\s|)
25089      `comment-delimiter'        (\\s!)
25090
25091 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
25092      matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
25093
25094 `(category CATEGORY)'
25095      matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
25096      either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
25097
25098      `consonant'                        (\\c0 in string notation)
25099      `base-vowel'                       (\\c1)
25100      `upper-diacritical-mark'           (\\c2)
25101      `lower-diacritical-mark'           (\\c3)
25102      `tone-mark'                        (\\c4)
25103      `symbol'                           (\\c5)
25104      `digit'                            (\\c6)
25105      `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
25106      `vowel-sign'                       (\\c8)
25107      `semivowel-lower'                  (\\c9)
25108      `not-at-end-of-line'               (\\c<)
25109      `not-at-beginning-of-line'         (\\c>)
25110      `alpha-numeric-two-byte'           (\\cA)
25111      `chinse-two-byte'                  (\\cC)
25112      `greek-two-byte'                   (\\cG)
25113      `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'       (\\cH)
25114      `indian-tow-byte'                  (\\cI)
25115      `japanese-katakana-two-byte'       (\\cK)
25116      `korean-hangul-two-byte'           (\\cN)
25117      `cyrillic-two-byte'                (\\cY)
25118      `combining-diacritic'              (\\c^)
25119      `ascii'                            (\\ca)
25120      `arabic'                           (\\cb)
25121      `chinese'                          (\\cc)
25122      `ethiopic'                         (\\ce)
25123      `greek'                            (\\cg)
25124      `korean'                           (\\ch)
25125      `indian'                           (\\ci)
25126      `japanese'                         (\\cj)
25127      `japanese-katakana'                (\\ck)
25128      `latin'                            (\\cl)
25129      `lao'                              (\\co)
25130      `tibetan'                          (\\cq)
25131      `japanese-roman'                   (\\cr)
25132      `thai'                             (\\ct)
25133      `vietnamese'                       (\\cv)
25134      `hebrew'                           (\\cw)
25135      `cyrillic'                         (\\cy)
25136      `can-break'                        (\\c|)
25137
25138 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
25139      matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
25140
25141 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25142 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25143 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25144 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25145      matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
25146
25147 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25148 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25149      like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
25150      `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
25151
25152 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25153 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25154      like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
25155      group number N.
25156
25157 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25158 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25159      matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
25160      args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
25161      regular expression.
25162
25163 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
25164      produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
25165      zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
25166      match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
25167      still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
25168
25169 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
25170      produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
25171
25172 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
25173 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
25174
25175 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
25176 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
25177      matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
25178
25179 `(* SEXP ...)'
25180      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
25181      of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25182
25183 `(*? SEXP ...)'
25184      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
25185      independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25186
25187 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
25188 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
25189      matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
25190
25191 `(+ SEXP ...)'
25192      like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25193
25194 `(+? SEXP ...)'
25195      like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25196
25197 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
25198 `(optional SEXP ...)'
25199 `(opt SEXP ...)'
25200      matches zero or one occurrences of A.
25201
25202 `(? SEXP ...)'
25203      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25204
25205 `(?? SEXP ...)'
25206      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25207
25208 `(repeat N SEXP)'
25209 `(= N SEXP ...)'
25210      matches N occurrences.
25211
25212 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
25213      matches N or more occurrences.
25214
25215 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
25216 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
25217      matches N to M occurrences.
25218
25219 `(backref N)'
25220      matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
25221
25222 `(eval FORM)'
25223      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
25224      `regexp-quote' it.
25225
25226 `(regexp REGEXP)'
25227      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
25228
25229 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
25230
25231 ;;;***
25232 \f
25233 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20577
25234 ;;;;;;  33959 40183 0))
25235 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
25236
25237 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
25238 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
25239 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25242 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
25243
25244 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
25245
25246 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
25247 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
25248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
25249 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25251
25252 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
25253 periodically and when exiting Emacs.  When Savehist mode is
25254 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
25255 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
25256
25257 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
25258 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
25259 histories, which is probably undesirable.
25260
25261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25262
25263 ;;;***
25264 \f
25265 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25266 ;;;;;;  (20427 14766 970343 0))
25267 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
25268
25269 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
25270 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
25271 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25272
25273 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
25274 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
25275 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
25276 mode line of all Scheme buffers.  The names of commands that interact
25277 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
25278 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
25279 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'.  Use \\[run-scheme] to
25280 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25281
25282 Commands:
25283 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25284 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
25285 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25286 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25287 if that value is non-nil.
25288
25289 \(fn)" t nil)
25290
25291 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25292 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25293 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25294
25295 Commands:
25296 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25297 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
25298 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25299 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25300 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25301 that variable's value is a string.
25302
25303 \(fn)" t nil)
25304
25305 ;;;***
25306 \f
25307 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25308 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
25309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25310
25311 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25312 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25313 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25314
25315 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25316
25317 \(fn)" t nil)
25318
25319 ;;;***
25320 \f
25321 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25322 ;;;;;;  (20363 61861 222722 0))
25323 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25324
25325 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25326 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25327 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25330 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25331
25332 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25333
25334 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25335 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25336 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25337 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25338 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25339
25340 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25341 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25342
25343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25344
25345 ;;;***
25346 \f
25347 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25348 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
25349 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25350
25351 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25352 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25353 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25354 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25355 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, keys that normally move
25356 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
25357 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
25358 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
25359
25360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25361
25362 ;;;***
25363 \f
25364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20478 3673 653810
25365 ;;;;;;  0))
25366 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25367 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25368  (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25369
25370 ;;;***
25371 \f
25372 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25373 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25374 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25375
25376 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25377 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25378 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25379
25380  `global-semanticdb-minor-mode'        - Maintain tag database.
25381  `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25382  `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode'   - Show summary of tag at point.
25383  `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25384  `global-semantic-decoration-mode'     - Additional tag decorations.
25385  `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25386  `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode'     - Show current fun in header line.
25387  `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode'   - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25388                                          keybinding for tag names.")
25389
25390 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25391
25392 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25393 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25394 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25396 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25397 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25398
25399 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25400
25401 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25402 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25403 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25404 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25405 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25406
25407 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25408 semantic content.  This information is used by a variety of
25409 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25410 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25411 Semantic mode.
25412
25413 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25414
25415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25416
25417 ;;;***
25418 \f
25419 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25420 ;;;;;;  mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25421 ;;;;;;  mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25422 ;;;;;;  mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25423 ;;;;;;  mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25424 ;;;;;;  mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25425 ;;;;;;  mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25426 ;;;;;;  mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25427 ;;;;;;  "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
25428 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25429
25430 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25431 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25432
25433 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25434         king@grassland.com
25435 If `parens', they look like:
25436         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25437 If `angles', they look like:
25438         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25439
25440 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25441 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25442
25443 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25444
25445 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25446 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25447 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25448 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25449
25450 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25451 privileged operation.  This variable affects sendmail and
25452 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25453 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25454
25455 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25456
25457 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25458 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25459 This is done when the message is initialized,
25460 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25461
25462 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25463
25464 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25465 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25466 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25467
25468 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25469
25470 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25471 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25472 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25473 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25474 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25475 This is used by the default mail-sending commands.  See also
25476 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25477
25478 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25479
25480 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25481 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25482
25483 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25484
25485 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25486 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25487 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25488 be a Babyl file.")
25489
25490 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25491
25492 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25493 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25494 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25495 when you first send mail.")
25496
25497 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25498
25499 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25500 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25501 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25502 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25503 This file need not actually exist.")
25504
25505 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25506
25507 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25508 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25509
25510 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25511
25512 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25513 Alist of mail address aliases,
25514 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25515 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25516 can specify a different file name.)
25517 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25518     alias ALIAS MEANING")
25519
25520 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25521 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25522 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25523
25524 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25525
25526 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25527 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25528 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25529
25530 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25531
25532 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25533 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25534 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25535 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25536 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25537 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25538 in the cited portion of the message.
25539
25540 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25541 instead of no action.")
25542
25543 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25544
25545 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([     ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[       ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25546 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25547 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25548 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25549 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25550
25551 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25552
25553 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25554 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25555 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25556 If a string, that string is inserted.
25557  (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25558   which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25559 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25560 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25561
25562 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25563
25564 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25565 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25566
25567 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25568
25569 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25570 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25571 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25572
25573 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25574 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25575
25576 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25577
25578 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25579 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25580 It can contain newlines, and should end in one.  It is inserted
25581 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25582
25583 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25584
25585 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25586 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25587 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25588
25589 \(fn)" nil nil)
25590
25591 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25592
25593 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25594
25595
25596 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25597
25598 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25599 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25600 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25601
25602 \\[mail-send]  mail-send (send the message)
25603 \\[mail-send-and-exit]  mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25604
25605 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25606          \\[mail-to]  move to To:       \\[mail-subject]  move to Subj:
25607          \\[mail-bcc]  move to BCC:     \\[mail-cc]  move to CC:
25608          \\[mail-fcc]  move to FCC:     \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25609          \\[mail-mail-reply-to]  move to Mail-Reply-To:
25610          \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25611 \\[mail-text]  move to message text.
25612 \\[mail-signature]  mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25613 \\[mail-yank-original]  mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25614 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message]  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25615 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25616 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25617 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25618 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25619
25620 \(fn)" t nil)
25621
25622 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25623 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25624 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25625 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25626
25627 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25628
25629 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25630 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25631 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25632 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25633 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25634 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25635
25636 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25637 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25638 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25639
25640 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25641 User should not set this variable manually,
25642 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25643 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25644 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25645
25646 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25647 Edit a message to be sent.  Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25648 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25649 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25650
25651 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25652 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25653
25654 \\<mail-mode-map>
25655 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25656
25657 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25658 to move to message header fields:
25659 \\{mail-mode-map}
25660
25661 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25662 when the message is initialized.
25663
25664 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25665 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25666
25667 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25668 is inserted.
25669
25670 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25671 initialized.  It can add more default fields to the message.
25672
25673 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25674 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer.  If NOERASE is nil, the
25675 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25676 keep the old contents or to erase them.  If NOERASE has the value
25677 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25678 one.  Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25679 buffer without erasing the contents.
25680
25681 The second through fifth arguments,
25682  TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25683  the initial contents of those header fields.
25684  These arguments should not have final newlines.
25685 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25686  original message being replied to, or else an action
25687  of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25688  Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25689 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25690  if/when the message is sent.  Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25691  when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25692  This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25693
25694 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25695
25696 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25697 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25698
25699 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25700
25701 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25702 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25703
25704 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25705
25706 ;;;***
25707 \f
25708 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25709 ;;;;;;  server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20584
25710 ;;;;;;  7212 455152 0))
25711 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25712
25713 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25714
25715 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25716
25717 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25718
25719 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25720 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25721 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
25722 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
25723 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
25724 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25725
25726 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25727 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25728
25729 If a server is already running, restart it.  If clients are
25730 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25731 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25732
25733 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25734 \\[server-start].
25735
25736 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25737
25738 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25739 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25740 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25741 NAME defaults to `server-name'.  With argument, ask for NAME.
25742
25743 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25744
25745 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25746 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25747 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25750 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25751
25752 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25753
25754 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25755 Toggle Server mode.
25756 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25757 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25758 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25759
25760 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25761 `emacsclient' program.  See Info node `Emacs server' and
25762 `server-start' for details.
25763
25764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25765
25766 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25767 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25768 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25769
25770 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25771 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25772
25773 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25774
25775 ;;;***
25776 \f
25777 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20553 51627 169867 0))
25778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25779
25780 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25781 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25782 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25783
25784 Key definitions:
25785 \\{ses-mode-map}
25786 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25787 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25788 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25789 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25790
25791 \(fn)" t nil)
25792
25793 ;;;***
25794 \f
25795 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25796 ;;;;;;  (20580 10161 446444 0))
25797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25798
25799 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25800 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25801 Makes > match <.
25802 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25803 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25804
25805 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25806 the next N words.  In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25807 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25808
25809 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25810 in your init file.
25811
25812 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25813
25814 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25815 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25816 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25817
25818 \(fn)" t nil)
25819
25820 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25821 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25822 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25823 completion.  See below for an introduction to HTML.  Use
25824 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out.  See also `sgml-mode' on
25825 which this is based.
25826
25827 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25828
25829 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things.  Most
25830 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25831 you can imitate various tricks.  Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25832 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25833
25834 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page.  Pages can
25835 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25836 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25837
25838 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag.  Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25839 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre>  Text can be marked as
25840 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25841 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25842
25843 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25844 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>.  In the same way <a
25845 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25846 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25847
25848 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25849
25850 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25851 interesting.  But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25852 To work around that, do:
25853    (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25854
25855 \\{html-mode-map}
25856
25857 \(fn)" t nil)
25858
25859 ;;;***
25860 \f
25861 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25862 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
25863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25864 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25865
25866 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25867 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25868 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25869 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25870 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25871 assumed.  Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25872
25873 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25874 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature').  This
25875 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25876 shell-specific features.
25877
25878 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25879 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used.  The
25880 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25881 \\<sh-mode-map>
25882 \\[sh-case]      case statement
25883 \\[sh-for]       for loop
25884 \\[sh-function]  function definition
25885 \\[sh-if]        if statement
25886 \\[sh-indexed-loop]      indexed loop from 1 to n
25887 \\[sh-while-getopts]     while getopts loop
25888 \\[sh-repeat]    repeat loop
25889 \\[sh-select]    select loop
25890 \\[sh-until]     until loop
25891 \\[sh-while]     while loop
25892
25893 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25894 \\[sh-show-indent]      Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25895 \\[sh-set-indent]       Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25896 \\[sh-learn-line-indent]        Change the indentation variable so this line
25897 would indent to the way it currently is.
25898 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent]  Set the indentation variables so the
25899 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25900
25901
25902 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify]        Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25903 \\[newline-and-indent]   Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25904 \\[sh-end-of-command]    Go to end of successive commands.
25905 \\[sh-beginning-of-command]      Go to beginning of successive commands.
25906 \\[sh-set-shell]         Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25907 \\[sh-execute-region]    Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25908
25909 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
25910 unquoted < insert a here document.
25911
25912 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25913 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly.  If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25914 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25915
25916 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25917 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25918
25919 \(fn)" t nil)
25920
25921 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25922
25923 ;;;***
25924 \f
25925 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25926 ;;;;;;  (20572 16038 402143 0))
25927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25928
25929 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25930 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25931
25932 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25933 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25934 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25935
25936 This function lists potential load path problems.  Directories in
25937 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25938 files.  When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25939 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25940 the earlier.
25941
25942 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25943
25944 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25945
25946 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el.  Then
25947 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25948 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25949
25950 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25951 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25952
25953 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25954 problems.  For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25955 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25956 19.30.  An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25957 it.  Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25958 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25959 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25960 Emacs version).
25961
25962 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25963 shadowings.  Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25964 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored.  A file
25965 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25966 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25967
25968 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25969 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25970
25971 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25972
25973 ;;;***
25974 \f
25975 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25976 ;;;;;;  shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20355
25977 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
25978 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25979
25980 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25981 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25982 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25983 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them.  Clusters are
25984 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25985 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25986 sites in the cluster.
25987
25988 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25989
25990 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25991 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25992 It may have different filenames on each site.  When this file is edited, the
25993 new version will be copied to each of the other locations.  Sites can be
25994 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25995
25996 \(fn)" t nil)
25997
25998 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25999 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
26000 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
26001 of sites, which are also prompted for.  The filenames must be identical on all
26002 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
26003 function).  Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
26004 `shadow-define-cluster').
26005
26006 \(fn)" t nil)
26007
26008 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
26009 Set up file shadowing.
26010
26011 \(fn)" t nil)
26012
26013 ;;;***
26014 \f
26015 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
26016 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
26017 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
26018
26019 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
26020 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
26021 don't handle the backslash as a quote character.  For shells that
26022 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
26023 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
26024 arguments.")
26025
26026 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
26027
26028 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
26029 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
26030 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
26031 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
26032 to change if called with a prefix arg.
26033
26034 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
26035 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
26036 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
26037  or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
26038  or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
26039 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
26040 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
26041 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
26042 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
26043 and controlling the subjobs of the shell.  See `shell-mode'.
26044 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
26045
26046 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26047 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26048 before \\[shell].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26049 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
26050 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26051 `default-process-coding-system'.
26052
26053 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
26054 such as `explicit-csh-args'.  If that symbol is a variable,
26055 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
26056 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
26057
26058 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
26059
26060 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26061
26062 ;;;***
26063 \f
26064 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20486
26065 ;;;;;;  36135 22104 0))
26066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
26067
26068 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
26069 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
26070 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
26071 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
26072
26073 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
26074
26075 ;;;***
26076 \f
26077 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
26078 ;;;;;;  sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20487 57003 603251
26079 ;;;;;;  0))
26080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
26081
26082 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
26083
26084
26085 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
26086
26087 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
26088
26089
26090 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26091
26092 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
26093
26094
26095 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26096
26097 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
26098
26099
26100 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26101
26102 ;;;***
26103 \f
26104 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
26105 ;;;;;;  (20487 57003 603251 0))
26106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
26107
26108 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
26109 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
26110 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments.  Its keymap
26111 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
26112 indentation.  It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
26113
26114 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
26115
26116 \(fn)" t nil)
26117
26118 ;;;***
26119 \f
26120 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20355
26121 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
26122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
26123
26124 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
26125 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
26126 \\{simula-mode-map}
26127 Variables controlling indentation style:
26128  `simula-tab-always-indent'
26129     Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
26130     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
26131  `simula-indent-level'
26132     Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
26133  `simula-substatement-offset'
26134     Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
26135  `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
26136     Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
26137     e.g. a nested FOR-loop.  If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
26138     line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
26139     with respect to the previous line of the statement.
26140  `simula-label-offset' -4711
26141     Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
26142  `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
26143     Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
26144     Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
26145     extra ELSE indentation.  IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
26146  `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
26147     Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
26148     corresponding INSPECT.  Value is a cons cell, the car is
26149     extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
26150  `simula-electric-indent' nil
26151     If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
26152     will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
26153  `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
26154     Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded.  Value is one of
26155     the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
26156     or nil if they should not be changed.
26157  `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
26158     Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
26159     expanded.  Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
26160     (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
26161
26162 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
26163 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
26164
26165 \(fn)" t nil)
26166
26167 ;;;***
26168 \f
26169 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
26170 ;;;;;;  define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20541 6907 775259
26171 ;;;;;;  0))
26172 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
26173
26174 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
26175 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
26176
26177 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
26178 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
26179 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
26180 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
26181
26182 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
26183
26184 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
26185
26186 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
26187 Insert SKELETON.
26188 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
26189 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
26190 on `skeleton-autowrap'.  An ARG of  M-0  will prevent this just for once.
26191 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
26192 \\[edit-abbrevs]  buffer: \"\"  command-name).
26193
26194 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
26195 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
26196
26197 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
26198
26199 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
26200 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
26201
26202 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
26203 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
26204 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
26205 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
26206
26207 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
26208 points.  If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
26209 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
26210 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
26211
26212 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
26213 variable `str' within the skeleton.  When this is non-nil, the
26214 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
26215
26216 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...).  INTERACTOR may be nil if
26217 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
26218
26219 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
26220 `skeleton-transformation-function').  Other possibilities are:
26221
26222         \\n     go to next line and indent according to mode
26223         _       interesting point, interregion here
26224         -       interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
26225                 interesting point set by _
26226         >       indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
26227         @       add position to `skeleton-positions'
26228         &       do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
26229         |       do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
26230         -num    delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
26231         resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
26232         nil     skipped
26233
26234 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
26235 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
26236
26237 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.  ELEMENT may
26238 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR.  The user is prompted repeatedly for
26239 different inputs.  The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
26240 non-empty string.  \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
26241 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any.  If INTERACTOR in such
26242 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
26243 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'.  Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
26244 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
26245
26246 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
26247 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
26248 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
26249 endless loop.  Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
26250 to any valid skeleton element.  The following local variables are
26251 available:
26252
26253         str     first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
26254                 then: insert previously read string once more
26255         help    help-form during interaction with the user or nil
26256         input   initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
26257         v1, v2  local variables for memorizing anything you want
26258
26259 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
26260 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
26261
26262 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
26263
26264 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
26265 Insert the character you type ARG times.
26266
26267 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur.  If the region
26268 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
26269 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
26270 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
26271 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
26272 such as backslash.
26273
26274 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
26275 the defaults are used.  These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
26276 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
26277
26278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26279
26280 ;;;***
26281 \f
26282 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
26283 ;;;;;;  "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
26284 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
26285
26286 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
26287 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
26288 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
26289 buffer names.
26290
26291 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
26292
26293 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
26294 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
26295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26296 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26297 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26298 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26299
26300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26301
26302 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26303 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26304 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26305
26306 \(fn)" t nil)
26307
26308 ;;;***
26309 \f
26310 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26311 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
26312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26313
26314 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26315 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26316 A list of images is returned.
26317
26318 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26319
26320 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26321 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26322 interactively.  If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26323
26324 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26325
26326 ;;;***
26327 \f
26328 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26329 ;;;;;;  "mail/smtpmail.el" (20551 9899 283417 0))
26330 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26331
26332 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26333
26334
26335 \(fn)" nil nil)
26336
26337 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26338 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26339
26340 \(fn)" t nil)
26341
26342 ;;;***
26343 \f
26344 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20478 3673 653810
26345 ;;;;;;  0))
26346 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26347
26348 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26349 Play the Snake game.
26350 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26351
26352 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26353
26354 Snake mode keybindings:
26355    \\<snake-mode-map>
26356 \\[snake-start-game]    Starts a new game of Snake
26357 \\[snake-end-game]      Terminates the current game
26358 \\[snake-pause-game]    Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26359 \\[snake-move-left]     Makes the snake move left
26360 \\[snake-move-right]    Makes the snake move right
26361 \\[snake-move-up]       Makes the snake move up
26362 \\[snake-move-down]     Makes the snake move down
26363
26364 \(fn)" t nil)
26365
26366 ;;;***
26367 \f
26368 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26369 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
26370 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26371
26372 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26373 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26374 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26375 Tab indents for C code.
26376 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26377 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26378 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26379 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26380 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26381
26382 \(fn)" t nil)
26383
26384 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26385 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26386 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26387 Tab indents for C code.
26388 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26389 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26390 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26391 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26392 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26393
26394 \(fn)" t nil)
26395
26396 ;;;***
26397 \f
26398 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20566
26399 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
26400 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26401
26402 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26403 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today.  Accurate to a few seconds.
26404 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26405 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26406 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26407
26408 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
26409
26410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26411
26412 ;;;***
26413 \f
26414 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20427
26415 ;;;;;;  14766 970343 0))
26416 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26417
26418 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26419 Play Solitaire.
26420
26421 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26422 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26423 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26424 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26425 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26426 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26427 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26428 check after each move or undo.)
26429
26430 What is Solitaire?
26431
26432 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26433 its origin seems to be northern Africa.  Here's how to play:
26434 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26435
26436         Le Solitaire
26437         ============
26438
26439                 o   o   o
26440
26441                 o   o   o
26442
26443         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
26444
26445         o   o   o   .   o   o   o
26446
26447         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
26448
26449                 o   o   o
26450
26451                 o   o   o
26452
26453 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes.  One stone fits into one
26454 hole.  As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones.  The
26455 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26456 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26457
26458 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26459 after that one.  Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26460 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26461 this:  o  o  .
26462
26463 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26464 which therefore is taken away.  The above thus `evaluates' to:  .  .  o
26465
26466 That's all.  Here's the board after two moves:
26467
26468                 o   o   o
26469
26470                 .   o   o
26471
26472         o   o   .   o   o   o   o
26473
26474         o   .   o   o   o   o   o
26475
26476         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
26477
26478                 o   o   o
26479
26480                 o   o   o
26481
26482 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26483
26484 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26485
26486 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26487
26488 ;;;***
26489 \f
26490 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26491 ;;;;;;  sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26492 ;;;;;;  sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20507 42276 222255
26493 ;;;;;;  0))
26494 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26495 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26496
26497 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26498 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26499
26500 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26501 called sort records.  A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26502 it) is designated as the sort key.  The records are rearranged in the
26503 buffer in order by their sort keys.  The records may or may not be
26504 contiguous.
26505
26506 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26507 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26508 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26509 the sort order.
26510
26511 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26512 across a sort record.  They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26513
26514 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26515 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26516 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26517 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26518 is called.
26519
26520 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26521 It should move point to the end of the record.
26522
26523 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26524 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26525 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26526 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called.  If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26527 starts at the beginning of the record.
26528
26529 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26530 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26531 same as ENDRECFUN.
26532
26533 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys.  If keys are numbers,
26534 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26535
26536 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26537
26538 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26539 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26540 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26541 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26542 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26543 the sort order.
26544
26545 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26546
26547 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26548 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26549 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26550 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26551 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26552 the sort order.
26553
26554 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26557 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26558 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26559 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26560 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26561 the sort order.
26562
26563 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26564 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26565
26566 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26567 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26568 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26569 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26570 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26571 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26572 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26573 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26574 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
26575
26576 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26577
26578 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26579 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26580 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26581 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26582 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26583 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
26584 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26585 the sort order.
26586
26587 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26588
26589 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26590 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
26591 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
26592 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
26593
26594 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
26595   For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
26596
26597 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
26598   RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
26599   If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
26600   match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
26601   If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
26602   Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
26603   to search within the record.  If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
26604   found within a record, that record is ignored.
26605
26606 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
26607
26608 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26609 the sort order.
26610
26611 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26612  starting with the letter \"f\",
26613  RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26614
26615 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26616
26617 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26618 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26619 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26620 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26621 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26622 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26623 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26624 the sort order.
26625
26626 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26627 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26628 and it doesn't know how to handle that.  Also, when possible,
26629 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26630 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26631
26632 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26633
26634 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26635 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26636 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26637
26638 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26639
26640 ;;;***
26641 \f
26642 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20458
26643 ;;;;;;  56750 651721 0))
26644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26645
26646 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26647 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26648 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t.  This is so you
26649 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26650 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26651 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26652
26653 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26654
26655 ;;;***
26656 \f
26657 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26658 ;;;;;;  spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26659 ;;;;;;  "gnus/spam-report.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
26660 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26661
26662 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26663 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26664
26665 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26666 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file.  If KEEP is the
26667 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26668
26669 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26670
26671 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26672 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26673 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26674 server.
26675
26676 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26677
26678 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26679 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26680 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26681
26682 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26683
26684 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26685 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26686 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26687 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26688 Agent is plugged.
26689
26690 \(fn)" t nil)
26691
26692 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26693 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26694 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26695 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26696
26697 \(fn)" t nil)
26698
26699 ;;;***
26700 \f
26701 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26702 ;;;;;;  "speedbar.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
26703 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26704
26705 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26706
26707 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26708 Enable or disable speedbar.  Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26709 A nil ARG means toggle.  Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26710 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed.  Currently, only one speedbar is
26711 supported at a time.
26712 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26713 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26714
26715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26716
26717 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26718 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26719 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26720 selected.  If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26721
26722 \(fn)" t nil)
26723
26724 ;;;***
26725 \f
26726 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20355
26727 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
26728 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26729
26730 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26731 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26732
26733 \(fn)" t nil)
26734
26735 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26736 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26737
26738 \(fn)" nil nil)
26739
26740 ;;;***
26741 \f
26742 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26743 ;;;;;;  sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26744 ;;;;;;  sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26745 ;;;;;;  sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26746 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
26747 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26748
26749 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26750 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26751
26752 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26753 `oracle'.  KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26754 `font-lock-keywords'.  By default they are added at the beginning
26755 of the current highlighting list.  If optional argument APPEND is
26756 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26757 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26758 of the current highlighting list.
26759
26760 For example:
26761
26762  (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26763   '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26764
26765 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26766 `_t' as data types.
26767
26768 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26769
26770 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26771 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26772
26773 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer.  This buffer is
26774 usually named `*SQL*'.  The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26775
26776 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26777
26778     \\\\FREE
26779
26780 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26781
26782     \\\\NONFREE
26783
26784 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26785
26786 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26787 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26788
26789 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26790 buffer.  The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26791 is generated.  See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26792 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26793
26794 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26795 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer.  Put the new buffer in
26796 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode].  The name of this buffer can be
26797 anything.  The name of the major mode is SQL.
26798
26799 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26800 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode).  The results are
26801 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26802
26803 \(fn)" t nil)
26804
26805 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26806 Major mode to edit SQL.
26807
26808 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26809 \\[sql-send-region].  Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26810 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26811
26812 \\{sql-mode-map}
26813 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26814
26815 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26816 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'.  This
26817 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to.  If this
26818 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26819 determine where the strings should be sent to.  You can set the
26820 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26821
26822 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26823 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26824
26825 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26826 one.  If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
26827 must tell Emacs.  Here's how to do that in your init file:
26828
26829 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26830           (lambda ()
26831             (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26832
26833 \(fn)" t nil)
26834
26835 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26836 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26837
26838 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26839 their settings.
26840
26841 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26842 is specified in the connection settings.
26843
26844 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26845
26846 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26847 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26848
26849 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26850 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26851
26852 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26853 \\[universal-argument].  To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26854 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26855 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26856
26857 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26858
26859 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26860
26861 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26862 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26863
26864 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26865 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26866 `*SQL*'.
26867
26868 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'.  Login uses
26869 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26870 defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26871 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26872
26873 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26874 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26875
26876 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26877 before \\[sql-oracle].  Once session has started,
26878 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26879 buffer.
26880
26881 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26882 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26883 before \\[sql-oracle].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26884 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26885 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26886 `default-process-coding-system'.
26887
26888 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26889
26890 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26891
26892 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26893 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26894
26895 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26896 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26897 `*SQL*'.
26898
26899 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'.  Login uses
26900 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26901 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
26902 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26903
26904 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26905 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26906
26907 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26908 before \\[sql-sybase].  Once session has started,
26909 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26910 buffer.
26911
26912 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26913 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26914 before \\[sql-sybase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26915 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26916 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26917 `default-process-coding-system'.
26918
26919 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26920
26921 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26922
26923 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26924 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26925
26926 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26927 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26928 `*SQL*'.
26929
26930 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'.  Login uses
26931 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26932
26933 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26934 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26935
26936 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26937 before \\[sql-informix].  Once session has started,
26938 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26939 buffer.
26940
26941 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26942 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26943 before \\[sql-informix].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26944 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26945 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26946 `default-process-coding-system'.
26947
26948 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26949
26950 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26951
26952 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26953 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26954
26955 SQLite is free software.
26956
26957 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26958 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26959 `*SQL*'.
26960
26961 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'.  Login uses
26962 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26963 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
26964 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26965
26966 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26967 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26968
26969 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26970 before \\[sql-sqlite].  Once session has started,
26971 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26972 buffer.
26973
26974 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26975 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26976 before \\[sql-sqlite].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26977 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26978 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26979 `default-process-coding-system'.
26980
26981 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26982
26983 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26984
26985 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26986 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26987
26988 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26989
26990 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26991 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26992 `*SQL*'.
26993
26994 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'.  Login uses
26995 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26996 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
26997 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26998
26999 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27000 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27001
27002 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27003 before \\[sql-mysql].  Once session has started,
27004 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27005 buffer.
27006
27007 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27008 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27009 before \\[sql-mysql].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27010 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27011 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27012 `default-process-coding-system'.
27013
27014 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27015
27016 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27017
27018 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
27019 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
27020
27021 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27022 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27023 `*SQL*'.
27024
27025 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'.  Login uses
27026 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
27027 defaults, if set.
27028
27029 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27030 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27031
27032 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27033 before \\[sql-solid].  Once session has started,
27034 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27035 buffer.
27036
27037 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27038 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27039 before \\[sql-solid].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27040 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27041 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27042 `default-process-coding-system'.
27043
27044 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27045
27046 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27047
27048 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
27049 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
27050
27051 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27052 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27053 `*SQL*'.
27054
27055 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'.  Login uses
27056 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
27057
27058 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27059 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27060
27061 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27062 before \\[sql-ingres].  Once session has started,
27063 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27064 buffer.
27065
27066 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27067 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27068 before \\[sql-ingres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27069 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27070 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27071 `default-process-coding-system'.
27072
27073 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27074
27075 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27076
27077 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
27078 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
27079
27080 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27081 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27082 `*SQL*'.
27083
27084 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'.  Login uses the
27085 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
27086 as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored
27087 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
27088
27089 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27090 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27091
27092 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27093 before \\[sql-ms].  Once session has started,
27094 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27095 buffer.
27096
27097 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27098 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27099 before \\[sql-ms].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27100 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27101 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27102 `default-process-coding-system'.
27103
27104 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27105
27106 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27107
27108 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
27109 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
27110
27111 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27112 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27113 `*SQL*'.
27114
27115 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'.  Login uses
27116 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
27117 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
27118 `sql-postgres-options'.
27119
27120 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27121 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27122
27123 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27124 before \\[sql-postgres].  Once session has started,
27125 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27126 buffer.
27127
27128 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27129 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27130 before \\[sql-postgres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27131 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27132 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27133 `default-process-coding-system'.  If your output lines end with ^M,
27134 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system.  If this doesn't help,
27135 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
27136
27137 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
27138                                              '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
27139
27140 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27141
27142 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27143
27144 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
27145 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
27146
27147 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27148 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27149 `*SQL*'.
27150
27151 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'.  Login
27152 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
27153 defaults, if set.
27154
27155 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27156 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27157
27158 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27159 before \\[sql-interbase].  Once session has started,
27160 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27161 buffer.
27162
27163 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27164 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27165 before \\[sql-interbase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27166 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27167 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27168 `default-process-coding-system'.
27169
27170 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27171
27172 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27173
27174 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
27175 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
27176
27177 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27178 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27179 `*SQL*'.
27180
27181 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'.  There is not
27182 automatic login.
27183
27184 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27185 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27186
27187 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
27188 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary.  If you don't want that, set
27189 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
27190 advice.  See the elisp manual for more information.
27191
27192 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27193 before \\[sql-db2].  Once session has started,
27194 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27195 buffer.
27196
27197 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27198 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27199 before \\[sql-db2].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27200 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27201 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27202 `default-process-coding-system'.
27203
27204 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27205
27206 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27207
27208 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
27209 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
27210
27211 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27212 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27213 `*SQL*'.
27214
27215 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
27216 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
27217 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
27218 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'.  Run inl -h to get help on
27219 parameters.
27220
27221 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
27222 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
27223 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
27224 for this to work).  If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
27225 an empty password.
27226
27227 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27228 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27229
27230 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27231 before \\[sql-linter].  Once session has started,
27232 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27233 buffer.
27234
27235 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27236
27237 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27238
27239 ;;;***
27240 \f
27241 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
27242 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
27243 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
27244
27245 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
27246 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
27247
27248 \(fn)" t nil)
27249
27250 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
27251
27252 ;;;***
27253 \f
27254 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
27255 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
27256 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
27257
27258 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
27259 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
27260 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
27261 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
27262 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
27263 NAME is name for process.  It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
27264 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
27265  Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
27266  an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
27267  BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
27268  with any buffer
27269 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
27270 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
27271 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
27272 GnuTLS requires a port number.
27273
27274 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
27275
27276 ;;;***
27277 \f
27278 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
27279 ;;;;;;  strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
27280 ;;;;;;  strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
27281 ;;;;;;  strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
27282 ;;;;;;  strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20566
27283 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
27284 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
27285
27286 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
27287 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
27288 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
27289 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function.  STROKE
27290 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
27291 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
27292
27293 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
27294
27295 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
27296
27297 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
27298 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27299 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27300 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
27301 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
27302 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
27303 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27304
27305 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27306
27307 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27308 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27309 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27310 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down.  This
27311 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27312 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27313 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27314
27315 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27316
27317 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27318 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27319 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27320
27321 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27322
27323 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27324 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27325 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27326
27327 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27328
27329 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27330 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27331
27332 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27333
27334 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27335 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27336
27337 \(fn)" t nil)
27338
27339 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27340 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27341
27342 \(fn)" t nil)
27343
27344 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27345 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27346 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27347 chronologically by command name.
27348 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27349
27350 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27351
27352 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27353 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27354 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27357 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27358
27359 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27360
27361 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27362 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27364 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
27365 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27366
27367 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27368 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27369 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke].  You can define
27370 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke].  See also
27371 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27372
27373 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27374 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27375 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27376 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27377
27378 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27379
27380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27381
27382 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27383 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27384 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27385 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27386
27387 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27388
27389 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27390 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27391
27392 \(fn)" t nil)
27393
27394 ;;;***
27395 \f
27396 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27397 ;;;;;;  "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
27398 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27399
27400 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27401 Studlify-case the region.
27402
27403 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27404
27405 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27406 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27407
27408 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27409
27410 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27411 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27412
27413 \(fn)" t nil)
27414
27415 ;;;***
27416 \f
27417 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27418 ;;;;;;  (20524 51365 2559 0))
27419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27420
27421 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27422 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27423 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27424 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
27425 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27426
27427 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it remaps
27428 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27429 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27430 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27431
27432 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'.  Each
27433 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27434 called a `subword'.  Here are some examples:
27435
27436   Nomenclature           Subwords
27437   ===========================================================
27438   GtkWindow          =>  \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27439   EmacsFrameClass    =>  \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27440   NSGraphicsContext  =>  \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27441
27442 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27443 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27444 as words.
27445
27446 \\{subword-mode-map}
27447
27448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27449
27450 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27451 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27452 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27455 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27456
27457 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27458
27459 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27460 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27461 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27462 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27463 ARG is omitted or nil.
27464
27465 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27466 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27467 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27468
27469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27470
27471 ;;;***
27472 \f
27473 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27474 ;;;;;;  (20576 42138 697312 0))
27475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27476
27477 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27478 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27479 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27480 function according to the agreed upon standard.  See the associated
27481 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27482 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27483 original message but it does require a few things:
27484
27485      1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27486
27487      2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27488         reply buffer.
27489
27490      3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27491         inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27492         original message.
27493
27494      4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27495
27496      5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27497
27498 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27499 function is called).  Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27500 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27501
27502 \(fn)" nil nil)
27503
27504 ;;;***
27505 \f
27506 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20355
27507 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
27508 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27509
27510 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27511
27512 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27513 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27514 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27516 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27517 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27518
27519 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27520
27521 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27522 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27524 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
27525 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27526
27527 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27528 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27529 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27530
27531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27532
27533 ;;;***
27534 \f
27535 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20355 10021
27536 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
27537 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27538
27539 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27540 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27541 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27542 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27543 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27544
27545 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27546
27547 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27548 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27549 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27550 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27551 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27552 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27553 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27554
27555 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27556
27557 ;;;***
27558 \f
27559 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27560 ;;;;;;  table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27561 ;;;;;;  table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27562 ;;;;;;  table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27563 ;;;;;;  table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27564 ;;;;;;  table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27565 ;;;;;;  table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27566 ;;;;;;  table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27567 ;;;;;;  table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27568 ;;;;;;  table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27569 ;;;;;;  table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27570 ;;;;;;  table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27571 ;;;;;;  "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
27572 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27573
27574 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27575 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27576 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27577
27578 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27579
27580 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27581 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27582
27583 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27584
27585 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27586 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27587
27588 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27589
27590 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27591 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27592
27593 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27594
27595 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27596 Insert an editable text table.
27597 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS.  Optional
27598 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27599 cell.  The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27600 is a number.  They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27601 for each cell.  When called interactively, the list of number is
27602 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27603 delimiting them.
27604
27605 Examples:
27606
27607 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27608
27609 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27610 location of point.
27611
27612     -!-
27613
27614 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key.  As it asks table
27615 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27616 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height.  Now you shall see the next
27617 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27618 first cell.
27619
27620     +-----+-----+-----+
27621     |-!-  |     |     |
27622     +-----+-----+-----+
27623
27624 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27625
27626 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27627 width, which results as
27628
27629     +--------------+-----+-----+
27630     |-!-           |     |     |
27631     +--------------+-----+-----+
27632
27633 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]).  Typing
27634 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27635
27636     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27637     |              |      |-!-                             |
27638     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27639
27640 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27641 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27642 width information to `table-insert'.
27643
27644 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27645
27646 instead of
27647
27648 Cell width(s): 5
27649
27650 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27651 work all together.
27652
27653 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27654 first cell.  Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27655
27656     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27657     |-!-           |      |                                |
27658     |              |      |                                |
27659     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27660
27661 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27662
27663     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27664     |-!-           |      |                                |
27665     |              |      |                                |
27666     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27667     |              |      |                                |
27668     |              |      |                                |
27669     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27670
27671 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27672
27673     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27674     |              |      |                                |
27675     |              |      |                                |
27676     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27677     |              |      |                                |
27678     |              |      |                                |
27679     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27680     -!-
27681
27682 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column].  \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27683 when the point is outside of the table.  This insertion at
27684 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27685
27686     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27687     |              |      |                                |
27688     |              |      |                                |
27689     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27690     |              |      |                                |
27691     |              |      |                                |
27692     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27693     |-!-           |      |                                |
27694     |              |      |                                |
27695     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27696
27697 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27698 results.
27699
27700     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27701     |              |      |                                |
27702     |              |      |                                |
27703     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27704     |              |      |Text editing inside the table   |
27705     |              |      |cell produces reasonably        |
27706     |              |      |expected results.-!-            |
27707     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27708     |              |      |                                |
27709     |              |      |                                |
27710     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27711
27712 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27713
27714 \\{table-cell-map}
27715
27716 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27717
27718 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27719 Insert N table row(s).
27720 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27721 the current row.  When point is outside of the table it must be below
27722 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27723 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27724
27725 \(fn N)" t nil)
27726
27727 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27728 Insert N table column(s).
27729 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27730 of the current column.  When point is outside of the table it must be
27731 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27732 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27733
27734 \(fn N)" t nil)
27735
27736 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27737 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27738 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27739
27740 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27741
27742 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27743 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27744 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells.  If the
27745 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27746 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27747 all the table specific features.
27748
27749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27750
27751 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27752
27753
27754 \(fn)" t nil)
27755
27756 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27757 Recognize all tables within region.
27758 BEG and END specify the region to work on.  If the optional numeric
27759 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27760 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27761 specific features.
27762
27763 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27764
27765 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27766
27767
27768 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27769
27770 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27771 Recognize a table at point.
27772 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27773 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27774 the table specific features.
27775
27776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27777
27778 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27779
27780
27781 \(fn)" t nil)
27782
27783 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27784 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27785 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information.  The
27786 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27787 must not be specified.  When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27788 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27789 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27790
27791 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27792
27793 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27794
27795
27796 \(fn)" t nil)
27797
27798 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27799 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27800 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27801 cell.  Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27802 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure.  The
27803 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27804 specified.
27805
27806 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27807
27808 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27809 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27810 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27811 and possibly from the top of the cell as well.  Therefore, the cell
27812 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively.  This
27813 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27814 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27815 table structure.
27816
27817 \(fn N)" t nil)
27818
27819 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27820 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27821 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27822 table's rectangle structure.
27823
27824 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27825
27826 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27827 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27828 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27829 table's rectangle structure.
27830
27831 \(fn N)" t nil)
27832
27833 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27834 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27835 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27836 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27837 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27838
27839 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27840
27841 You can actually try how it works in this buffer.  Press
27842 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27843 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27844
27845 +-----+--+  +--+-----+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +---------+  +--+---+--+
27846 |0    |1 |  |0 |1    |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0        |  |0 |1  |2 |
27847 +--+--+  |  |  +--+--+  +--+  |  |  |  |  +--+  +----+----+  +--+-+-+--+
27848 |2 |3 |  |  |  |2 |3 |  |3 +--+  |  |  +--+3 |  |1   |2   |  |3   |4   |
27849 |  +--+--+  +--+--+  |  +--+4 |  |  |  |4 +--+  +--+-+-+--+  +----+----+
27850 |  |4    |  |4    |  |  |5 |  |  |  |  |  |5 |  |3 |4  |5 |  |5        |
27851 +--+-----+  +-----+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+---+--+  +---------+
27852
27853 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
27854 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |
27855 |  |  |  |  |  +--+  |  |  |  |  |  +--+  +--+
27856 +--+  +--+  +--+3 +--+  |  +--+  |  |3 +--+4 |
27857 |3 |  |4 |  |4 +--+5 |  |  |3 |  |  +--+5 +--+
27858 |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |7 |
27859 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
27860
27861 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+  +--+--+--+--+
27862 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |  |0 |1    |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27863 |  +--+  |  |  +--+  |  |  +--+--+  |  |  |     |  |  |  +--+--+  |
27864 |  |3 +--+  +--+3 |  |  +--+4    +--+  +--+     +--+  +--+4    +--+
27865 +--+  |4 |  |4 |  +--+  |5 +--+--+6 |  |3 +--+--+4 |  |5 |     |6 |
27866 |5 +--+  |  |  +--+5 |  |  |7 |8 |  |  |  |5 |6 |  |  |  |     |  |
27867 |  |6 |  |  |  |6 |  |  +--+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+
27868 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
27869
27870 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27871
27872 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27873 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27874 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27875 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27876
27877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27878
27879 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27880 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27881 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27882
27883 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27884
27885 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27886 Split current cell vertically.
27887 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27888
27889 \(fn)" t nil)
27890
27891 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27892 Split current cell horizontally.
27893 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27894
27895 \(fn)" t nil)
27896
27897 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27898 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27899 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27900
27901 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27902
27903 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27904 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27905 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column.  JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27906 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27907
27908 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27909
27910 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27911 Justify cell contents.
27912 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27913 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.  When optional PARAGRAPH is
27914 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27915 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27916
27917 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27918
27919 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27920 Justify cells of a row.
27921 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27922 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27923
27924 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27925
27926 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27927 Justify cells of a column.
27928 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27929 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27930
27931 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27932
27933 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27934 Toggle fixing width mode.
27935 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27936 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27937 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27938
27939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27940
27941 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27942 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27943 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27944 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27945 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27946 is the total number of cells.  The cell dimension excludes the cell
27947 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame.  The columns
27948 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries.  Therefore
27949 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27950 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split).  When optional
27951 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27952
27953 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27954
27955 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27956 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27957 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27958 structure of the table.  It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27959 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27960 object is returned.  When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27961 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used.  In this case
27962 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27963 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27964 buffer or a name of the destination buffer.  In this case the
27965 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27966 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27967 untouched.
27968
27969 References used for this implementation:
27970
27971 HTML:
27972         URL `http://www.w3.org'
27973
27974 LaTeX:
27975         URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27976
27977 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27978         URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27979         URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27980
27981 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27982
27983 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27984 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27985 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts.  When STR is an
27986 empty string then each cell content is erased.  When STR ends with
27987 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27988 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number.  Otherwise the
27989 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order.  N is the
27990 number of sequence elements to insert.  When N is negative the cell
27991 traveling direction is backward.  When N is zero it travels forward
27992 entire table.  INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27993 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27994 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27995 insertion which is normally 1.  When zero or less is given for
27996 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27997 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27998 structure is uniform.  JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27999 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
28000
28001 Example:
28002
28003   (progn
28004     (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
28005     (table-forward-cell 15)
28006     (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
28007     (table-forward-cell 16)
28008     (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
28009     (table-forward-cell 1)
28010     (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
28011
28012   (progn
28013     (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
28014     (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
28015     (table-forward-cell 1)
28016     (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
28017
28018 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
28019
28020 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
28021 Delete N row(s) of cells.
28022 Delete N rows of cells from current row.  The current row is the row
28023 contains the current cell where point is located.  Each row must
28024 consists from cells of same height.
28025
28026 \(fn N)" t nil)
28027
28028 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
28029 Delete N column(s) of cells.
28030 Delete N columns of cells from current column.  The current column is
28031 the column contains the current cell where point is located.  Each
28032 column must consists from cells of same width.
28033
28034 \(fn N)" t nil)
28035
28036 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
28037 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
28038 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents.  BEG and END
28039 specify the region.  The text in the region is replaced with a table.
28040 The removed text is inserted in the table.  When optional
28041 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
28042 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
28043 delimiter regular expressions.  This parsing determines the number of
28044 columns and rows of the table automatically.  If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
28045 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
28046 the entire region contents is placed in that cell.  Optional JUSTIFY
28047 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
28048 justification.  Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
28049 width.  Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
28050 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
28051
28052
28053 Example 1:
28054
28055 1, 2, 3, 4
28056 5, 6, 7, 8
28057 , 9, 10
28058
28059 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
28060 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table.  In
28061 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
28062 specified as 5.
28063
28064 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28065 |  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |
28066 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28067 |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |
28068 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28069 |     |  9  | 10  |     |
28070 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28071
28072 Note:
28073
28074 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
28075 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully.  COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
28076 of each row is optional.
28077
28078
28079 Example 2:
28080
28081 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
28082 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
28083 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
28084 name headers.  This time specify empty string for both
28085 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
28086
28087 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
28088 requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do.
28089
28090 Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular
28091                       expression and raw delimiter regular
28092                       expression, it parses the specified text
28093                       area and extracts cell items from
28094                       non-table text and then forms a table out
28095                       of them.
28096
28097 Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it
28098                       creates a single cell table.  The text in
28099                       the specified region is placed in that
28100                       cell.-*-
28101
28102 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
28103 like this.
28104
28105 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28106 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28107 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28108 |                                                                 |
28109 |Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular          |
28110 |                      expression and raw delimiter regular       |
28111 |                      expression, it parses the specified text   |
28112 |                      area and extracts cell items from          |
28113 |                      non-table text and then forms a table out  |
28114 |                      of them.                                   |
28115 |                                                                 |
28116 |Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it        |
28117 |                      creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
28118 |                      the specified region is placed in that     |
28119 |                      cell.                                      |
28120 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28121
28122 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
28123 paragraphs occupying its own cell.  Each cell can now be edited
28124 independently.
28125
28126 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28127 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28128 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28129 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28130 |Parse Cell Items     |By using column delimiter regular          |
28131 |                     |expression and raw delimiter regular       |
28132 |                     |expression, it parses the specified text   |
28133 |                     |area and extracts cell items from          |
28134 |                     |non-table text and then forms a table out  |
28135 |                     |of them.                                   |
28136 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28137 |Capture Text Area    |When no delimiters are specified it        |
28138 |                     |creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
28139 |                     |the specified region is placed in that     |
28140 |                     |cell.                                      |
28141 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28142
28143 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
28144 contents become once again plain text.  `table-release' works as
28145 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
28146
28147 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
28148
28149 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
28150 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
28151 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table.  This command
28152 converts a table into plain text without frames.  It is a companion to
28153 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
28154
28155 \(fn)" t nil)
28156
28157 ;;;***
28158 \f
28159 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20355 10021
28160 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
28161 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
28162
28163 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
28164 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
28165
28166 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
28167
28168 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
28169 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
28170
28171 \(fn)" t nil)
28172
28173 ;;;***
28174 \f
28175 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20585 28088
28176 ;;;;;;  480237 0))
28177 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
28178
28179 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
28180 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
28181 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
28182 Letters no longer insert themselves.
28183 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
28184 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
28185 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
28186
28187 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
28188 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
28189 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
28190 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
28191
28192 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
28193 \\{tar-mode-map}
28194
28195 \(fn)" t nil)
28196
28197 ;;;***
28198 \f
28199 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
28200 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/tcl.el" (20580 10161 446444 0))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
28202
28203 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
28204 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
28205 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
28206 Tab indents for Tcl code.
28207 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
28208 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28209
28210 Variables controlling indentation style:
28211   `tcl-indent-level'
28212     Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
28213   `tcl-continued-indent-level'
28214     Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
28215
28216 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
28217 documentation for details):
28218   `tcl-tab-always-indent'
28219     Controls action of TAB key.
28220   `tcl-auto-newline'
28221     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
28222     and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
28223   `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
28224     If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
28225     word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
28226
28227 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'.  Read the documentation for
28228 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
28229 already exist.
28230
28231 \(fn)" t nil)
28232
28233 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
28234 Run inferior Tcl process.
28235 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
28236 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
28237
28238 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
28239
28240 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
28241 Get help on Tcl command.  Default is word at point.
28242 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
28243
28244 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
28245
28246 ;;;***
28247 \f
28248 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20355 10021
28249 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
28250 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
28251
28252 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
28253 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28254 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
28255 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
28256
28257 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
28258 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used.  This program
28259 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
28260 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
28261 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28262
28263 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
28264
28265 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
28266 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28267 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
28268 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28269
28270 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28271
28272 ;;;***
28273 \f
28274 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
28275 ;;;;;;  (20580 10161 446444 0))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
28277
28278 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
28279 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
28280 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
28281 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
28282 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
28283 the process.  Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
28284
28285 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
28286
28287 (autoload 'term "term" "\
28288 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28289 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
28290 commands to use in that buffer.
28291
28292 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28293
28294 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
28295
28296 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
28297 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28298
28299 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
28300
28301 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
28302 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
28303 PORT is the path or name of the serial port.  For example, this
28304 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix.  On Windows, this could be
28305 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
28306 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second.  9600
28307 is a common value.  SPEED can be nil, see
28308 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28309 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28310 use in that buffer.
28311 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28312
28313 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28314
28315 ;;;***
28316 \f
28317 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20355
28318 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
28319 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28320
28321 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28322 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28323 ARGS is a list of argument-strings.  Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28324 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28325 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28326 program as keyboard input.
28327
28328 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28329 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28330 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28331 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28332
28333 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28334 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28335 type Control-^.  The following character is an emulator command.
28336 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28337 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28338
28339 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28340
28341 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28342 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28343 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28344 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28345
28346 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28347 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28348 subprocess started.
28349
28350 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28351
28352 ;;;***
28353 \f
28354 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28355 ;;;;;;  (20580 10161 446444 0))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28357
28358 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28359 Start coverage on function under point.
28360
28361 \(fn)" t nil)
28362
28363 ;;;***
28364 \f
28365 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20545 57511
28366 ;;;;;;  257469 0))
28367 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28368
28369 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28370 Play the Tetris game.
28371 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28372 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28373 as to form complete rows.
28374
28375 tetris-mode keybindings:
28376    \\<tetris-mode-map>
28377 \\[tetris-start-game]   Starts a new game of Tetris
28378 \\[tetris-end-game]     Terminates the current game
28379 \\[tetris-pause-game]   Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28380 \\[tetris-move-left]    Moves the shape one square to the left
28381 \\[tetris-move-right]   Moves the shape one square to the right
28382 \\[tetris-rotate-prev]  Rotates the shape clockwise
28383 \\[tetris-rotate-next]  Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28384 \\[tetris-move-bottom]  Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28385
28386 \(fn)" t nil)
28387
28388 ;;;***
28389 \f
28390 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28391 ;;;;;;  plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28392 ;;;;;;  tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28393 ;;;;;;  tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28394 ;;;;;;  tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28395 ;;;;;;  tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28396 ;;;;;;  tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28397 ;;;;;;  (20584 7212 455152 0))
28398 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28399
28400 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28401 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28402
28403 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28404
28405 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28406 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28407 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28408 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28409 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28410
28411 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28412
28413 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28414 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28415 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28416 if it matches the first line of the file,
28417 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28418
28419 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28420
28421 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28422 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28423 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28424 if the variable is non-nil.")
28425
28426 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28427
28428 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28429 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28430
28431 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28432
28433 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28434 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28435 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28436 See the documentation of that variable.")
28437
28438 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28439
28440 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28441 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28442 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28443 See the documentation of that variable.")
28444
28445 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28446
28447 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28448 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28449 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28450 See the documentation of that variable.")
28451
28452 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28453
28454 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28455 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28456 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28457 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28458 If nil, TeX runs with no options.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28459
28460 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28461
28462 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28463 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28464 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28465 If nil, no commands are used.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28466
28467 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28468
28469 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28470 User defined LaTeX block names.
28471 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28472
28473 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28474
28475 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28476 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28477 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28478 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28479
28480 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28481
28482 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28483 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28484 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28485 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28486
28487 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28488
28489 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28490 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28491 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28492 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28493
28494 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28495 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28496 for example,
28497
28498     (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28499          '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28500
28501 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28502 use.")
28503
28504 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28505
28506 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28507 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28508 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28509 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28510 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28511
28512 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28513
28514 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28515
28516 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28517 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28518 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28519
28520 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28521
28522 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28523 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28524 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28525 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28526 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28527
28528 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28529
28530 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28531 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28532
28533 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28534
28535 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28536 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28537
28538 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28539
28540 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28541 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28542 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28543 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28544 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively.  If it cannot be determined,
28545 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28546 says which mode to use.
28547
28548 \(fn)" t nil)
28549
28550 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28551
28552 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28553
28554 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28555
28556 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28557 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28558 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28559 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28560 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28561
28562 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28563 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28564 running TeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28565 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28566 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28567 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28568 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28569
28570 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28571 mismatched $'s or braces.
28572
28573 Special commands:
28574 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28575
28576 Mode variables:
28577 tex-run-command
28578         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28579 tex-directory
28580         Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28581         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28582 tex-dvi-print-command
28583         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28584 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28585         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28586         argument) to print a .dvi file.
28587 tex-dvi-view-command
28588         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28589 tex-show-queue-command
28590         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28591         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28592
28593 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28594 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'.  When the
28595 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28596
28597 \(fn)" t nil)
28598
28599 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28600 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28601 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28602 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28603 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28604
28605 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28606 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28607 running LaTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28608 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28609 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28610 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28611 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28612
28613 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28614 mismatched $'s or braces.
28615
28616 Special commands:
28617 \\{latex-mode-map}
28618
28619 Mode variables:
28620 latex-run-command
28621         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28622 tex-directory
28623         Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28624         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28625 tex-dvi-print-command
28626         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28627 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28628         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28629         argument) to print a .dvi file.
28630 tex-dvi-view-command
28631         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28632 tex-show-queue-command
28633         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28634         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28635
28636 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28637 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'.  When the special
28638 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28639
28640 \(fn)" t nil)
28641
28642 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28643 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28644 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28645 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28646 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28647
28648 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28649 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28650 running SliTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28651 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28652 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28653 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28654 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28655
28656 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28657 mismatched $'s or braces.
28658
28659 Special commands:
28660 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28661
28662 Mode variables:
28663 slitex-run-command
28664         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28665 tex-directory
28666         Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28667         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28668 tex-dvi-print-command
28669         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28670 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28671         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28672         argument) to print a .dvi file.
28673 tex-dvi-view-command
28674         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28675 tex-show-queue-command
28676         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28677         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28678
28679 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28680 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28681 `slitex-mode-hook'.  When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28682 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28683
28684 \(fn)" t nil)
28685
28686 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28687
28688
28689 \(fn)" nil nil)
28690
28691 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28692 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28693
28694 \(fn)" t nil)
28695
28696 ;;;***
28697 \f
28698 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28699 ;;;;;;  "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20434 17809 692608 0))
28700 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28701
28702 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28703 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28704 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28705 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28706
28707 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28708 and don't split the file if large.  You can use `Info-tagify' and
28709 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28710
28711 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28712
28713 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28714 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28715 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28716 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region].  The text that is
28717 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28718
28719 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28720
28721 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28722 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28723 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28724 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28725
28726 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28727 creates a master menu.  This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28728 is automatically removed when the Info file is created.  The original
28729 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28730
28731 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28732 if large.  You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28733
28734 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28735
28736 ;;;***
28737 \f
28738 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28739 ;;;;;;  "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
28740 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28741
28742 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28743 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28744
28745 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28746
28747 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28748 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28749
28750 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28751
28752 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28753 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28754
28755   It has these extra commands:
28756 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28757
28758   These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28759 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28760 the `makeinfo' program.  These files must be written in a very restricted and
28761 modified version of TeX input format.
28762
28763   Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28764 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups.  To see
28765 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28766 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28767
28768   You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28769 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28770 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28771 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28772 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28773 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28774 in the Texinfo file.
28775
28776   In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28777 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer.  You can use these
28778 commands to save keystrokes.  And you can insert balanced braces with
28779 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28780 move forward past the closing brace.
28781
28782 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28783 updating menus and node pointers.  These functions
28784
28785   * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28786   * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28787   * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28788
28789 Here are the functions:
28790
28791     texinfo-update-node                \\[texinfo-update-node]
28792     texinfo-every-node-update          \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28793     texinfo-sequential-node-update
28794
28795     texinfo-make-menu                  \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28796     texinfo-all-menus-update           \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28797     texinfo-master-menu
28798
28799     texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28800
28801 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28802 which menu descriptions are indented.
28803
28804 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28805 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28806 in the region.
28807
28808 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28809 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28810 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28811 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28812
28813 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28814 be the first node in the file.
28815
28816 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28817 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28818
28819 \(fn)" t nil)
28820
28821 ;;;***
28822 \f
28823 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28824 ;;;;;;  thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28825 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
28826 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28827
28828 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28829 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28830 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28831 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28832
28833 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28834
28835 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28836 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28837
28838 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28839
28840 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28841 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28842
28843 \(fn)" t nil)
28844
28845 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28846
28847
28848 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28849
28850 ;;;***
28851 \f
28852 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28853 ;;;;;;  sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28854 ;;;;;;  "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20416 44451 205563 0))
28855 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28856
28857 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28858 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28859 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28860 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28861 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28862 `line', and `page'.
28863
28864 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28865
28866 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28867 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28868 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28869 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28870 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28871 `line', and `page'.
28872
28873 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28874 valid THING.
28875
28876 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28877 positions of the thing found.
28878
28879 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28880
28881 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28882 Return the THING at point.
28883 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28884 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28885 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28886 `line', and `page'.
28887
28888 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28889 a symbol as a valid THING.
28890
28891 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28892
28893 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28894 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28895
28896 \(fn)" nil nil)
28897
28898 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28899 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28900
28901 \(fn)" nil nil)
28902
28903 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28904 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28905
28906 \(fn)" nil nil)
28907
28908 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28909 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28910
28911 \(fn)" nil nil)
28912
28913 ;;;***
28914 \f
28915 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28916 ;;;;;;  thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28917 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
28918 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28919
28920 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28921 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28922
28923 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28924
28925 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28926 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28927 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28928 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28929
28930 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28931
28932 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28933 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28934
28935 \(fn)" t nil)
28936
28937 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28938 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28939
28940 \(fn)" t nil)
28941
28942 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28943
28944 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28945 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28946
28947 \(fn)" t nil)
28948
28949 ;;;***
28950 \f
28951 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28952 ;;;;;;  tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28953 ;;;;;;  tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28954 ;;;;;;  tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28955 ;;;;;;  tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20355
28956 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
28957 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28958
28959 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28960 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28961 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28962
28963 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28964
28965 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28966 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28967
28968 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28969
28970 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28971 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28972 The returned string has no composition information.
28973
28974 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28975
28976 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28977 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28978
28979 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28980
28981 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28982 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28983
28984 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28985
28986 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28987 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28988 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28989 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28990
28991 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28992
28993 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28994 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28995 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28996 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28997
28998 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28999
29000 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
29001 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
29002 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
29003
29004 \(fn)" t nil)
29005
29006 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
29007 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
29008 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
29009
29010 \(fn)" t nil)
29011
29012 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
29013
29014
29015 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29016
29017 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
29018
29019
29020 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29021
29022 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
29023
29024
29025 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29026
29027 ;;;***
29028 \f
29029 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
29030 ;;;;;;  (20373 11301 906925 0))
29031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
29032
29033 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
29034 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
29035 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29036 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29037 parameters.
29038 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29039
29040 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
29041
29042 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
29043 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
29044 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29045 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29046 parameters.
29047 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29048
29049 \(fn)" t nil)
29050
29051 ;;;***
29052 \f
29053 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
29054 ;;;;;;  display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
29055 ;;;;;;  "time" "time.el" (20561 45732 920134 0))
29056 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
29057
29058 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
29059 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
29060
29061 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
29062 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
29063
29064 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
29065 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29066 This display updates automatically every minute.
29067 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
29068 are displayed as well.
29069 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29070
29071 \(fn)" t nil)
29072
29073 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
29074 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
29075 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29076 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29077 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29078 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
29079
29080 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
29081
29082 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
29083 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
29085 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
29086 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
29087
29088 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
29089 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
29090 `display-time-interval').  If `display-time-day-and-date' is
29091 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well.  This
29092 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29093
29094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29095
29096 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
29097 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
29098 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
29099 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
29100
29101 \(fn)" t nil)
29102
29103 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
29104 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
29105 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
29106 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
29107
29108 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
29109
29110 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
29111 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
29112
29113 \(fn)" t nil)
29114
29115 ;;;***
29116 \f
29117 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
29118 ;;;;;;  time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
29119 ;;;;;;  time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
29120 ;;;;;;  seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
29121 ;;;;;;  (20453 5437 764254 0))
29122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
29123
29124 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
29125 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29126 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
29127
29128 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29129 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
29130        (and (fboundp 'float-time)
29131             (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
29132    (progn
29133      (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
29134      (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
29135  (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
29136
29137 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
29138 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
29139
29140 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
29141
29142 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
29143 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
29144
29145 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29146
29147 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
29148 Convert DAYS into a time value.
29149
29150 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
29151
29152 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
29153 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
29154 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
29155
29156 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29157
29158 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
29159
29160 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
29161 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
29162 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
29163
29164 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29165
29166 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
29167 Add two time values T1 and T2.  One should represent a time difference.
29168
29169 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29170
29171 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
29172 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
29173 DATE should be a date-time string.
29174
29175 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29176
29177 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
29178 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
29179 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
29180
29181 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
29182
29183 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
29184 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
29185
29186 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
29187
29188 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
29189 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
29190
29191 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29192
29193 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
29194 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
29195 TIME should be a time value.
29196 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
29197
29198 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29199
29200 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
29201 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29202 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
29203
29204 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29205
29206 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
29207 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
29208 The valid format specifiers are:
29209 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
29210 %d is the number of days.
29211 %h is the number of hours.
29212 %m is the number of minutes.
29213 %s is the number of seconds.
29214 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
29215 %% is a literal \"%\".
29216
29217 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
29218 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
29219
29220 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
29221 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding.  For example, \"%.3Y\" will
29222 return something of the form \"001 year\".
29223
29224 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything.  When it is used, specifiers
29225 must be given in order of decreasing size.  To the left of \"%z\", nothing
29226 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
29227
29228 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
29229
29230 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
29231
29232 ;;;***
29233 \f
29234 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
29235 ;;;;;;  "time-stamp.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
29236 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
29237 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29238 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
29239 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29240 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29241 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29242 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29243 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29244 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29245
29246 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
29247 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
29248 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
29249 every time you save the file.  Add this line to your init file:
29250     (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
29251 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
29252 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
29253 look like one of the following:
29254       Time-stamp: <>
29255       Time-stamp: \" \"
29256 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
29257       Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
29258 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
29259 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
29260 `time-stamp-format'.  The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
29261 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
29262 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
29263 the template.
29264
29265 \(fn)" t nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
29268 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
29269 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
29270
29271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29272
29273 ;;;***
29274 \f
29275 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
29276 ;;;;;;  timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
29277 ;;;;;;  timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
29278 ;;;;;;  timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
29279 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
29280 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
29281
29282 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
29283 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
29284 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
29285 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
29286 will be updated whenever the time display is updated.  Otherwise,
29287 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
29288 updating.  With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
29289 if ARG is positive.  Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
29290 display (non-nil means on).
29291
29292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29293
29294 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
29295 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29296 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
29297 many hours in it to be worked.  If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
29298 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
29299 weekend).  *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
29300 _seconds_ worked today*.  This feature only has effect the first time
29301 this function is called within a day.
29302
29303 PROJECT is the project being clocked into.  If PROJECT is nil, and
29304 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
29305 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
29306 discover the name of the project.
29307
29308 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29309
29310 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29311 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29312 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29313 begun during the last time segment.
29314
29315 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out.  If REASON is nil, and
29316 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29317 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29318 discover the reason.
29319
29320 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29321
29322 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29323 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29324 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29325 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29326 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29327
29328 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29329
29330 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29331 Change to working on a different project.
29332 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29333 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29334 time of changeover.  PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29335 working on.
29336
29337 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29338
29339 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29340 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29341 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29342
29343 \(fn)" nil nil)
29344
29345 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29346 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29347 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29348
29349 \(fn)" t nil)
29350
29351 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29352 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29353 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If TODAY-ONLY
29354 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29355 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29356 \"relative to today\".
29357
29358 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29359
29360 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29361 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29362 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If RELATIVE is
29363 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29364
29365 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29366
29367 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29368 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29369 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'.  If
29370 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29371 seconds.  If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29372 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29373
29374 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29375
29376 ;;;***
29377 \f
29378 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29379 ;;;;;;  "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29381
29382 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29383 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29384 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29385 the generated Quail package is saved.
29386
29387 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29388
29389 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29390 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29391 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29392 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29393 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29394  generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29395 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29396
29397 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29398
29399 ;;;***
29400 \f
29401 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29402 ;;;;;;  "tmm.el" (20433 53542 563193 0))
29403 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29404  (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29405  (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29406
29407 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29408 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29409 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29410 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29411 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29412
29413 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29414
29415 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29416 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29417 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29418 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29419 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29420
29421 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29422
29423 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29424 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29425 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices.  You can access the elements
29426 in the menu in two ways:
29427    *)  via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29428    *)  Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29429 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29430
29431 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29432 keymap or an alist of alists.
29433 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29434 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29435
29436 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29437
29438 ;;;***
29439 \f
29440 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29441 ;;;;;;  todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29442 ;;;;;;  "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29443 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29444
29445 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29446 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29447
29448 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29449
29450 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29451 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29452
29453 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29454
29455 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29456 Insert new TODO list entry.
29457 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29458 category.
29459
29460 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29461
29462 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29463 List top priorities for each category.
29464
29465 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29466 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29467
29468 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29469 between each category.
29470 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29471
29472 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29473
29474 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29475 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29476 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29477 between each category.
29478
29479 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29480
29481 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29482
29483 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29484 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29485
29486 \(fn)" t nil)
29487
29488 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29489 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29490
29491 \(fn)" nil nil)
29492
29493 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29494 Show TODO list.
29495
29496 \(fn)" t nil)
29497
29498 ;;;***
29499 \f
29500 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29501 ;;;;;;  tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29502 ;;;;;;  "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29503 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29504
29505 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29506 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29507 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29508
29509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29510
29511 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29512 Add an item to the tool bar.
29513 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29514 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
29515 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
29516 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
29517
29518 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
29519 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29520 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29521 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29522
29523 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29524 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29525
29526 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29527
29528 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29529 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29530 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29531 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
29532 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
29533 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
29534
29535 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
29536 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29537 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29538 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29539
29540 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29541
29542 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29543 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29544 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29545 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29546 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
29547 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
29548 properties to add to the binding.
29549
29550 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29551
29552 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29553 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29554
29555 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29556
29557 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29558 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29559 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29560 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29561 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
29562 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
29563 properties to add to the binding.
29564
29565 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29566 holds a keymap.
29567
29568 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29569
29570 ;;;***
29571 \f
29572 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29573 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
29574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29575
29576 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29577 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29578 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29581 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29582
29583 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29584
29585 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29586 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
29587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29588 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29589 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29590
29591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29592
29593 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29594
29595 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29596 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29597
29598 \(fn)" t nil)
29599
29600 ;;;***
29601 \f
29602 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29603 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
29604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29605
29606 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29607 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29608
29609 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29610 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys.  It uses the keys you
29611 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29612 for your X server.  You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29613 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29614
29615 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29616 definitions.  If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29617 automatically.  If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29618 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt.  Here's how
29619 you might go about doing that in your init file.
29620
29621   (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29622   (tpu-edt)
29623
29624 Known Problems:
29625
29626 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29627 prompt for the same key.  This can happen when your window manager sucks
29628 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29629 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it.  You must
29630 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue.  Later, you and/or
29631 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29632
29633 \(fn)" t nil)
29634
29635 ;;;***
29636 \f
29637 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20355 10021
29638 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
29639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29640
29641 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29642 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29643 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29644 streams of bytes.  It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29645 to a tcp server on another machine.
29646
29647 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29648
29649 ;;;***
29650 \f
29651 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29652 ;;;;;;  "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20485 15269 390836 0))
29653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29654
29655 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29656 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29657
29658 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29659
29660 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29661 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29662 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29663 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER.  This function generates the
29664 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29665 there might be!!  The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29666 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29667 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29668
29669 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29672 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29673 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29674 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29675 into BUFFER.  This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29676 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29677 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29678 the window or buffer configuration.
29679
29680 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29681
29682 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29683
29684 ;;;***
29685 \f
29686 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29687 ;;;;;;  tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29688 ;;;;;;  tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29689 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp.el" (20561 18280 338092 0))
29690 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29691
29692 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29693 Whether Tramp is enabled.
29694 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29695
29696 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29697
29698 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29699 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29700
29701 It can have the following values:
29702
29703   'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29704   'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29705   'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29706
29707 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29708
29709 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
29710 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29711 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29712 Tramp.  See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29713
29714 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29715
29716 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29717 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29718 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29719 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29720
29721 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
29722 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29723 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29724
29725 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29726 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29727 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29728 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29729 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially.  Thus,
29730 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29731 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29732 files which are not really Tramp files.
29733
29734 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29735 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
29736 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29737 updated after changing this variable.
29738
29739 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29740
29741 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29742 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29743 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29744 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29745
29746 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29747
29748 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29749 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29750 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29751 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29752
29753 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29754 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29755 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29756
29757 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29758 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29759 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29760
29761 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29762 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
29763 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29764 updated after changing this variable.
29765
29766 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29767
29768 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29769 Alist of completion handler functions.
29770 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29771 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29772 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29773
29774 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29775 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29776 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29777 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29778
29779 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29780 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29781 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29782 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29783
29784 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29785 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29786 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29787
29788 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29789
29790 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29791 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29792 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29793
29794 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29795 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29796
29797 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29798
29799 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29800
29801
29802 \(fn)" nil nil)
29803
29804 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29805 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29806
29807 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29808
29809 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29810 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29811
29812 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29813
29814 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29815 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29816
29817 \(fn)" t nil)
29818
29819 ;;;***
29820 \f
29821 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29822 ;;;;;;  (20438 24016 194668 0))
29823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29824
29825 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29826
29827
29828 \(fn)" nil nil)
29829
29830 ;;;***
29831 \f
29832 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20584
29833 ;;;;;;  7212 455152 0))
29834 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29835
29836 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29837 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29838 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29839 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29840 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29841 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29842 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29843 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29844
29845 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29846 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29847 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29848
29849 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29850 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29851 resumed later.
29852
29853 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29854
29855 ;;;***
29856 \f
29857 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29858 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
29859 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29860
29861 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29862
29863
29864 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29865
29866 ;;;***
29867 \f
29868 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29869 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/two-column.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
29870 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29871  (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29872  (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29873  (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29874
29875 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29876 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29877 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29878 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29879 for details.).  It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29880 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29881 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29882
29883 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29884
29885 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29886 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29887 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29888 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29889
29890 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
29891
29892 \(fn)" t nil)
29893
29894 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29895 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29896 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'.  Only lines that
29897 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split.  The
29898 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29899 value for `2C-separator'.  This way lines that continue across both
29900 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29901
29902 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things.  You
29903 write the first line of each column and then split that line.  E.g.:
29904
29905 First column's text    sSs  Second column's text
29906                        \\___/\\
29907                         /    \\
29908    5 character Separator      You type  M-5 \\[2C-split]  with the point here.
29909
29910 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
29911
29912 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29913
29914 ;;;***
29915 \f
29916 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29917 ;;;;;;  type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29918 ;;;;;;  (20582 12914 894781 0))
29919 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29920
29921 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29922 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
29923 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29925 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29926 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
29927
29928 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29929
29930 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29931 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29932 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29933
29934 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29935 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29936 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold.  When the time arrives, the user
29937 is asked to take a break.  If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29938 again in a short period of time.  The idea is to give the user enough time
29939 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29940 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29941
29942 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29943 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29944
29945 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29946 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29947 reset the keystroke counter.
29948
29949 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29950 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29951 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29952 break at any time).  It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29953
29954 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29955 schedule between regular typing breaks.  This variable doesn't directly
29956 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29957 `type-break-schedule' command.
29958
29959 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29960 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break.  Whenever
29961 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29962 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first.  Also, if a break
29963 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29964 or not to continue.  A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29965 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29966 between breaks.  In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29967 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29968
29969 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29970 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29971 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29972 have passed.  This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29973 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29974
29975 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29976 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered.  You can use
29977 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29978 approximate good values for this.
29979
29980 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29981 imminent typing breaks are displayed.  They include:
29982
29983         `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29984         `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29985         `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29986         `type-break-warning-repeat'
29987         `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29988         `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29989
29990 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29991 a typing break occur.  They include:
29992
29993         `type-break-query-mode'
29994         `type-break-query-function'
29995         `type-break-query-interval'
29996
29997 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29998
29999 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
30000 across Emacs sessions.  This provides recovery of the break status between
30001 sessions and after a crash.  Manual changes to the file may result in
30002 problems.
30003
30004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30005
30006 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
30007 Take a typing break.
30008
30009 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
30010 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
30011
30012 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
30013 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
30014
30015 \(fn)" t nil)
30016
30017 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
30018 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
30019 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
30020 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
30021
30022 \(fn)" t nil)
30023
30024 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
30025 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
30026
30027 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
30028 many words per minute they usually type.  This value should not be your
30029 maximum WPM, but your average.  Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
30030 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing.  For example, one
30031 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
30032 documentation.  (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
30033 average typing speed.)
30034
30035 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
30036 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
30037 length of words (5).  For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
30038 the computed maximum threshold.
30039
30040 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
30041 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
30042 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
30043 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
30044 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
30045
30046 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
30047
30048 ;;;***
30049 \f
30050 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20566 63671
30051 ;;;;;;  243798 0))
30052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
30053
30054 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
30055 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
30056 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
30057 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
30058 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
30059
30060 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
30061
30062 ;;;***
30063 \f
30064 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
30065 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
30066 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
30067 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
30068 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
30069 ;;;;;;  "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
30070 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
30071
30072 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30073 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
30074
30075 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30076
30077 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30078 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
30079
30080 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30081
30082 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30083 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
30084
30085 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30086
30087 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30088 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
30089
30090 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30091
30092 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30093 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
30094
30095 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30096
30097 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30098 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
30099
30100 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30101
30102 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30103 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
30104
30105 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30106
30107 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30108 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
30109
30110 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30111
30112 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30113 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30114
30115 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30116
30117 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30118 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30119
30120 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30121
30122 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30123 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30124
30125 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30126
30127 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30128 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30129
30130 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30131
30132 ;;;***
30133 \f
30134 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
30135 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/underline.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30136 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
30137
30138 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
30139 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
30140 Works by overstriking underscores.
30141 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30142 which specify the range to operate on.
30143
30144 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30145
30146 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
30147 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
30148 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30149 which specify the range to operate on.
30150
30151 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30152
30153 ;;;***
30154 \f
30155 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
30156 ;;;;;;  (20369 14251 85829 0))
30157 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
30158
30159 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
30160 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
30161 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
30162 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
30163 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
30164 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
30165
30166 \(fn)" nil nil)
30167
30168 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
30169 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
30170
30171 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
30172
30173 ;;;***
30174 \f
30175 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20355
30176 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
30177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
30178
30179 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
30180 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
30181 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
30182 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
30183
30184 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
30185
30186 ;;;***
30187 \f
30188 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
30189 ;;;;;;  "url/url.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
30190 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
30191
30192 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
30193 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30194 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.  If it is a string
30195 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
30196 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
30197
30198 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
30199 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
30200 with it.  It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
30201 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
30202 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
30203 or an empty list if no events have occurred.  Each pair is one of:
30204
30205 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
30206 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred.  The error can be
30207 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
30208
30209 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
30210 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
30211 the callback is not called).
30212
30213 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
30214 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
30215 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
30216 take effect.
30217
30218 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
30219 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
30220 the server.
30221 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
30222 URL-encoded before it's used.
30223
30224 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30225
30226 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
30227 Retrieve URL synchronously.
30228 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
30229 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
30230 no further processing).  URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30231
30232 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30233
30234 ;;;***
30235 \f
30236 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
30237 ;;;;;;  "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30238 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
30239
30240 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
30241 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
30242 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
30243
30244 URL    is the url you are requesting authorization to.  This can be either a
30245        string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
30246        `url-generic-parse-url'
30247 REALM  is the realm at a specific site we are looking for.  This should be a
30248        string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
30249        specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
30250        realm
30251 TYPE   is the type of authentication to be returned.  This is either a string
30252        representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
30253        to specify that any authentication is acceptable.  If requesting 'any'
30254        the strongest matching authentication will be returned.  If this is
30255        wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
30256        what type of auth to use
30257 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
30258        if one cannot be found in the cache
30259
30260 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30261
30262 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30263 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30264
30265 TYPE     is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30266          This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30267          an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30268 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30269          This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30270 RATING   a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30271          This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30272          URL.  The item with the highest rating is returned.
30273
30274 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30275
30276 ;;;***
30277 \f
30278 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30279 ;;;;;;  "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30280 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30281
30282 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30283 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30284
30285 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30286
30287 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30288 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30289 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30290
30291 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30292
30293 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30294 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30295
30296 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30297
30298 ;;;***
30299 \f
30300 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20355 10021
30301 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
30302 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30303
30304 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30305
30306
30307 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30308
30309 ;;;***
30310 \f
30311 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
30312 ;;;;;;  "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
30313 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30314
30315 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30316 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
30317 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
30318
30319 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30320
30321 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
30322 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL.  Return the parsed responses.
30323 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
30324 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
30325
30326 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate.  Default is 0, meaning
30327 it should apply only to URL.  A negative number means to use
30328 `Infinity' for the depth.  Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
30329 though.
30330
30331 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
30332
30333 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
30334 added to the <TAG> element.  The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
30335 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
30336
30337 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
30338
30339 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30340
30341
30342 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30343
30344 ;;;***
30345 \f
30346 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20478
30347 ;;;;;;  3673 653810 0))
30348 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30349
30350 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30351 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30352
30353 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30354
30355 ;;;***
30356 \f
30357 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30358 ;;;;;;  "url/url-gw.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
30359 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30360
30361 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30362 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30363
30364 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
30365
30366 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30367 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30368 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30369 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30370 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30371
30372 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30373
30374 ;;;***
30375 \f
30376 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30377 ;;;;;;  url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30378 ;;;;;;  (20584 7212 455152 0))
30379 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30380
30381 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30382 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30383 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30385 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30386 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30387
30388 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30389
30390 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30391 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30393 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
30394 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30395
30396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30397
30398 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30399 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30400 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc).  ARGS are
30401 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30402
30403 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30404
30405 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30406 Copy URL to NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
30407 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30408 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30409 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30410 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30411 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30412 last-modified time as the old one.  (This works on only some systems.)
30413 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30414 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30415
30416 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30417
30418 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30419 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30420 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30421 accessible.
30422
30423 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30424
30425 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30426
30427
30428 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30429
30430 ;;;***
30431 \f
30432 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30433 ;;;;;;  url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20522 38650 757441
30434 ;;;;;;  0))
30435 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30436
30437 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30438 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30439 URL must be a parsed URL.  See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30440 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30441 CBARGS as the arguments.
30442
30443 Optional arg RETRY-BUFFER, if non-nil, specifies the buffer of a
30444 previous `url-http' call, which is being re-attempted.
30445
30446 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS &optional RETRY-BUFFER)" nil nil)
30447
30448 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30449
30450
30451 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30452
30453 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30454
30455 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30456
30457
30458 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30459
30460 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30461 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30462 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30463
30464 Property list members:
30465
30466 methods
30467   A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30468   supports.
30469
30470 dav
30471   A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30472   supported.
30473
30474 dasl
30475   A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30476
30477 ranges
30478   A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30479
30480 p3p
30481   The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30482   Currently this is just the raw header contents.  This is likely to
30483   change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30484   Emacs/W3.
30485
30486 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30487
30488 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30489 Default HTTPS port.")
30490
30491 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30492 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30493  (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30494
30495 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30496  (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30497  (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30498  (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30499  (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30500
30501 ;;;***
30502 \f
30503 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20355 10021
30504 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
30505 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30506
30507 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30508
30509
30510 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30511
30512 ;;;***
30513 \f
30514 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20355
30515 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
30516 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30517
30518 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30519 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30520 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30521 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30522 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30523
30524 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30525
30526 ;;;***
30527 \f
30528 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30529 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
30530 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30531
30532 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30533
30534
30535 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30536
30537 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30538 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30539
30540 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30541
30542 ;;;***
30543 \f
30544 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30545 ;;;;;;  url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20478 3673 653810
30546 ;;;;;;  0))
30547 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30548
30549 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30550 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30551
30552 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30553
30554 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30555 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30556
30557 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30558
30559 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30560
30561
30562 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30563
30564 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30565
30566 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30567
30568 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30569
30570 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30571 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30572
30573 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30574
30575 ;;;***
30576 \f
30577 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30578 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
30579 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30580
30581 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30582
30583
30584 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30585
30586 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30587
30588
30589 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30590
30591 ;;;***
30592 \f
30593 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30594 ;;;;;;  dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30595 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
30596 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30597
30598 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30599
30600
30601 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30602
30603 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30604
30605
30606 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30607
30608 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30609
30610
30611 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30612
30613 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30614
30615
30616 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30617
30618 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30619
30620
30621 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30622
30623 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30624
30625
30626 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30627
30628 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30629
30630
30631 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30632
30633 ;;;***
30634 \f
30635 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30636 ;;;;;;  "url/url-parse.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
30637 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30638
30639 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30640 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30641
30642 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30643
30644 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30645 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30646 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30647
30648 TYPE     is the URI scheme (string or nil).
30649 USER     is the user name (string or nil).
30650 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
30651 HOST     is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
30652          brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
30653 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
30654 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
30655 TARGET   is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
30656          subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
30657 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
30658          value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
30659          since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
30660 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
30661          the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
30662
30663 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
30664 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
30665 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
30666
30667 Here is an example.  The URL
30668
30669   foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
30670
30671 parses to
30672
30673   TYPE     = \"foo\"
30674   USER     = \"bob\"
30675   PASSWORD = \"pass\"
30676   HOST     = \"example.com\"
30677   PORTSPEC = 42
30678   FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
30679   TARGET   = \"nose\"
30680   ATTRIBUTES = nil
30681   FULLNESS = t
30682
30683 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30684
30685 ;;;***
30686 \f
30687 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30688 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
30689 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30690
30691 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30692 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30693
30694 \(fn)" t nil)
30695
30696 ;;;***
30697 \f
30698 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30699 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
30700 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30701
30702 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30703 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30704 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
30705 but with limits on the degree of parallelism.  The variable
30706 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
30707 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
30708
30709 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30710
30711 ;;;***
30712 \f
30713 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30714 ;;;;;;  url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
30715 ;;;;;;  url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
30716 ;;;;;;  url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
30717 ;;;;;;  url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
30718 ;;;;;;  url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
30719 ;;;;;;  url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20584
30720 ;;;;;;  7212 455152 0))
30721 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30722
30723 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30724 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30725 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30726
30727 If t, all messages will be logged.
30728 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30729 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30730
30731 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30732
30733 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30734
30735
30736 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30737
30738 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30739
30740
30741 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30742
30743 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30744 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30745 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30746 an attribute value in a tag.  Returns a new string with the result of the
30747 conversion.  Replaces these characters as follows:
30748     &  ==>  &amp;
30749     <  ==>  &lt;
30750     >  ==>  &gt;
30751     \"  ==>  &quot;
30752
30753 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30754
30755 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30756 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30757 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30758
30759 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30760
30761 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30762 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30763 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30764
30765 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30766
30767 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30768 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30769
30770 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30771
30772 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30773 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30774
30775 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30776
30777 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30778 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30779
30780 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30781
30782 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30783
30784
30785 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30786
30787 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30788
30789
30790 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30791
30792 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30793
30794
30795 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30796
30797 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30798
30799 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30800 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30801
30802 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30803
30804 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30805 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30806
30807 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30808
30809 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30810
30811
30812 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30813
30814 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
30815 Build a query-string.
30816
30817 Given a QUERY in the form:
30818 '((key1 val1)
30819   (key2 val2)
30820   (key3 val1 val2)
30821   (key4)
30822   (key5 \"\"))
30823
30824 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
30825
30826 This will return a string
30827 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
30828 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
30829 be used.
30830
30831 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
30832
30833 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
30834 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
30835
30836 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
30837
30838 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30839 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30840 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30841 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30842 forbidden in URL encoding.
30843
30844 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30845
30846 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30847 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
30848 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
30849 string.  Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
30850 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
30851 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
30852
30853 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS.  If this
30854 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
30855 allowed characters.  Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
30856 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
30857
30858 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
30859
30860 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
30861 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
30862 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
30863 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase.  Apart from
30864 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
30865 should return it unchanged.
30866
30867 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30868
30869 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30870 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30871 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30872 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30873
30874 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30875
30876 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30877 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30878 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30879
30880 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30881
30882 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30883 View the current document's URL.
30884 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30885 the minibuffer.
30886
30887 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30888
30889 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30890
30891 ;;;***
30892 \f
30893 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30894 ;;;;;;  "userlock" "userlock.el" (20555 6946 859539 0))
30895 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30896
30897 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30898 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30899 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30900   do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30901     to refrain from editing the file
30902   return t (grab the lock on the file)
30903   return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30904 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30905 in any way you like.
30906
30907 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30908
30909 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30910 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30911 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30912 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30913 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30914
30915 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30916 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30917
30918 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30919
30920 ;;;***
30921 \f
30922 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30923 ;;;;;;  utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30924 ;;;;;;  "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30925 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30926
30927 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30928
30929
30930 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30931
30932 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30933
30934
30935 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30936
30937 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30938
30939
30940 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30941
30942 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30943
30944
30945 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30946
30947 ;;;***
30948 \f
30949 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20355 10021
30950 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
30951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30952
30953 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30954 Encode UTF-7 STRING.  Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30955
30956 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30957
30958 ;;;***
30959 \f
30960 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30961 ;;;;;;  uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30962 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
30963 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30964
30965 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30966 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30967 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.  The program
30968 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30969
30970 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30971
30972 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30973 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30974 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30975
30976 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30977
30978 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30979 Uudecode region between START and END.
30980 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30981
30982 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30983
30984 ;;;***
30985 \f
30986 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30987 ;;;;;;  vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30988 ;;;;;;  vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30989 ;;;;;;  vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30990 ;;;;;;  vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30991 ;;;;;;  vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30992 ;;;;;;  vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20580
30993 ;;;;;;  10161 446444 0))
30994 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30995
30996 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30997 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30998 See `run-hooks'.")
30999
31000 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
31001
31002 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
31003 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
31004 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
31005
31006 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
31007
31008 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
31009 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
31010 See `run-hooks'.")
31011
31012 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
31013
31014 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
31015 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
31016 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
31017 same state.  If not, signal an error.
31018
31019 For merging-based version control systems:
31020   If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
31021    control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
31022   If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
31023    up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
31024   For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
31025    the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
31026
31027 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
31028   If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
31029   If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
31030    the file(s) for editing.
31031   If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
31032    *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes.  If the variable
31033    `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
31034    read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
31035   If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
31036   If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
31037
31038 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
31039
31040 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
31041 Register into a version control system.
31042 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
31043 Otherwise register the current file.
31044 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
31045 level.  If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
31046
31047 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
31048 `vc-handled-backends'.  The first backend in that list which declares
31049 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
31050 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
31051 register the file.  If no backend declares itself responsible, the
31052 first backend that could register the file is used.
31053
31054 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
31055
31056 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
31057 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
31058
31059 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
31060
31061 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
31062 Display diffs between file revisions.
31063 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31064 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31065 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31066
31067 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31068 saving the buffer.
31069
31070 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31071
31072 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
31073 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
31074 repository history using ediff.
31075
31076 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
31077
31078 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
31079 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
31080 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31081 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31082 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31083
31084 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31085 saving the buffer.
31086
31087 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31088
31089 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
31090 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
31091 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
31092 fileset with the working revision.
31093 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
31094 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31095
31096 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31097 saving the buffer.
31098
31099 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31100
31101 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
31102 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
31103 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
31104 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
31105
31106 \(fn REV)" t nil)
31107
31108 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
31109 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
31110 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31111 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
31112
31113 \(fn)" t nil)
31114
31115 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
31116 Perform a version control merge operation.
31117 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31118 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
31119 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
31120 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
31121
31122 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
31123 between two revisions into the current fileset.  This asks for
31124 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer.  If the first
31125 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
31126 branch.  If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
31127 changes from the current branch.
31128
31129 \(fn)" t nil)
31130
31131 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
31132
31133 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
31134 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
31135 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
31136 the named configuration.  If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
31137 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
31138 checked out in that new branch.
31139
31140 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
31141
31142 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
31143 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
31144 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
31145 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
31146 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
31147 allowed and simply skipped).
31148
31149 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
31150
31151 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
31152 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
31153 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
31154 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31155 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31156
31157 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
31158 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
31159
31160 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
31161
31162 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
31163 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
31164 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31165 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31166 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
31167
31168 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
31169
31170 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
31171 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
31172 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
31173
31174 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31175
31176 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
31177 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
31178 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
31179
31180 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31181
31182 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
31183 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
31184 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
31185 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
31186
31187 \(fn)" t nil)
31188
31189 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
31190 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
31191 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
31192 depending on the underlying version-control system.
31193
31194 \(fn)" t nil)
31195
31196 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
31197
31198 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
31199 Update the current fileset or branch.
31200 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31201 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
31202 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
31203 list if required.  Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
31204
31205 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
31206 fileset to the tip revisions.  For each unchanged and unlocked
31207 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
31208 on its branch.  If the file contains changes, any changes in the
31209 tip revision are merged into the working file.
31210
31211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31212
31213 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
31214
31215 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
31216 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
31217 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND.  The change is not
31218 permanent, only for the current session.  This function only changes
31219 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
31220 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
31221 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
31222
31223 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
31224
31225 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
31226 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
31227 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
31228 \(i.e.  it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
31229 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
31230 base level.  If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
31231 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
31232 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
31233 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
31234
31235 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
31236
31237 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
31238 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
31239
31240 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31241
31242 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
31243 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
31244
31245 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
31246
31247 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
31248 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
31249 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31250 directory.
31251
31252 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
31253
31254 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
31255 files that are under version control.  This puts all the entries in the
31256 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
31257
31258 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31259 log entries should be gathered.
31260
31261 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
31262
31263 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
31264 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
31265
31266 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
31267
31268 ;;;***
31269 \f
31270 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
31271 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
31272 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
31273
31274 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
31275 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
31276
31277 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
31278 file, when it was last edited and by whom.  Additionally, colors are
31279 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
31280 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages.  By
31281 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
31282 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31283
31284 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
31285 minibuffer.  First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
31286 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
31287 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged).  Then,
31288 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
31289 should cover.  For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
31290 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
31291 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31292
31293 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
31294
31295 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31296
31297 Customization variables:
31298
31299 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31300 mode-specific menu.  `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31301 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31302 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31303
31304 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31305
31306 ;;;***
31307 \f
31308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20478 3673 653810
31309 ;;;;;;  0))
31310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31311  (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31312   (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31313       (progn
31314         (load "vc-arch")
31315         (vc-arch-registered file))))
31316
31317 ;;;***
31318 \f
31319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20584 7212 455152
31320 ;;;;;;  0))
31321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31322
31323 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31324 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31325
31326 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31327 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31328  (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31329   (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31330       (progn
31331         (load "vc-bzr")
31332         (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31333
31334 ;;;***
31335 \f
31336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20542 46798 773957
31337 ;;;;;;  0))
31338 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31339 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31340   "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31341   (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31342                           "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31343       (load "vc-cvs")
31344       (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31345
31346 ;;;***
31347 \f
31348 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20522 9637 465791
31349 ;;;;;;  0))
31350 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31351
31352 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31353 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31354 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31355 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31356 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31357
31358 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31359 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31360 The file lines appear later.
31361
31362 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31363 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31364
31365 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31366
31367 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31368
31369 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31370
31371 ;;;***
31372 \f
31373 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31374 ;;;;;;  (20489 12324 656827 0))
31375 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31376
31377 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31378 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31379 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31380 BUFFER is t.  If the destination buffer is not already current,
31381 set it up properly and erase it.  The command is considered
31382 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31383 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31384 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31385 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31386 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31387 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31388 name or set of files).  If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31389 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31390 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31391 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31392
31393 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31394
31395 ;;;***
31396 \f
31397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20566 63671 243798
31398 ;;;;;;  0))
31399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31400  (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31401   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31402   (if (vc-find-root file ".git")       ; Short cut.
31403       (progn
31404         (load "vc-git")
31405         (vc-git-registered file))))
31406
31407 ;;;***
31408 \f
31409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20489 12324 656827 0))
31410 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31411  (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31412   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31413   (if (vc-find-root file ".hg")       ; short cut
31414       (progn
31415         (load "vc-hg")
31416         (vc-hg-registered file))))
31417
31418 ;;;***
31419 \f
31420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20524 51365 2559 0))
31421 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31422
31423 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31424 Name of the monotone directory.")
31425
31426 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31427 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31428  (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31429   (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31430       (progn
31431         (load "vc-mtn")
31432         (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31433
31434 ;;;***
31435 \f
31436 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31437 ;;;;;;  (20584 7212 455152 0))
31438 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31439
31440 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31441 Where to look for RCS master files.
31442 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31443
31444 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31445
31446 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31447
31448 ;;;***
31449 \f
31450 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31451 ;;;;;;  (20584 7212 455152 0))
31452 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31453
31454 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31455 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31456 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31457
31458 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31459
31460 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31461
31462 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31463 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31464 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31465 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31466
31467 ;;;***
31468 \f
31469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20355 10021 546955
31470 ;;;;;;  0))
31471 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31472  (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31473   (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31474                                (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31475                           "_svn")
31476                          (t ".svn"))))
31477     (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31478       (load "vc-svn")
31479       (vc-svn-registered f))))
31480
31481 ;;;***
31482 \f
31483 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31484 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
31485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31486  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'")  'vera-mode))
31487
31488 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31489 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31490
31491 Usage:
31492 ------
31493
31494   INDENTATION:  Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31495     The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31496     Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31497     `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31498
31499   WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION:  Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31500     for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31501     and adjusts case.  Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31502     completions.
31503
31504     Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31505     at the beginning of a line).  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31506
31507   COMMENTS:  `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31508     uncomments a region if already commented out.
31509
31510   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):  Vera keywords, predefined types and
31511     constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31512     comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31513
31514   VERA VERSION:  OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31515
31516
31517 Maintenance:
31518 ------------
31519
31520 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31521 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31522
31523 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31524
31525 Official distribution is at
31526 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31527
31528
31529                                                   The Vera Mode Maintainer
31530                                                Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31531
31532 Key bindings:
31533 -------------
31534
31535 \\{vera-mode-map}
31536
31537 \(fn)" t nil)
31538
31539 ;;;***
31540 \f
31541 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31542 ;;;;;;  (20581 31014 234484 0))
31543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31544
31545 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31546 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31547 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31548 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31549 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31550
31551 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31552
31553 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31554 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31555
31556 Supports highlighting.
31557
31558 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31559 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31560
31561 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31562
31563  variable `verilog-indent-level'      (default 3)
31564    Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31565  `verilog-indent-level-module'        (default 3)
31566    Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31567    Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31568    on the left side of your screen.
31569  `verilog-indent-level-declaration'   (default 3)
31570    Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31571    Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31572  `verilog-indent-level-behavioral'    (default 3)
31573    Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31574    Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31575    function keyword.
31576  `verilog-indent-level-directive'     (default 1)
31577    Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31578  `verilog-cexp-indent'              (default 1)
31579    Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31580       if (a)
31581         begin
31582  `verilog-case-indent'              (default 2)
31583    Indentation for case statements.
31584  `verilog-auto-newline'             (default nil)
31585    Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31586    mark after an end.
31587  `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline'   (default t)
31588    Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31589  `verilog-tab-always-indent'        (default t)
31590    Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31591    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31592  `verilog-indent-begin-after-if'    (default t)
31593    Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31594    if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any.  Otherwise,
31595    the begin is lined up with the preceding token.  If t, you get:
31596       if (a)
31597          begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31598    otherwise you get:
31599       if (a)
31600       begin
31601  `verilog-auto-endcomments'         (default t)
31602    Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31603    cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31604    The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31605  `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31606    Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31607    will be inserted.  Setting this variable to zero results in every
31608    end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31609    comments in tight quarters.
31610  `verilog-auto-lineup'              (default 'declarations)
31611    List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31612
31613 Variables controlling other actions:
31614
31615  `verilog-linter'                   (default surelint)
31616    Unix program to call to run the lint checker.  This is the default
31617    command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31618
31619 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31620
31621 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31622
31623     \\[verilog-auto]  Expand AUTO statements.
31624     \\[verilog-delete-auto]  Remove the AUTOs.
31625     \\[verilog-inject-auto]  Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31626
31627 Some other functions are:
31628
31629     \\[verilog-complete-word]    Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31630     \\[verilog-mark-defun]  Mark function.
31631     \\[verilog-beg-of-defun]  Move to beginning of current function.
31632     \\[verilog-end-of-defun]  Move to end of current function.
31633     \\[verilog-label-be]  Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31634
31635     \\[verilog-comment-region]  Put marked area in a comment.
31636     \\[verilog-uncomment-region]  Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31637     \\[verilog-insert-block]  Insert begin ... end.
31638     \\[verilog-star-comment]    Insert /* ... */.
31639
31640     \\[verilog-sk-always]  Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31641     \\[verilog-sk-begin]  Insert a begin .. end block.
31642     \\[verilog-sk-case]  Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31643     \\[verilog-sk-for]  Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31644     \\[verilog-sk-generate]  Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31645     \\[verilog-sk-header]  Insert a header block at the top of file.
31646     \\[verilog-sk-initial]  Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31647     \\[verilog-sk-fork]  Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31648     \\[verilog-sk-module]  Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31649     \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class]  Insert an OVM Class block.
31650     \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class]  Insert an UVM Class block.
31651     \\[verilog-sk-primitive]  Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31652     \\[verilog-sk-repeat]  Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31653     \\[verilog-sk-specify]  Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31654     \\[verilog-sk-task]  Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31655     \\[verilog-sk-while]  Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31656     \\[verilog-sk-casex]  Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31657     \\[verilog-sk-casez]  Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31658     \\[verilog-sk-if]  Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31659     \\[verilog-sk-else-if]  Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31660     \\[verilog-sk-comment]  Insert a comment block.
31661     \\[verilog-sk-assign]  Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31662     \\[verilog-sk-function]  Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31663     \\[verilog-sk-input]  Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31664     \\[verilog-sk-output]  Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31665     \\[verilog-sk-state-machine]  Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31666     \\[verilog-sk-inout]  Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31667     \\[verilog-sk-wire]  Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31668     \\[verilog-sk-reg]  Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31669     \\[verilog-sk-define-signal]  Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31670
31671 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31672 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31673
31674 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31675
31676 \(fn)" t nil)
31677
31678 ;;;***
31679 \f
31680 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31681 ;;;;;;  (20584 7212 455152 0))
31682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31683
31684 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31685 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31686
31687 Usage:
31688 ------
31689
31690   TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31691     After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31692     arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct.  Typing
31693     `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31694     template generation.  Optional arguments are indicated by square
31695     brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.  Prompts for
31696     mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31697     empty.  They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'.  Enabled
31698     electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
31699
31700       Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31701     template generator.  Automatic template generation (i.e.
31702     electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31703     setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31704
31705       Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31706     bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31707     the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31708     `SPC'.  The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31709     conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31710
31711       Template styles can be customized in customization group
31712     `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31713
31714
31715   HEADER INSERTION:
31716     A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'.  A file footer
31717     (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31718     See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31719
31720
31721   STUTTERING:
31722     Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31723     Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31724     option `vhdl-stutter-mode'.  Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31725     the mode line.  The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31726
31727       ;;   -->  \" : \"       [   -->  (        --    -->  comment
31728       ;;;  -->  \" := \"      [[  -->  [        --CR  -->  comment-out code
31729       ..   -->  \" => \"      ]   -->  )        ---   -->  horizontal line
31730       ,,   -->  \" <= \"      ]]  -->  ]        ----  -->  display comment
31731       ==   -->  \" == \"      ''  -->  \\\"
31732
31733
31734   WORD COMPLETION:
31735     Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31736     word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31737     Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions.  This also
31738     works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31739
31740       Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31741     expressions (e.g. for array index ranges).  All keywords as well as
31742     standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31743     (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31744     beginning with \"std\").
31745
31746       Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31747     beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31748     inserts a tabulator stop otherwise.  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31749     stop.
31750
31751
31752   COMMENTS:
31753         `--'       puts a single comment.
31754         `---'      draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31755         `----'     inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31756                    with a comment in between.
31757         `--CR'     comments out code on that line.  Re-hitting CR comments
31758                    out following lines.
31759         `C-c C-c'  comments out a region if not commented out,
31760                    uncomments a region if already commented out.  Option
31761                    `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
31762                    should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
31763
31764       You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31765     variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31766     specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31767     Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31768     begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31769     non-nil.
31770
31771       Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31772     are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'.  Comments go at
31773     maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'.  `RET' after a space in a comment
31774     will open a new comment line.  Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31775     in a comment automatically opens a new comment line.  `M-q' re-fills
31776     multi-line comments.
31777
31778
31779   INDENTATION:
31780     `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.  The amount of
31781     indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'.  `C-c C-i C-l'
31782     always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31783     `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).  If a region is active, `TAB' indents
31784     the entire region.
31785
31786       Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31787     (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu).  Argument and port lists are
31788     indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31789     according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31790
31791       If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31792     tabs.  `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31793     and vice versa.
31794
31795       Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files.  Option
31796     `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31797
31798       Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
31799     comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
31800     line.
31801
31802
31803   ALIGNMENT:
31804     The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31805     to beautify the code.  `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31806     separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31807     indent.  `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31808     a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31809     C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit.  `C-c
31810     C-a M-a' aligns an entire region.  `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31811     for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31812
31813       If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31814     separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31815     aligned individually.  If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31816     blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately.  Some templates
31817     are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31818     is non-nil.
31819
31820       Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31821     `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31822     `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31823
31824       `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region.  That is, operator
31825     symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31826
31827
31828   CODE FILLING:
31829     Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31830     maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31831     lines are maximally filled (block filling).  `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31832     enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31833     blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31834     `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31835
31836
31837   CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31838     `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31839     buffer respectively.  This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31840     fixing.  Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31841     command:
31842
31843       emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31844
31845
31846   PORT TRANSLATION:
31847     Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31848     copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31849     as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31850     signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31851     internal signal initializations (menu).
31852
31853       To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31854     `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'.  To include comments in pasting,
31855     see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31856
31857       A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31858     flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists.  The
31859     direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31860     outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches.  (This
31861     reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31862     in subsequent paste operations.)
31863
31864       Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31865     design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31866     to options `vhdl-...-name'.  See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31867
31868
31869   SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31870     Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31871     subprograms (function/procedure).  A subprogram interface can be copied
31872     and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31873     association list with formals).
31874
31875
31876   TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31877     A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench.  The generated
31878     testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31879     configuration.  The architecture contains the component declaration and
31880     instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31881     declarations.  Additional user-defined templates can be inserted.  The
31882     names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31883     structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31884    `vhdl-testbench'.
31885
31886
31887   KEY BINDINGS:
31888     Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31889
31890
31891   VHDL MENU:
31892     All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31893
31894
31895   FILE BROWSER:
31896     The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.  It can
31897     be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31898     `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31899
31900       In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31901     browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31902
31903
31904   DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31905     The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31906     contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31907     projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31908
31909       The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31910     project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31911     `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31912
31913       In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31914     their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'.  Ports can directly be copied
31915     from entities and components (in packages).  Individual design units and
31916     complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31917
31918       The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31919     file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil.  The
31920     hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31921     speedbar.  The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31922     options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31923
31924       Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31925     multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31926     required by secondary units.
31927
31928
31929   STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31930     Enables simple structural composition.  `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
31931     for a new component.  Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31932     instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31933     (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P').  Finally,
31934     all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31935     and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
31936       - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31937         connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31938       - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31939         inputs to this component -> input port created
31940       - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31941         outputs from this component -> output port created
31942       - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31943         considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31944
31945       Purpose:  With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31946     create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31947     strokes.  A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31948     component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31949     browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31950
31951       Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31952     components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31953
31954       Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31955     `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31956     an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p').  The VHDL'93 direct
31957     component instantiation is also supported (option
31958     `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31959
31960       Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31961     the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31962     the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor).  The
31963     configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31964     component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31965     `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31966     (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration').  For
31967     subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31968     (mra) architecture is selected.  If another architecture is desired, it
31969     can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31970     generating the configuration.
31971
31972       Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31973     declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31974     configurations in speedbar.
31975
31976       See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31977
31978
31979   SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31980     The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31981     compiler (menu, `C-c C-k').  The compiler to be used is specified by
31982     option `vhdl-compiler'.  The available compilers are listed in option
31983     `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31984     command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31985     information.  New compilers can be added.
31986
31987       All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31988     command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31989
31990
31991   MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31992     Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31993     routine (`C-c M-k').  The library unit dependency information is
31994     obtained from the hierarchy browser.  Makefile generation can be
31995     customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31996
31997       Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31998     command:
31999
32000         emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
32001               [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
32002               -f vhdl-generate-makefile
32003
32004       The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
32005     target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
32006     library directory if not existent.  These target names can be customized
32007     by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'.  The Makefile also includes a
32008     target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
32009     of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
32010     compilation of a design specified by a configuration).  User specific
32011     parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
32012     `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
32013
32014     Limitations:
32015       - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
32016         considered.  Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
32017         not (yet) supported.
32018       - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
32019         but configurations that go down several levels are not.
32020       - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
32021
32022
32023   PROJECTS:
32024     Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
32025     project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
32026     the menu or speedbar (temporarily).  For each project, title and
32027     description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
32028     (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
32029     compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
32030     specified.  Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
32031     `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
32032
32033       Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
32034     Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
32035     can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer.  When starting
32036     Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
32037     vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
32038     automatically loaded and its project activated if option
32039     `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil.  Names/paths of the project setup
32040     files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'.  Multiple
32041     project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
32042     This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
32043     `vhdl-project-alist'.
32044
32045
32046   SPECIAL MENUES:
32047     As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
32048     option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
32049     (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
32050     file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
32051     larger than `font-lock-maximum-size').  Also, a source file menu can be
32052     added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
32053     current directory for VHDL source files.
32054
32055
32056   VHDL STANDARDS:
32057     The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
32058     Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
32059
32060
32061   KEYWORD CASE:
32062     Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
32063     and enumeration values is supported.  If the option
32064     `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
32065     lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
32066     types, attributes, and enumeration values).  The case of keywords,
32067     types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
32068     region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
32069     `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
32070
32071
32072   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
32073     Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
32074     function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
32075     as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
32076     different colors.  Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
32077     parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
32078     highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
32079
32080       Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
32081     that should be avoided) can be specified in option
32082     `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
32083     a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words').  Verilog
32084     keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
32085     `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
32086
32087       Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
32088     syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
32089     option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil.  This allows to
32090     establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
32091     of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
32092     visually.
32093
32094       Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
32095     to support case-sensitive highlighting.  However, keywords are then only
32096     highlighted if written in lower case.
32097
32098       Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
32099     highlighted using a different background color if option
32100     `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
32101
32102       For documentation and customization of the used colors see
32103     customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group').  For
32104     highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
32105     `paren-showing'.  Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
32106     option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
32107
32108
32109   USER MODELS:
32110     VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
32111     in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
32112     electrification.  See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
32113
32114
32115   HIDE/SHOW:
32116     The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
32117     instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
32118     be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
32119     the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu').  XEmacs: limited
32120     functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
32121
32122
32123   CODE UPDATING:
32124     - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
32125       current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
32126       Limitations:
32127         - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
32128           architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
32129         - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
32130           Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
32131         - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
32132       Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
32133       (used to obtain the port names).
32134       Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
32135       specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
32136       sensitivity lists.
32137
32138
32139   CODE FIXING:
32140     `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
32141     (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
32142
32143
32144   PRINTING:
32145     PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
32146     used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
32147     `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
32148     PostScript printing commands.  Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
32149     appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
32150     The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'.  Do not forget to
32151     switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
32152     printers.
32153
32154
32155   OPTIONS:
32156     User options allow customization of VHDL Mode.  All options are
32157     accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry.  Simple options (switches
32158     and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
32159     customization buffer is opened.  Changed options can be saved for future
32160     sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
32161
32162       Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
32163     the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
32164     customize-group' for groups).  Some customizations only take effect
32165     after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
32166     Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
32167     INSTALL file).
32168
32169       Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
32170     what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
32171
32172
32173   FILE EXTENSIONS:
32174     As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
32175     automatically recognized as VHDL source files.  To add an extension
32176     \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
32177
32178       (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
32179
32180
32181   HINTS:
32182     - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
32183       a VHDL file first, use the command:
32184
32185         emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
32186
32187     - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
32188
32189     - Some features only work on properly indented code.
32190
32191
32192   RELEASE NOTES:
32193     See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
32194
32195
32196 Maintenance:
32197 ------------
32198
32199 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
32200 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
32201
32202 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
32203
32204 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
32205 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
32206 releases.  You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing.  Subscribe
32207 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
32208
32209 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
32210 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
32211 where the latest version can be found.
32212
32213
32214 Known problems:
32215 ---------------
32216
32217 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
32218 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
32219 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
32220 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
32221
32222
32223                                                 The VHDL Mode Authors
32224                                             Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
32225
32226 Key bindings:
32227 -------------
32228
32229 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
32230
32231 \(fn)" t nil)
32232
32233 ;;;***
32234 \f
32235 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 63671 243798
32236 ;;;;;;  0))
32237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
32238
32239 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
32240 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
32241 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
32242 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
32243
32244 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
32245 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
32246 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
32247 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
32248 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
32249
32250 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
32251 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
32252
32253 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
32254
32255 * Limitations and unsupported features
32256   - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
32257     not supported.
32258   - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
32259   - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
32260
32261 * Modifications
32262   - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
32263     pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
32264     Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
32265   - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
32266     to undo twice to completely undo a change command.  But this is not needed
32267     for undoing a repeated change command.
32268   - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
32269     in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands.  Replace cmds too.
32270   - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
32271
32272 * Extensions
32273   - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
32274     incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
32275   - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
32276     esc-map or set undefined.  These can give you the full power of Emacs.
32277   - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
32278     `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
32279     `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'.  Some of them are quite handy.
32280   - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
32281
32282 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
32283
32284 \(fn)" t nil)
32285
32286 ;;;***
32287 \f
32288 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
32289 ;;;;;;  viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
32290 ;;;;;;  viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
32291 ;;;;;;  "language/viet-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
32292 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
32293
32294 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
32295 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
32296
32297 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
32298
32299 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32300 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
32301 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32302 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32303
32304 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32305
32306 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32307 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32308
32309 \(fn)" t nil)
32310
32311 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32312 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32313 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32314 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32315
32316 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32317
32318 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32319 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32320
32321 \(fn)" t nil)
32322
32323 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32324
32325
32326 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32327
32328 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32329
32330
32331 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32332
32333 ;;;***
32334 \f
32335 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32336 ;;;;;;  view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32337 ;;;;;;  view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32338 ;;;;;;  view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32339 ;;;;;;  "view" "view.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
32340 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32341
32342 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32343 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32344 If nil, make an icon of the frame.  If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32345
32346 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32347
32348 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32349 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32350 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32351 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32352
32353 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32354
32355 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32356 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32357
32358 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32359
32360 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32361 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32362 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32363 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32364 moving around in the buffer.
32365 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32366 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32367
32368 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32369
32370 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32371
32372 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32373 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32374 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32375 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32376
32377 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32378 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32379 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32380 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32381 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32382
32383 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32384
32385 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32386
32387 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32388 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32389 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32390 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32391 buffer.
32392
32393 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32394 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32395 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32396 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32397 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32398
32399 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32400
32401 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32402
32403 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32404 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32405 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32406 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32407 moving around in the buffer.
32408 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32409 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32410
32411 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32412
32413 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32414 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
32415 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32416
32417 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32418 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32419 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits.  Setting
32420 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32421
32422 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32423 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32424 own View-like bindings.
32425
32426 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32427
32428 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32429 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32430 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32431 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32432 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32433 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32434 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32435
32436 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32437
32438 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32439
32440 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32441 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
32442 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32443
32444 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32445 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32446 own View-like bindings.
32447
32448 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32449
32450 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32451 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32452 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32453 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32454 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32455 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32456 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32457
32458 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32459
32460 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32461
32462 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32463 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
32464 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32465
32466 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32467 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32468 own View-like bindings.
32469
32470 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32471
32472 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32473 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32475 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32476 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32477
32478 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32479 contents are available as usual.  Kill commands insert text in
32480 kill buffers but do not delete.  Most other commands beep and
32481 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32482
32483 \\<view-mode-map>
32484
32485 The following additional commands are provided.  Most commands
32486 take prefix arguments.  Page commands default to \"page size\"
32487 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32488 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32489 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32490 which initially is half a window full.  Search commands default
32491 to a repeat count of one.
32492
32493 H, h, ?  This message.
32494 Digits  provide prefix arguments.
32495 \\[negative-argument]   negative prefix argument.
32496 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32497 >       move to the end of buffer.
32498 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end]   scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32499 SPC     scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32500           With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32501 DEL     scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32502           With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32503 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size]      like  \\[View-scroll-page-forward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32504 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]     like  \\[View-scroll-page-backward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32505 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward]       scroll forward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
32506           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32507 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward]      scroll backward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
32508           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32509 RET, LFD  scroll forward one line.  With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32510 y       scroll backward one line.  With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32511 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward]      revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32512           Use this to view a changing file.
32513 \\[what-line]   prints the current line number.
32514 \\[View-goto-percent]   goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32515 \\[View-goto-line]      goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32516 .       set the mark.
32517 x       exchanges point and mark.
32518 \\[View-back-to-mark]   return to mark and pops mark ring.
32519           Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32520           jump to line occurs.  The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32521 \\[point-to-register]   save current position in character register.
32522 '       go to position saved in character register.
32523 s       do forward incremental search.
32524 r       do reverse incremental search.
32525 \\[View-search-regexp-forward]  searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32526           ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32527           ! means search for a line with no match for regexp.  @ means start
32528           search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32529 \\      searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32530 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward]     searches forward for last regular expression.
32531 p       searches backward for last regular expression.
32532 \\[View-quit]   quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32533           \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32534 \\[View-exit]   exit View mode but stay in current buffer.  Use this if you started
32535           viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32536           This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32537 \\[View-exit-and-edit]  exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32538           even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32539 \\[View-quit-all]       quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32540 \\[View-leave]  quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32541 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32542
32543 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered.  If it was
32544 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32545 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32546 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32547 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32548 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32549 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32550 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32551 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32552
32553 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32554
32555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32556
32557 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32558 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32559 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32560 windows.  Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32561 `view-return-to-alist' after purging.  For a description of items
32562 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32563 function `view-mode-exit'.  If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32564 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32565 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32566
32567 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32568
32569 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
32570
32571 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32572 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32573 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32574 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32575 buffer.  This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32576 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32577
32578 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32579 function that takes a buffer as argument.  This function will be
32580 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32581
32582 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32583
32584 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32585
32586 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32587
32588 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32589 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32590
32591 \(fn)" t nil)
32592
32593 ;;;***
32594 \f
32595 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20513
32596 ;;;;;;  18948 537867 0))
32597 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32598
32599 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32600 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32601
32602 \(fn)" nil nil)
32603
32604 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32605 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32606
32607 \(fn)" t nil)
32608
32609 ;;;***
32610 \f
32611 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32612 ;;;;;;  (20566 63671 243798 0))
32613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32614
32615 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32616 Toggle Viper on/off.
32617 If Viper is enabled, turn it off.  Otherwise, turn it on.
32618
32619 \(fn)" t nil)
32620
32621 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32622 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32623
32624 \(fn)" t nil)
32625
32626 ;;;***
32627 \f
32628 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32629 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
32630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32631
32632 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32633 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32634 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32635 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32636 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32637 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32638 and the function can insert text in it.  This text becomes
32639 the beginning of the warning.")
32640
32641 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32642 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32643 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32644 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32645 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32646 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32647 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32648 also call that function before the next warning.")
32649
32650 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32651 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32652
32653 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32654 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32655 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32656 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32657
32658 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32659 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32660 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32661 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32662 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32663 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32664
32665 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32666 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32667 Default is :warning.
32668
32669 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32670               if you do not attend to it promptly.
32671 :error     -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32672 :warning   -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32673               but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32674 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
32675
32676 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32677 the warning.  By default, it is `*Warnings*'.  If this function
32678 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32679
32680 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32681
32682 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32683 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32684
32685 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32686
32687 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32688 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32689 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32690 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32691
32692 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32693 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32694 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32695 can be whatever you like.)
32696
32697 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32698 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32699
32700 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32701               if you do not attend to it promptly.
32702 :error     -- invalid data or circumstances.
32703 :warning   -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32704 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
32705
32706 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32707
32708 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32709 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32710 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32711 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32712 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32713
32714 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32715
32716 ;;;***
32717 \f
32718 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32719 ;;;;;;  (20510 18478 782378 0))
32720 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32721
32722 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32723 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
32724 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32725 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
32726 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
32727 files.  After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
32728 directories to reflect your edits.
32729
32730 See `wdired-mode'.
32731
32732 \(fn)" t nil)
32733
32734 ;;;***
32735 \f
32736 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20566 63671
32737 ;;;;;;  243798 0))
32738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32739
32740 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32741 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32742
32743 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32744 hotlist.
32745
32746 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32747 <nwv@acm.org>.
32748
32749 \(fn)" t nil)
32750
32751 ;;;***
32752 \f
32753 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
32754 ;;;;;;  (20577 33959 40183 0))
32755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32756  (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32757  (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32758
32759 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
32760
32761 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32762 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32763 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32765 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32766 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32767
32768 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32769
32770 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32771 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32772 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32773 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
32774 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32775
32776 Which Function mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, the
32777 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32778 in certain major modes.
32779
32780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32781
32782 ;;;***
32783 \f
32784 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32785 ;;;;;;  whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32786 ;;;;;;  global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32787 ;;;;;;  whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20508 13724
32788 ;;;;;;  260761 0))
32789 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32790
32791 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32792 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32793 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32794 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
32795 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32796
32797 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32798 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32799
32800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32801
32802 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32803 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32805 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
32806 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32807
32808 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32809 exclusively.  For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32810 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32811 use `whitespace-mode'.
32812
32813 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32814
32815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32816
32817 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32818 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32819 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32822 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32823
32824 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32825
32826 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32827 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32829 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
32830 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32831
32832 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32833 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32834
32835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32836
32837 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32838 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32839 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32840 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32841 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32842 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32843
32844 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32845
32846 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32847 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32848 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32849 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
32850 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32851
32852 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32853 visualization exclusively.  For other visualizations, including
32854 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32855 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32856
32857 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32858
32859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32860
32861 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32862 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32863
32864 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32865 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32866
32867 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32868 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32869
32870 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32871
32872   CHAR  MEANING
32873   (VIA FACES)
32874    f    toggle face visualization
32875    t    toggle TAB visualization
32876    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32877    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
32878    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32879    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32880    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
32881    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32882    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32883    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32884    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
32885    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32886    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32887    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32888    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32889    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32890    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32891
32892   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32893    T    toggle TAB visualization
32894    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32895    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
32896
32897    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
32898    ?    display brief help
32899
32900 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32901 The valid symbols are:
32902
32903    face                 toggle face visualization
32904    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
32905    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32906    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
32907    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32908    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32909    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
32910    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32911    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32912    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32913    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
32914    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32915    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32916    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32917    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32918    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32919    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32920
32921    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
32922    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32923    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
32924
32925    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
32926
32927 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32928
32929 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32930
32931 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32932 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32933
32934 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32935 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32936
32937 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32938 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32939
32940 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32941
32942   CHAR  MEANING
32943   (VIA FACES)
32944    f    toggle face visualization
32945    t    toggle TAB visualization
32946    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32947    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
32948    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32949    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32950    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
32951    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32952    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32953    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32954    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
32955    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32956    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32957    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32958    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32959    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32960    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32961
32962   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32963    T    toggle TAB visualization
32964    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32965    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
32966
32967    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
32968    ?    display brief help
32969
32970 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32971 The valid symbols are:
32972
32973    face                 toggle face visualization
32974    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
32975    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32976    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
32977    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32978    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32979    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
32980    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32981    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32982    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32983    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
32984    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32985    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32986    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32987    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32988    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32989    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32990
32991    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
32992    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32993    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
32994
32995    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
32996
32997 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32998
32999 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
33000
33001 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
33002 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
33003
33004 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
33005 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region.  It also
33006 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
33007 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
33008 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
33009
33010 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
33011
33012 The problems cleaned up are:
33013
33014 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33015 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33016    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
33017    empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
33018
33019 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33020    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
33021    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
33022    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
33023    SPACEs.
33024    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
33025    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
33026    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
33027    replace TABs by SPACEs.
33028
33029 4. SPACEs before TAB.
33030    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
33031    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33032    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33033    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33034    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33035    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33036    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33037
33038 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33039    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
33040    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33041
33042 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33043    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
33044    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33045    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33046    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33047    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33048    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33049    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33050
33051 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
33052 documentation.
33053
33054 \(fn)" t nil)
33055
33056 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
33057 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
33058
33059 The problems cleaned up are:
33060
33061 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33062    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
33063    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
33064    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
33065    SPACEs.
33066    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
33067    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
33068    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
33069    replace TABs by SPACEs.
33070
33071 2. SPACEs before TAB.
33072    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
33073    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33074    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33075    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33076    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33077    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33078    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33079
33080 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33081    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
33082    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33083
33084 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33085    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
33086    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
33087    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
33088    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33089    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
33090    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
33091    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
33092
33093 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
33094 documentation.
33095
33096 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33097
33098 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
33099 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
33100
33101 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33102 non-nil.
33103
33104 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33105 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
33106 `whitespace-style' to have:
33107
33108    empty
33109    trailing
33110    indentation
33111    space-before-tab
33112    space-after-tab
33113
33114 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33115 whitespace problems in buffer.
33116
33117 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33118
33119 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33120    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33121    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33122    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33123    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33124    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
33125    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33126
33127 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33128    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33129    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33130    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33131    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
33132    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
33133    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33134
33135 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33136 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33137 cleaning up these problems.
33138
33139 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33140
33141 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
33142 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
33143
33144 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33145 non-nil.
33146
33147 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33148 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
33149 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
33150
33151    empty
33152    indentation
33153    space-before-tab
33154    trailing
33155    space-after-tab
33156
33157 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33158 whitespace problems in buffer.
33159
33160 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33161
33162 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33163    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33164    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33165    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33166    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33167    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
33168    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33169
33170 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33171    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33172    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33173    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33174    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
33175    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
33176    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33177
33178 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33179 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33180 cleaning up these problems.
33181
33182 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33183
33184 ;;;***
33185 \f
33186 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
33187 ;;;;;;  widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20478 3673
33188 ;;;;;;  653810 0))
33189 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
33190
33191 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
33192 Browse the widget under point.
33193
33194 \(fn POS)" t nil)
33195
33196 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
33197 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
33198
33199 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
33200
33201 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
33202 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
33203
33204 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
33205
33206 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
33207 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
33208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
33209 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
33210 if ARG is omitted or nil.
33211
33212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33213
33214 ;;;***
33215 \f
33216 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
33217 ;;;;;;  widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20373
33218 ;;;;;;  11301 906925 0))
33219 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
33220
33221 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
33222 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
33223
33224 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33225
33226 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
33227 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
33228 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
33229
33230 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
33231
33232 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
33233 Create widget of TYPE.
33234 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
33235
33236 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33237
33238 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
33239 Delete WIDGET.
33240
33241 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33242
33243 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
33244 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
33245
33246 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33247
33248 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "       " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e   " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
33249 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
33250 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
33251 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
33252
33253 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
33254 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
33255
33256 \(fn)" nil nil)
33257
33258 ;;;***
33259 \f
33260 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
33261 ;;;;;;  windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20566
33262 ;;;;;;  63671 243798 0))
33263 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
33264
33265 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
33266 Select the window to the left of the current one.
33267 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33268 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33269 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
33270 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33271 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33272
33273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33274
33275 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
33276 Select the window above the current one.
33277 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
33278 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
33279 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
33280 negative ARG) of the current window.
33281 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33282
33283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33284
33285 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
33286 Select the window to the right of the current one.
33287 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33288 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
33289 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
33290 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
33291 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33292
33293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33294
33295 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
33296 Select the window below the current one.
33297 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33298 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33299 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
33300 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33301 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33302
33303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33304
33305 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
33306 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33307 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33308 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33309
33310 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33311
33312 ;;;***
33313 \f
33314 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20584 7212
33315 ;;;;;;  455152 0))
33316 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33317
33318 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33319 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
33320 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33323 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
33324
33325 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33326
33327 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33328 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
33329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
33330 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
33331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
33332 \\{winner-mode-map}
33333
33334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33335
33336 ;;;***
33337 \f
33338 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33339 ;;;;;;  woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20539 18737 159373
33340 ;;;;;;  0))
33341 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33342
33343 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33344 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33345 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33346 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33347 default version.  Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33348
33349 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33350
33351 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33352 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33353 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33354 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33355 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33356 `woman-path'.  The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33357 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33358 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33359
33360 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33361 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33362
33363 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33364
33365 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33366 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33367
33368 \(fn)" t nil)
33369
33370 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33371 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33372 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33373 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33374 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33375 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33376 decompress the file if appropriate.  See the documentation for the
33377 `woman' command for further details.
33378
33379 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33380
33381 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33382 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33383
33384 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33385
33386 ;;;***
33387 \f
33388 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33389 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
33390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33391
33392 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33393 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33394
33395 BUGS:
33396  - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33397    are not implemented
33398  - Options for search and replace
33399  - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33400  - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33401
33402 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33403 Emacs-like.
33404
33405 The key bindings are:
33406
33407   C-a           backward-word
33408   C-b           fill-paragraph
33409   C-c           scroll-up-line
33410   C-d           forward-char
33411   C-e           previous-line
33412   C-f           forward-word
33413   C-g           delete-char
33414   C-h           backward-char
33415   C-i           indent-for-tab-command
33416   C-j           help-for-help
33417   C-k           ordstar-C-k-map
33418   C-l           ws-repeat-search
33419   C-n           open-line
33420   C-p           quoted-insert
33421   C-r           scroll-down-line
33422   C-s           backward-char
33423   C-t           kill-word
33424   C-u           keyboard-quit
33425   C-v           overwrite-mode
33426   C-w           scroll-down
33427   C-x           next-line
33428   C-y           kill-complete-line
33429   C-z           scroll-up
33430
33431   C-k 0         ws-set-marker-0
33432   C-k 1         ws-set-marker-1
33433   C-k 2         ws-set-marker-2
33434   C-k 3         ws-set-marker-3
33435   C-k 4         ws-set-marker-4
33436   C-k 5         ws-set-marker-5
33437   C-k 6         ws-set-marker-6
33438   C-k 7         ws-set-marker-7
33439   C-k 8         ws-set-marker-8
33440   C-k 9         ws-set-marker-9
33441   C-k b         ws-begin-block
33442   C-k c         ws-copy-block
33443   C-k d         save-buffers-kill-emacs
33444   C-k f         find-file
33445   C-k h         ws-show-markers
33446   C-k i         ws-indent-block
33447   C-k k         ws-end-block
33448   C-k p         ws-print-block
33449   C-k q         kill-emacs
33450   C-k r         insert-file
33451   C-k s         save-some-buffers
33452   C-k t         ws-mark-word
33453   C-k u         ws-exdent-block
33454   C-k C-u       keyboard-quit
33455   C-k v         ws-move-block
33456   C-k w         ws-write-block
33457   C-k x         kill-emacs
33458   C-k y         ws-delete-block
33459
33460   C-o c         wordstar-center-line
33461   C-o b         switch-to-buffer
33462   C-o j         justify-current-line
33463   C-o k         kill-buffer
33464   C-o l         list-buffers
33465   C-o m         auto-fill-mode
33466   C-o r         set-fill-column
33467   C-o C-u       keyboard-quit
33468   C-o wd        delete-other-windows
33469   C-o wh        split-window-right
33470   C-o wo        other-window
33471   C-o wv        split-window-below
33472
33473   C-q 0         ws-find-marker-0
33474   C-q 1         ws-find-marker-1
33475   C-q 2         ws-find-marker-2
33476   C-q 3         ws-find-marker-3
33477   C-q 4         ws-find-marker-4
33478   C-q 5         ws-find-marker-5
33479   C-q 6         ws-find-marker-6
33480   C-q 7         ws-find-marker-7
33481   C-q 8         ws-find-marker-8
33482   C-q 9         ws-find-marker-9
33483   C-q a         ws-query-replace
33484   C-q b         ws-to-block-begin
33485   C-q c         end-of-buffer
33486   C-q d         end-of-line
33487   C-q f         ws-search
33488   C-q k         ws-to-block-end
33489   C-q l         ws-undo
33490   C-q p         ws-last-cursorp
33491   C-q r         beginning-of-buffer
33492   C-q C-u       keyboard-quit
33493   C-q w         ws-last-error
33494   C-q y         ws-kill-eol
33495   C-q DEL       ws-kill-bol
33496
33497 \(fn)" t nil)
33498
33499 ;;;***
33500 \f
33501 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20478 3673
33502 ;;;;;;  653810 0))
33503 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33504
33505 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33506 Perform an interactive search.
33507 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33508 entries of `xesam-search-engines'.  QUERY is the search string in the
33509 Xesam user query language.  If the search engine does not support
33510 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33511
33512 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33513 Example:
33514
33515   (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33516
33517 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33518
33519 ;;;***
33520 \f
33521 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33522 ;;;;;;  (20528 48420 241677 0))
33523 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33524
33525 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33526 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33527 Return the top node with all its children.
33528 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33529
33530 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
33531 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
33532 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
33533
33534   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
33535
33536 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
33537 namespace to URIs instead.
33538
33539 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
33540 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
33541
33542 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
33543
33544   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
33545
33546 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33547
33548 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33549 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33550 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
33551 not contain well-formed XML.
33552
33553 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
33554 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
33555 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33556 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
33557 element of the list.
33558 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
33559 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
33560 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
33561
33562   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
33563
33564 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
33565 namespace to URIs instead.
33566
33567 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
33568 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
33569
33570 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
33571
33572   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
33573
33574 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33575
33576 ;;;***
33577 \f
33578 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33579 ;;;;;;  "nxml/xmltok.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
33580 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33581
33582 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33583 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33584 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33585 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33586 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33587 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33588 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33589 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33590 declaration, return nil.  Otherwise, return t.
33591 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33592
33593 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33594
33595 ;;;***
33596 \f
33597 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20485
33598 ;;;;;;  15269 390836 0))
33599 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33600
33601 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33602 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33603 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33605 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33606 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33607
33608 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33609
33610 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33611 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33612 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33613 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
33614 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33615
33616 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33617 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm.  It only
33618 works for simple uses of the mouse.  Basically, only non-modified
33619 single clicks are supported.  When turned on, the normal xterm
33620 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33621 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33622
33623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33624
33625 ;;;***
33626 \f
33627 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33628 ;;;;;;  "gnus/yenc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
33629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33630
33631 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33632 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33633
33634 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33635
33636 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33637 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33638
33639 \(fn)" nil nil)
33640
33641 ;;;***
33642 \f
33643 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33644 ;;;;;;  yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20364 42504 244840 586000))
33645 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33646
33647 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33648 Return or display a random Zippy quotation.  With prefix arg, insert it.
33649
33650 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33651
33652 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33653 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33654
33655 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33656
33657 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33658 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33659 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33660
33661 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33662
33663 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33664 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33665
33666 \(fn)" t nil)
33667
33668 ;;;***
33669 \f
33670 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20545 57511 257469
33671 ;;;;;;  0))
33672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33673
33674 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33675 Zone out, completely.
33676
33677 \(fn)" t nil)
33678
33679 ;;;***
33680 \f
33681 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33682 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33683 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33684 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33685 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33686 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33687 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
33688 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
33689 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
33690 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
33691 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
33692 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
33693 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
33694 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
33695 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
33696 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
33697 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
33698 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
33699 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
33700 ;;;;;;  "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
33701 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
33702 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
33703 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
33704 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
33705 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
33706 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33707 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33708 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33709 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33710 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33711 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33712 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33713 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33714 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
33715 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
33716 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
33717 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
33718 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
33719 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
33720 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
33721 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
33722 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
33723 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
33724 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
33725 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
33726 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
33727 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33728 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33729 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33730 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33731 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33732 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33733 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33734 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33735 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33736 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33737 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33738 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33739 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33740 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33741 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33742 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33743 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33744 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33745 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33746 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33747 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33748 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33749 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33750 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33751 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33752 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33753 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33754 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33755 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33756 ;;;;;;  "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
33757 ;;;;;;  "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
33758 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
33759 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
33760 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
33761 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
33762 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
33763 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
33764 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
33765 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
33766 ;;;;;;  "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
33767 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
33768 ;;;;;;  "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
33769 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
33770 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
33771 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
33772 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
33773 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
33774 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
33775 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
33776 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
33777 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
33778 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33779 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33780 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33781 ;;;;;;  "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
33782 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
33783 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
33784 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
33785 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
33786 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
33787 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
33788 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
33789 ;;;;;;  "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
33790 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
33791 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33792 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33793 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33794 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33795 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33796 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33797 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33798 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33799 ;;;;;;  "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33800 ;;;;;;  "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33801 ;;;;;;  "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "help-macro.el"
33802 ;;;;;;  "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el"
33803 ;;;;;;  "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
33804 ;;;;;;  "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
33805 ;;;;;;  "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
33806 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
33807 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
33808 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
33809 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
33810 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
33811 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
33812 ;;;;;;  "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
33813 ;;;;;;  "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
33814 ;;;;;;  "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33815 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33816 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33817 ;;;;;;  "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33818 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33819 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33820 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33821 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33822 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33823 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33824 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33825 ;;;;;;  "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33826 ;;;;;;  "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33827 ;;;;;;  "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33828 ;;;;;;  "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33829 ;;;;;;  "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33830 ;;;;;;  "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33831 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33832 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33833 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33834 ;;;;;;  "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33835 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33836 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33837 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33838 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33839 ;;;;;;  "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33840 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33841 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33842 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33843 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
33844 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
33845 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33846 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33847 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33848 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
33849 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
33850 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33851 ;;;;;;  "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
33852 ;;;;;;  "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el"
33853 ;;;;;;  "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el"
33854 ;;;;;;  "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
33855 ;;;;;;  "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
33856 ;;;;;;  "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
33857 ;;;;;;  "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
33858 ;;;;;;  "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
33859 ;;;;;;  "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
33860 ;;;;;;  "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
33861 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
33862 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
33863 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
33864 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
33865 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
33866 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
33867 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
33868 ;;;;;;  "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
33869 ;;;;;;  "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
33870 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
33871 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
33872 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
33873 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
33874 ;;;;;;  "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
33875 ;;;;;;  "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
33876 ;;;;;;  "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
33877 ;;;;;;  "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
33878 ;;;;;;  "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
33879 ;;;;;;  "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
33880 ;;;;;;  "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
33881 ;;;;;;  "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
33882 ;;;;;;  "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20585
33883 ;;;;;;  28294 985050 730000))
33884
33885 ;;;***
33886 \f
33887 (provide 'loaddefs)
33888 ;; Local Variables:
33889 ;; version-control: never
33890 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33891 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33892 ;; coding: utf-8
33893 ;; End:
33894 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here